HEADQUARTERS,

DEPA FEBRUARY

HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTAIEN'I' OF 'I'I-IE ARhIY

1. INTRODUCTION .......................... 1, 2
2. I\IECIIANICAL T R A I N I N G
Section I . Dcseription. ~iomencinturc.nnd functioning.............
I1. Disnssembling, nsscmbling, mounting. nnd dian1ounting.-
1.1 . Cnrc. elcnning. nnd inspection ........................
IV . Sighting equiprncnt. spnrc p r t s , and ncccxsorics ........ C H A P T E ~ 3. A > I ~ I U N I T I O NAND BALLISTICS ........ Section I . Ammunition ........................ . . I 1. D~~Iiist~eri ...........................................
111. Destruction of ordnance mntcricl in evcnt of imminent cnpture .......................................... C l l h r ~ E n 4 . G U N N E R DRILL ................................. 5. SQUAD AS11 SECTION D R I L L
Section I . Squad drill .........................................
I 1. Plncinr handhcld mort~rrin nction .....................
I11. Section drill ..............................
CHAPTER 6. GUNNER'S EXAMINATION
107-110
Section I . Prepnratory instruction. ............................ 111-115
I1. Esnminntion .................................... 111. Qonlificntion eoumc .................
CHAPTER 7 . E L E M E X T S OF INDIIZECT F I R E
Section I G e n e .................................... 123-125
I1. Tnrrcts ............................................ 126-130
CHAPTER 8 TECHNIQUE OF F I R E WITIIOUT A F I R E DI-
RECTION C E N T E R
Section I . Genernl ............................................ 131. 132
I1. Determinntion of initial data ......................... 133-137
111. Range estimntion ................................... 138-141
I V . Formnrd observntion ................................ 142-145
V . Fircoommands ..................................... 146-154
VI . Sqund condoct of fire ................................ 155-1132
VII . Technique of flring linndl~cldmortnr ................... 163, 164
C X A P T E ~ 9. FORWARD OBSERVER PROCEDUR I ! ............ 105-170
10. CONDUCT OF F I R E ADJUSTIIENT .............. 180-100
11. F I R E DIRECTION C E N T E R P R O C E D U R E
Section I . Orgnniantion and function of F D C ................. 101-212
I1. M I 0 nnd M I 7 plotting boards ........................ 213, 214
111. M I 0 plotting bonrd ................................. 215-218
IV . Operntionri with plotting board ....................... 219-250
AITBNDIX A. R E F E R E N C E S ...........................................
B . F I R E CONTROL INSTRUMENTS ........................
I N D E ..................................................................
X CU., PTER

91 September 1956.

'This manuul eu~erredesF 23.85. 29 November 1950. including C 1. 16 October 1951. C 9. 22 August 1959. and C 3. M

I . Purpose and Scope a. This rnmunl is ;I. gnido for peimnnel conducting tririning with tho GO-rnm ~ n o r t i ~I t conr. tnins cletniled inforni:ition on ~nccll:~nicnl trni~ling, me\\- drill, tcclmique of fire, nntl fire control procedures. 71. Most of the cqiiipment discnesed is avnilal~lc in two o r more difr'erent ~noclels;whore t11ol.o :LIW substnntial clifferenccs in the operntion of t.wo similar items, the differences nre covered sepnmtely. r. Crcmrnembcr~nnd conrmnrtdcrs sl~ouldhotaino tl~oroughly familinr mith tlic details on firing tho GO-mm mortar. Propor care and main-. tonnnce of the \ve:qm, c:~refuIhnndling of the ammunition, and correct nnd precise firing pm-

cedures are most. cssent~inlto tho siifety of the n~nrt:lr rlwv. For rr.fe~.rwcs, ~ i p l ~ r n t lAs. scc i (2. 'rho mnterinl rontnincd 11erein is npplicnblc without. modificstion to bot,ll nurlear and non~ ~ n c l c wr~ ~ r f n l u . n

2. Recommended Changes
Users of this mnnnill :we encon~.:~gctl s ~ l b ~ n i t , to to reco~nmencledc11e.11gc.srind co~nn~ents iml)rove tho mnnnnl. Comments sl~onld1% lteycd to the specific page, pnrngrirph, :ind line of the text in which the change is i.ecommended. Re:\sons will be provided for aticl~comment to insum unclerstnnding nnd complete evnluation. Connnents shoold be for\v:lrdctl direct to tlrc Cnrnn~nndant., United Stt~tcs Army Infnnt,ry School, Fort. I3enning, Ga. 31005.

CHAPTER 2
MECHANICAL TWAINiRIG
Section I. DESCRIPTION, NOMENCLATURE, AND FUNCTIONING

3. Characteristics and General Data

n. bhnl;nr.tcivktirs. 'Hlo GO-rnrn lnortw, M10, is IL smootlrborr, ~n~rzalc-londetl, high-nnglc lire wonpon. T h o mortar, herenfter referred to w t h e bnrml, is assc~nbledinto a single nnit.. Tlrc mount. consists of t.wo runits--the biped and bi~seplnte (fig. 1). TII' bnrrcl is i~ttncliedto t,lie bipod by IL clnmp, nnd i t is exsily disrnonntcd. It is fnstcnod to tho bnsoplnto by ini;ert.ing the sphericnl projeot,ion into t l ~ c bnso cnp socket. :uid then closing t h locking levcr. T h e mortnr niny he ilsed f o r direct fire niissions by elirnin~it,ingt,he. hipod nnd substit.nting tho s ~ n a l l bnscplntn, MI, f o r t h e convent,ionn.l bnscplnte. When this is done m e man cnn opcrnto tho mortnr. I n lhis case tdio mortnr is referred t o in this ~nnnunlns the hnndhold mortnr. For IL detniled list of tho parks, equipment, I I I I ~ essential d n t t ~ o r tho mortnr, s c c T M 9-3071-1 and f supporr.ing mnintcnnnw, unit. h . C e l ~ c m i lData. Weights:
Mortar, cornpic5c .......... 45.2 1b.
hlortnr, mil11 h l l b;isopintc. 20.5 11).
I r e ............... 16.0It].
I3ipod ............... lti.4 lb.
Ilnscplntc............. 12.8111.
13nsephtc, M I . ....... 4.5 111.
.................. Ovcrnll icl~gtll 32.25 i n Elcvc~tions, npproxirnntc: With M5 mount (convcr~.40" to 85'; 710 tiannl). tu 1510 mil% o With M 1 Imsepintc.. . . . . . 0' to 85'; 0 L
1510 mils.

turn of elcwting crnnk. !("; 10 !nil<. (npproximntc). T r n \ ~ r s rright or left, (itppl'osi- 125 miis ,
One
mstd
Onc turn of ltnntlrvheel (;rll-

15 rnila.

Rntc of fire: Mnxlrnum rounds per rninutc. 30 Sustnincd rounds per minute. 18 (Firing nt thc rnnxirnurn rntc of fivc for rnorc than one lllinutc will causc gas loakngc nround the Ilnnc cap.)

Rnnpc

h'fnxirnum, approxirn:rte:
H E , 1140A2 .

. 1,700 rnrtr,rs
Smoke (WI'), 11302.. ... 1,.150 rnctrrs
Trniniug prncticr, hlROhZ. 1,700 melcr.;
Tmininl: round, 1169.. .. 225 rnrtrr.;
Illurninntion, 1183A1 alld 1. 000 mctcr-;

A2.

4. The Mortar Barrel Assembly

T h e nioltnr bnrrel assembly (fig. 2 ) consists of the b:irrel and i:oml)in:ltion haw c q ) : ~ n dfiring rnechnnism. (L. Tho bowel is bored smooth and cnrcfullg finislled in interior dimcnsions and surfnccs. 71. T h e bnsr: c(1,p is hollo\rrd : ~ n dthreaded to scrcw on the bawcl, thereby r~lositrgthe I)recch housi~lg end of the barrel. 'h firing m c c l ~ : ~ n i m is att,nchrd to tho l m e cap by :I thrce~lcdi~chpter. ' ' 1 spllericnl projection, wl~ichfits into : m I locks 1 0 1 into 1 . 1 1 ~socltet of the l)nseplntc, is :L p r o l o ~ ~ p t i o ~ r I~ousing. of the firing ~necl~anism c. The firhq mechnnism consists mainly of a firing pin, firing pin stl*ilmr,firing spring, striker pi~wl,trigger, nnd firing lever. A firkg selector, wlricll acts ns :I ram on llle rear m d of t,lre firing pin sirilter, pornrits the nrnrtnr to be fired with or witlrout. the firing lever.

Finurn S. Ripod,

,112.

5. The Ripod
The hipod (fig. 3 ) ~wr~sists tlrr leg nssrmbly, of nlovnting mt~cl~:rnismt~sscmbly, nnd tmversing mecl~anis~n assembly. n. Tho leq 11rssenrb!7/ consists of two t r ~ b u l nsteel ~* l r p connected by :I clevis joirlt thnt is :~ttaclrctl renr) to the elrrnt,ing by t,wo bearings (front I L I I ~ screw goidn t1111c. The clevis joint limits the spreitd of tho legs. I h c h 11nlf of the clevis joint is pl'o-

bracltct. is ~!ionnted on tho sleeve nr:d locked i r i thc d ~ s i r e d position 011 th?. sleeve t ~ ythe? locking nut. Thn sliding 1,racket is nlso connertcrl i n tlie gni(h tube. by the cntmccting link. The a t l j ~ ~ s t ing nut rlloves thc slcev~ p or domn t h t u left leg : u d tncnsrnits mr~vemer~t r ~ n ~ g h th brntlict, toni~ectinglink, and tho s l i d i ~ ~ g gnidc t n l ~ c the yoke on which the sight to i is monntcd. 'I'hus, the bnl~blc n the crosslcvcl of the sight lnny ne centered by moving thc ndjudting n i ~ t . ( 2 ) T ho ?*iqh/. 'ontains no moving pnrts. Icg 6 . The Baseplate 0 1 1 tho Innel. part of tho yiplit. leg is n T h e bnseplnte (lig. 4) is n prcsscd stcc! body Ienthw hnndgrip and t i s t m p to secure to w11icl1 111.c. wltlcd :t series of ribs nntl braces, the legs to the bnrrel vhen the mortnr finnge, 11nd the socltcl. A loclting lever is n f~~ont. is cnr-rictl. ~nountetlon n pivot. on the left, of the socltet. to b. 7% d e w t i w g ?necl~anismrr.wmbI?/ consists p~wjectionof the rnorti~rin the lock tho s p h e ~ i c : ~ l of nn clcvnling s c l w n u t tlrnt moves rcrticnlly on socltct. ' l h 11nsc c:tp fits into the recess in t l ~ c n scrcw within the guide t.ube. Tho clcvnt,ing forwitrd part of the bnscplt~tc when the entire screw is turned by the crnnlt nttncl~cdto its lower olortnr is ci~rried onc unit. ns end. The upper end of tho elevnting screw fits into 7. he M1 Baseplate T the lower end of the traversing bearing nnd is The MI hnscplnte (figs. 5 nntl 6 ) is n curved locked to it. by 11pin. The elcvnting screw remains mctnl bnse with n bnll socltet. shapcd lo receive wit,l~intlie gnide tubc when the clernting cmnk tho spl~cricnlprojection. Pnrt of thc boll socltet is turned. Tlia clcvnfing screwnut. nppenrs xbnvo consists of n split n i ~ t tlint fits around the spherthe guide tube when the mortnr is elevnted. icnl projection nnd then screws into the soclcet. 6. 7'hs t v n i ~ i v i ? ~ g ?nt.cl~anism nsnembly consists on tho hnsoplntc to hold t l ~ c spl~e~.ic;il projection of the tmversing mechnnism, shoclt nbsnrbers, nnd secure. A carrying s u q > m y 11c fastened nt one rlnmp. and to the stud on the bnscplnte. The other end (1) The t w ~ z ~ c r s i n gt t c l ~ ~ n is~nn tcloscopn i of the strnp is pcrmnncntly nttncllcd to the mnzzlc ing typo of mechanism nnd consists of a CoveP. tubc nnd ncit. Turning tho l~nndwheol cnuses the nut to move b:~clc nnd forth within the tube, thus moving the yoke :ind t,rnversing tho mortnr. T h e yoke provides the bcnrings for the traversing niechnnism nnd connectsthomortar clump nnd the elevnting mcchnnism. The sight *...--.,. brncltct fits into n dovetail sic:,-in the yoltc. ( 2 ) T11e ,vAoc?c rtb.~o?-bem stnbiliae the mortar nnrl mount dnrinp firing. They permit niovcmcnt between tho yoke and the i ~ ntw clntnp :~sscn~bly n d counteled by the resistwwr of two coil comprcssion springs, \vhicll are mounted in tho shock nbsorbcr rrtniners of tho saddle.

8. Functioning
,1 ho mortar ,

is fired by i~iserting1 ~olllplete01llld 1 r

'rd.

i l l 111' in~izAc. Thc eIe.~~itinii tlic l):1rrcl :nlln\vs of the rounrl to slide to\v:~rdthc h s e of the barrel. W l ~ c ntlic living srl~(:toris set 011 drop fire, as tho round swclies the l m e , t l ~ cprimer of the ignition cnrtritlgr strikes the firing pin located insirlc tilo basc ::;ip. The fl:uiic froin tlic csplocling cartridge ignites the propelling c h n i p . T h e gas pressure l~rotlucrd from the b~iimingpropellant , tlrivcs the roi~nd111) mid out of the I , I ~ I ~ I F ~ i ~ s ~ i i i n g the fuze. When fired, tlic i . 0 ~ 1 ~ 1 cnrries the lirod ignition cnstridpc ciisc t i it. The mortar is then ready for the next. round. W l ~ c ntho firing sol~ctosis set oil lever liro, the lover is trippod to ignite tho ignition cnrlridgc after the ronnd lins come to rest against. the bnsc rap.

ASSEMBLING, MOUNTING, AND DISMOUNTING

FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY

FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY

SELECTOR PLUllGER

FlRlNG LEVER SPRING AND SLEEVE

mvw
SCREW LOCK

Section Ill, CARE, CLEANING, A N D IN5PECTlON

16. Lubricants, Cleaning Agents, and Rust Preventives a. 'Tl~o ~nntcri:~ls ~cuthorized ;tiid issiced for
clcnning:u~dlubric:itit~g l ~ c~rortru. t i nrc(1) Opticnl lens clcnning compound. (2) Clerining rimpoutid, solvent : rifie bore clenncr. ( 3 ) .\l~rasive I-loth,1x1-oxide. (4) ~\lnwsi\.rrlotli, r:'ocus. ( 6 ) PC~I'O~PIIIII wrrosioi~ preventive compou11d (6) Olive dr1111-grcoie ~ ~ a m e l . ( 7 ) Tec11nic;~l ethyl nlcol~ol. ( R ) Ar~tornotiw t l i~rtillrry I Y W ( : . w ~ ( 0 ) Generel purpose 1i1l)ricatingoil. ( 111) Lens pnper. (11) Minernl spirits ptlint. Iliin~ier (used i n licit of tlrycleanii~g solvcnt). (1.2) Syntlietir. resin c~i:~mcl thinner. 0 . It'jfle h o w rlcrtnrr is iswed for cliv~~iirrg thr :I~ ~. posh e nf tlw I I I O ~ ~ iil'ter t i r i ~ t 'Ilis 1111ite!i:11 scssc-s riisr prrvent i w l ~ r o p r ~ ~ t i r s t i ~ i d t e n 11rovidrs im ist Ilettw prirtw 1111wry1irtr11~t ~ ~ p n i ~rnst. FOI. tion. Iio\r<!vvr, 111.). thl. I~nrc i~riniotliatrly ilftcr vlw~iii~igi t l i ri%* I I I I I , ~ , r\1~:111c-r r w ~ t 111ot:iI :11i{1 \v tile ,. ~ i g h t l ywilh s11cr.i:il prrvr\.:rti\.v 111lrric:itilig oil.

tl,;,t X I 1 t l w l!<,I,.* ;11111 s I < , I s ;ll,<> ~~ll~nlll~ll. .)lli 1.51, 11:v sm~rll pnrts. Dry the surfnccs tl~oro~lphly wit11 h r d t OI. ;I ?,IIMII s t h k W K I ~ ] ~ ~ C Y I rags to ~ I ~ : I : I wit11 rngs im!:jedi;tt~.ly :tftcr dsinp 1111' S O ~ \ . P I I ~ . I t IIIWIIS, II~IIPS, a1111 . r v ~ i wA . c ,lr:~:~~ s it(,:. \Vc;u- plo~,;.swhrn 11:uldling t11<* II:IPIS : IFIVI' ~.Ir:~rr- tlm SI,IV.W s i~t :I ing l~avl?,, ~ r t ~ ~ frlwnr .rags wit11 oil xn(I a l ~ p l y i11.g to :IVI!~II w v i t ~ i n g ~ w i ~ : ~ ~v l l~< s ,:I!,<- 01.l l~ ! ~ id~ t i ~: ~ g of oil to r ~ w y hi ~ w::t pnrt o f t h ~ .liring t n c ~ h ; ~ ~ ~ I I ; I ; ; I J : ~ n d~ I I I I I I~~w w s i o : ~ h y l ~ ~ ; ~ ~ ! 111,id l. nisnl. Inspect tlln threads I N I the lirinp ~ l ~ r r l r a n l s ~ r ~ s111v~wtt t : ~ ~ I:an111Iis1w111rs n <s I~III)IW:.. ~rdnptcrand t l ~ rliving pin 1111shing in:llw snrv to 17, Cleaning Equiprnant I I I ; I I 1111 lint is 11r(w11t. 'S11iw :ISSIWIIIV fi~.i:lg 1111. (1. 'l'hc cqnipmcnt nntlloriaed :and issned fol' mechnnisnr to tho I):~rrcl. c1e:uring and luhricnting thr mortar nrrr e e l I p : ~ r t sof the i)iporl ~ I I I I I b~lseplatl, (1) 'hirmbcr c l e i ~ n i ~ ~ g C hr11s11, IG. I dcnn a 1 ~frre fvom forcign mnttltr. Recp all mov1 ( 2 ) C1e:ming stnfF, MO. ing parts :lnd polished s o l h c e s mntcrl with oil. (3) Hnnd t r i g p r opcrnird oilw.
T o alrnn thti screx t h ~ r n d s;und crrviccsl I W :I 1). TILO :![6 ~ / I , ~ I I ~~11~1t;r:q / ) P P I,I,II.~I
w18ists nf small 11rl:sh or sn~:~ll stick. T o clrnn thr mct:~ls ~ r rt strel wive rnlr with I~ristlw. 'l'his I W I V is t\vistrd fncos, rub thcm with :r dry cloth to remow moisin a spiral to hol<l ihc bristles ip place. IJse it to turc., p e ~ y i r a t i n n and dirt. Then ~ r i p r , tlwm \\.it11 clonn srnnll holes rind tl~rcndsfound in the firi:lg : clot1 met with II small quantity of oil. Maintain L mcchnnisnr nssembly. this protrctivo film nt all tin~es. o r oiling the biF n. TIM Af.9 clnrn;n{g .utnft' is :t rod wit11 IL 11:1ndl(,. pod, use the, oiler with i~dnpterto :~,pply specin1 I I ~onc end : u ~ d s1ottOd ti], : ~ the other end. Thr. . :L t pimcrvntive Inl)riwti:~gnil to the five. f11:sh-type slotted tip provides a menns for sec111ing cotton fittings: left leg clevis, trnw.sing lienring, sight. wnste or rags to the staff fo~clenning oiling tho nnd slot on +he yoltr. ;tnd left ; u ~ d rig11t sl~oclc bore of the mortar. absorbers. (2. 7'110 Rmu triqqeis operated oilw is used to lubricnt? and npply oil to flnt surfnccs th:~t. rcqnirc 19. Preparotoiy to Firing oil but hnve no fittings, B y ndding the specinl l h f c r o firingn d u p t c ~to the oiler, i t can bo used lo apply oil i t , Dinn-c.mt tho mnir groups. to the flush-type flttings locnted on the bipod. 7,. Clcnn tho 11ol.e :md firing inecl~nnisrnwith 18. Care and Cleaning When No Firing i s clenn, ~ 1 1 y mqs. Do not npply m y oil to the bore hefore firing. Bone c. Clcnn an? oii lightly nll metd moving pnrts This includes the cnrc to preserve tho condition wit11 oil. Do not use grensc. of the mortnr during the time when no firing is (1. Morunt the mortar for firing. hoing done. Mortars nnd accessories in the hands of troops nro inspected duily to check thcir condition and clonnlincss. Trnining schec111lcsshonl~l 20. After Firing Clenn tho lnortnr bore tllorooghly by the evenllow time for supervised clcnning on each dny ning of the clay on which it is fired, hcc;n~sc firing the mortnrs &I-e I S C ~ . I ranscs po\\wlrr irnd primer fouling to cnllert in the a. T o clenn tho bore, nttnch rags to the cleaning stnff nnd insert the rags into the bore RI.tho mn7rzle I)oro and on tho fil3ing 11i1l. This fooling absorbs cnd, Move tho stnlf for\vi~rd nnd l ) : ~ r k \ ~ n r d scvernl :~nd rrt:lins moist:~re from thr : ~ i rthrrrhy rnusing , times ;lnd i~eplnce rngs. Thcn p s l r the staff forthe rust. Remove these deposits by rlwning with rifle w u d until the rngs tonch t h bottom of the borr, bore clenncr*, snap solution, or \ w t e ~ - . 2nd twist tho stnff several times to tho right. This of o n s clc:~ningrmnowli : l r ~ n ~ n ~ ~ l : ~ t idnst, dirt. : ~ n d C1iw1 thc hore. firing mechnnisn~and :111 nil ~ I Ithc horv. 1?~-1)~>:1t t i lthe r n p I Y I I I I ~( n ~ t ~m I t \ w k i n g 1 ~ 1 r tIsI I the m o ~ ~ nIf. this rnw dc1111~.f t w thc hero hits IICW t I I I I I ~ ~ I : ~c-lc:~ncd, .i III~ not. hc done at once, :t.pply oil rarefully to rl stttn~.:~tcw n I , I I ~ S \v;tll oil ; ~ n dI~IISII it throng11 I)~'CVPII' 1715t. : iw hnro, At. tho fimt opportwity. r l r : ~ ~nil. : I I ~ i. 7,. T o cltmtl tiw firing n ~ ~ ~ r h i ~ ndisnssembl~, ism, v nee11~vI q z ~ i r s inspwt :all p : ~ r t s n~:~l<e :1!1d i m l rlenn all 1):lrt.s thoroughly with lags. Whrn cleaning tho firing mcchnnism honsing, n ~ n k c snre and rcpl:~cenrcn(s.
19

( 3 ) On : ~ s m t l ) l y 1 1 i d < t11c ~ ] I ? S : I ~ ~ I I of tlw v~ II

firinx ~ ~ ~ e i , h : ~ :tn(l 11ipod to n1:11i~> W ni.s~n SII is tl~nt. nnrtionii~p corrccf. f 1,. /'/C,I,I/II:/ 11:r Bow lT7;1/~. JI';$P I < V M ~'/,,II;P,,. ( 1 ) R e n ~ r ~ v o lirinp I I I ~ C ~ I A I I ~ S I I I ntl:qithr :rnd ter. (2) iittnrlr cl(wn rags to the rlr;~ningst:~lf. sitnrnto the : ~ g s \vith 1411, I Y clc:~ner. ~ > i ~ n d~ I I S I Iit I)nrIc ;rnd forth throug11 tllr hnrrel xvit11 the rlrnning staK ( 3 ) Rcpr:~t the qpcration with rlenr~ r : l p two or throe timer;. Re inre t l w rags po ~ 1 the way tl~rongh
11orebcforcthr ili1 thr roction is chnngcd,
(4) Continue to swnl~the. \>ore d l 1 qnnntit,ios of clean, d r j rnps until the rnps come out, clear, and dly. ( 5 ) E m m i n e rho horc rnrcfully for r l w n lincss. If it is m t f w r of a11 rcsidnr, 1.rpcnt the cleaning process. ( 6 ) Socura n s~nnllpiece of rng sntul.atd with rifle bore clenncr, nnd thororlgl~ly clenn the thrended adapter rercss in the bnso cup. (7) When tho bore nnd ndnpkr recess are both thorooghly clcnn nncl dry, npply oil to them with r.zgr;. r7. Plccrni?lg tlu nom TVith Sonp .Yohrlion. (1) I f riflc Ifore clcnner is not nwilnhlr, IISC sonp solution or plain wnter. (2) Clean the horo and ndnpter recess using n libcrnl qnnntity of sonp solution in plnw of the rifle bore cleaner. ( 3 ) R inso the barrel with clenn wnter t o remove the wnshing mnterinl. ( 4 ) D ry t l w l~nrrel y nsinp c l o : ~ ~ Swab h rags. the bore t11or011ghly 111ltil it is dry and clenn. ( 5 ) W ~ F II I b e I ~ i l : t r rrrwss ;rre rlcnn nnd dry, snturatc 1 1 1 p witl~oil ; ~ n d pusir it tl1:nug11the h o ~ c tlic :~depter Oil recess, h t . ~ n n k c sure t h t I N l i n l is left OII thc tl~reads. rL. (Yenning tlm F i h g Ai'ecA~mG?n. (1) Disnssemblo the cntire firing mecllanism (I)"'". 9). (2) C lenn the firing ~neclinnismn d n p t c ~ and firing pin xitll rifle horc clcnner, or ml~ichercrclenning agent is xvailnble to remove tho primer and powdcl- fouling. I ) Clam all other ports of the firing mcch anism with ~Iryclcnningsolvent, s i ~ the u ~g

21. On the Range or in the Weld

For mnximum afficiency. observe the, following points: (1.. Do not fire 11 nmrtnr with a n y dust, dirt. mud, o r s n o ~ in thebore. s b. Keep the bore free f ~ o ~ n ;and d i ~ when nil t firing. c. Do not leave mgs or other obstructions in the bore. 11. Keep the firing nicchnnisnl clcnn and irell oiled at all times. When the fi r i n r rncchanism or bipotl s!~owsn lack of Iubric:~tionand csccssiw friction, : ~ p p l y ndrlitionnl ~ i wliere needeci l

22. Preparation for Storage

n . Special s ; t i n I r i : t i ~ gI is t l ~ r most snilal~lcoil f o r sllorl r irw proIct,tiol~o f tht, mortnr nlcrhnnisn~. t is rtirctivc~for stonlge for ? I to G wecl<s,depending o ~ r linlilti~ o n d i t i o ~ ~ s . ~ ever, i,~spect. nlort;us it: short time storngc ever) 5 dnys, : r ~ ~rrncx tlw prrscrvativr lilw, if ~ ~ e c c s tl snry. For l o n p r pc~,iods pr.otrr.t tlrern n.ith light r ~ ~ s t . c o m p o ~This .is a scnrisolid n ~ ; ~ t w i n l .pre~nd It selves the polisl~rtl snrf:lrc~s ;und lhc L~orc 1 p r for or less, tlcllending npou di11111t :IIKI s t o r n ~ n ir conditions. h. Glenn the Inortnr rind plspltrr it for storage with p~uticulnr wrc. Clrnn the L)nrr, :ill piwts of the firing mccl~nnis~n, the cstcrio~* the Inorof irnd t a r wit11 dryclenning solvent. Dry them con~plctely with clclu~rlotl~s. not toucll 11 mctnl p;wt with Do your bnrc 111:nds xfter drying it. Coat nil inctnl parts wit11 eitl~er speci~dpreservative lubricnting oil or light rust preventive cotnpountl, dcpendinfi on the lengtl~of storngc reqnirecl, Apply the rust to ~wevcntiveco~nl~ouncl the bore by dipping raps in tho c o ~ n p o ~ u :t I I I ~r ~ m n i n g t11ro11gl1tile Im'e d it t,wo or tllrcc times wit11 thc stnll'. Dis~~sscml~lc the firing ~nccllnnism, tl~cntlrorongl~ly cont it wit11 wst. 1)rcventive componnd rind rcnsse~nblcit, D o not plnce 11 mortnr in storngc nnder itny circnmshnces \rliile it is c o n t i ~ i ~ ~ic t la clotll or otller n cover, or x i t h the llore plugged. Cove13 rollecl. moisture, whir11 causes the weapon to i w t . c. Paint, the wooden supports of the pncltinx box with rust prevcntivc compound beforo storing the mortnr. I'lr~ce t l ~ e inortiu. in thr \vooden 1)scking box, lnu~dling wit11 nilrd rngs. it

0. Ipois lubrimt.ion, nsc l u h r i e a t i ~ ~nil for ;airg

; u ~ marlheguns. ~ u f iilstr~~~ncwts d t c. Ilcfore l i i ~ i ~ ~ g :L inortar tlmt 1111sl ~ e n nscd in check l l w kmle to sea that. it deep snow, r ~ ~ r r f u l l y is not clogged wit11 sno\\., irr, o r other foreign matter. (2. Aftcr firiug, CIO~III tlw 110re wit11 riflc bor(s c.lenner in no alrol~ol solution. e . 'Sl~ecolder the rliinntc., the less lubricant. is ~ s e d t11cre is less ~noisturcin the iiir. 111 exIIS trcn~olym)ld clim~ltcs,the lnclc of inoisturc i n the nir limits the possibility of t l ~ c ~ o r t n rnisting or n corroding. IIo\vewr, rsrrrisc care to prevent snow or ice froin collrct ing on t l ~ working p;~rts. r f. D o not npply IL l n h r i c ~ n ~ t the inortnr bore to tlw before oper~rt~ing n ~ o r t a r Pal?wiu: cold. Cover in 1\11 m o v h g pnr7s IIIKI m:1~11ined w f n r e ot11er than ~ s thc bore with ;L line ranting of lulwicntinp oil. ;\fter l i ~ i n g , r1et111tlw Inorfar to n~iikesurc that 23. Cleaning Weapons Received from ice i ~ n d I I O \ ~IIIIS not forined in i n ~ y t l ~ c noving S of ~ Storage lxwts. Swnb the bore with drx iwgs only to relnovc Wc;cpons thnt 11nvcbeen s t o r ~ d i~wording the to any S I I ~ I Y i w frnix the I I O ~ P ,111rtirnlnrly or t~rnnnd previous pnragrnl)l~snrc c:ontcd eitl~erwit11 .ipet11c firing pin. cinl prescrwf ive lubric;ttir~g o~ wit11 ligl~r oil 1.1is1 q. A lrenvy condensntion f o r m on the inortat. SIIIIpreventive co~npountl. IVrnpons received f r o n ~ \ ~ I I P I I it is liiken from the extreme cold into any l o r t i I I I I ~ I ~ ~ I n i tC stortige itre ~ C I I C ~ I I I I ~ I I type of hcntcd shelter. When brought indows, first conted :vit.l~rust preventive compound. Use drysllo\v time for the mortnr to come t o rotm tomcleaning solvent to dissolve and remove nll traces perature. Then disassemble it, wipe it completely of this compou~rd oil. Clean all small pnrts nnrl or d r y of the condensccl moisture, nncl clcnn ~ n oil d springs thnrongl~ly.Fnilnrc to 110 this cmses stin)

it. thornupl~ly:IS desrrihrd in pnr;lgr:ll~l~ 1 ' s ~ 211. Inbrimtingoil. h . 'l'n avoid ct~n<lcns;lrio~~, ~ l ~ r k r r l t 1110rtar11111. rlnurs o r Y I ~ I Tt ~ I :II I w I I . ~ : tf~c,r i ~ , i ~1~Io\v<~nar. i ~ t ~g. if 111e\ v r ; ~ t l ~cl~:u~pes c~, ixl~ri~j~tly :I t1111ws 11<l(if 2 h l y 111, r~kins) sr tlw nnr111:11 u rltwning n ~ r t l ~ ~ l s .

26. Care and Cleaning in Hot, Dry Climates n . I n hot, d r y cli~nntcs, where snnd nnd dust. are lilzely to get. into the ~neclnu~isrn borc, wipe and the w c n p o ~ ~ s clcnr~dnily, o r no re often, if neccssnry. 29. Painting 71. When rising t . 1 ~venpons in snndy torrnin, l 1 1 . Rrtonrh t h r mortilr 1 snretlrtl, 11cciius' rust 1 wipe olT 1111Inb~.icants. This prevents the snnd from I'orms on tho mortar \vl~ere paint is \vorn n\vny. the sliclzing to tho lubricxnt nnd forming nn nbmsiw h. A f t w IL <,erti~in~ n ~ o ~ nfi tretm~ching, t,hc i n c o ~ n p o ~ ~ n t l , r c ~ i t ~ s 1noc1l:misrn. t,l~c ivhicl~ \vllolo mortar nceds rcpninting. T o wpnint, lwnove r. Inrmcdi;~tclynpon lenvinp snndy tcrritin, rrthe old paint nnd primer with p i ~ i n remover or by t l u l ~ r i c t ~the \vrnpon with light preservative lnbritc scvnping. Smooth ovcr nII rust. spots with emery cntingoil. d. Frequently wipe tho ~ n e t n l pnrts dry, b c ~ ~ u s e clot 11. w e n t from t h e hnnds contains ncid : ~ n dcnnses r . (.!I~:III :mI d v the p r t s ' ~ l ~ o r o u g l ~ l y lxforc rust. rcpinting. e . n n r i n g snndstor~nsor duststorms, keep tllc d. .\pply two conts of primer on the bnrc rnetnl ~numle covered whencver possible. 1 s11 s r c m t for tllc pnint. .\pply tho primer by 1 h Iirnsl~ingo r s p ~ n y i n g thin the primor for s p m y ; 27. Care During Gas AItack in& Lrt [:no11coat d r v 24 1lot11%. I , . .\pply two co~its l n s t e r l w , olivodrnb pnint. of It is importiunt, to prwent the chcrnicnl agents .\IIoiv w c h wnt to d r y 2-1 l~oors. g used in :i gns attack from g c t t i ~ ~in or on the f. '1'110 t ~ s i t ~ g ; tpply ~ I I L ~ I I(t~nclprimer) to 1111its I rnortnr ~ i n dt i n ~ ~ n t ~ n i t i o n . 'li1~clrfore, \v11e11n gns I l l 0 f~llln\vin~ p1wts only : nttilclc is nnl.iripilted, h k c steps to cover and pro( 1 ) I h t i w 1)nseplntes. tect tho mortnr, ~unmunition, spnre I I R I ' ~ S , nnd ( 2 ) Iliwrcl (esccpt brim). i~cccssorics. ( 3 ) I"wt nnd vight. leg of l)il~od.
b. Put oil on the surfnces of nll pnrts of the 4 ) O r d n ~ ~ n ~ o ~ i n t s ;other parts.
cx ~ll \vc:q)~n,:lnnn~niiion, i d s[):I~u pnvts. t c. If the mortnr is not used during the g:is ~ r t 30. Inspection t.nck, cover the oiled \re;yon x i t h covers o r plnw it. in 11 contniner so thnt i t cnnnot ~ O I I I Pinto ( ~ 1 1 1 Wlwn inslwrting 1110 tnortuu,. o l l s r ~ w follo\vtIw tart wit11 nlly contnn~inatingc~lw~nicnl :~gcnls. i11g points: (1. After t l ~ c ntt;~cli,if the \ r c n p o ~ ~ ~ not I~cr.11 ln s 11, / I I I I , I ~ I('11ccIc ~ I I I W II ;I pp~!:~r:~ncc clennli~. xntl cont:uuinntcd, clenn it with dryclenninp solvent. w s s of tho 11ore. e. Prepnrc i t for use ns described in pamgrnplis b. Ia'i~.in.g cchani.m. Esnmine for fouling, lust, M 18 o r 10. or foreign substsnce on any of the parts. Trip the

1,. I ) ~ w ~ n t . : ~ m i nmorli~r,wce.<wrics, xnd n n ;~tc munitiun 11y 11111tti11g I i r p i t l :~gkwtswit11 rags 1111 : ~ n d ~ p v rw i l ~ i n p grcwv ~nndnil, ~IIICI app1yir.g p ? otY 1 l w o ~ ~ r t i vo i n t n ~ ~ n10 rill I c t t must btx t~mrlrrdC I I , I1:1nrllpd \vlrcn firing thr. w ; l p o n . T o l m v ~ n tV O I ~ I ~ O S ~ O I II CIII.DI:II~~ r f w (except. s~ rs nil ~ I , fov ~immnrrition). ~ e thr tncticnl s i t u ~ ~ t i o n W n permits, c;u.q OIII t l ~ n r ~ n p lI~e o ~ t n ~ ~ i ~ : t i ~ ~ . c USP wu.111 \uttrr iand soill), solvents, ~nnd military drconn ~ i n n silw I l s o l n t i o ~ nntl I)lot~ching ~ ;IS c l n n ~ t r r i i ~ l ~ r ~ w w i l ~in t'I'M :l-.l.?O.

,'.

smoothly ~vithout binding or ~:triluo looscnrss. ( 3 ) P o - / I 1 r 1 i 1 n . 1 . Opcl;~lo 111v mechnnism to sc:, t11:lt. i t functions (:or.. rectly \ritllont cxccss plny. (Il~ecl;tlir i l l dox mnrlts (for centering t l ~ c l ~ l ~ l to) h c see that they a r o d i s t i ~ ~ c t . (1, Zlnscplatc. Chclc g c n ~ w l:~pp~wr:\nw. ILx:itnine the lorlcing Icwr to wnltc sure lI1:~t.it. operates easily :urd locks the spllorir:ll projcctiw securely t,o the 1)nscplate. e. Sight and :lfo~ottilig.Cherli to see i f tllc opcrttting c o ~ ~ d i t i oof t lie sight. or rigit1it.y of its n mount.ing Ins h e n i~nl)nired.

DEFLE

SCALE

(1) I e l i o n is l i d I I I . irtxf~rr~ ; n direction. for h y i n g the mortar for c l e r ~ ~ t i o ~ n d elevntion. 'To pl111~ 1~;gI:l t l t ~ f h t i wO~I 11 I 'I'lic sight inrlu(1cs :I tdlimntor, olw-diirg nnd Intt i l i t I I . 1eIrtio1 1 0 1 1 (in ern1 deflection meclrnnisms, nnd longitudinnl turd t l ~ c~;irectionof l l ~ rnrrow pninlinl: tocross-levels. All rtre supported by :I brncltet wit11 wnrd R ) until tlw nl.ro\\. p n i n t i n ~ I I I P :at. a dovetailed base tlrnt fits into :L slot in the inovtnr scnlc, is opposite t l ~ r srlectrtl tlellrcliori. yoke and lntclres in plnce. An open sight is nlso 'So plilrc n Icjt tlcflcction on tlir sight,, provided, but is only used 1vl1en t l ~ o collimntor is ~II.SIL ltnol) (in tlic clirwtio~iindicnted t11e I)rolcen. The micrometer knobs lind the deflection by tlrc :.wow pointing to\vnrtl 1) nntil , nnd 'clcvntion scales indicnte deflection nnd elathe arrow p o i ~ ~ t i nto~vnrdthe scale. is g vation when the bubbles in the levels nrc ccnteiwl. opposite t l ~ selected deflection. Setting IL c Tho collimntor is tho direction sighting dcvicc of tleflection on tho dellcction wnlc (for csthe sight. and consists of :L vert.icnl whitc line in ~n~nplc, left deflection) morcs the verIL nn opnque field, all inclosed within n rectnngulnr ticnl line of the collin~ntor tho opposite in tube. When che sight is level, tlie white line of the direction (right,) (fig, 9 ) . ~mllimntor mensnrcs tlic same deflection betwen of the line of sight i d the d i r ~ c t i o n fiw 11s is indiS o l c . Flfiorc 0 is n d r n w i t ~ gof tllr \Tillinus Siglltlng nntl 1,nrillg Dwiw I t i # 11 sinipl~ cnted on tlic deflection scnlo of the sight. Tlie trninlag nld tllnt cnn be easily co~~structcd by brncltet n p w ~ ~vhicl:the collimntor n ~ ) d open sight lnortnr units nntl ~uned in g o o ~ ~ tmining to rr nre mountcd cnn IN dcprcssed or elevnted so tlint illustrate 811cl1 l~ointu ns the relntio~~sl~li) tho nsse~nblycan bo ~novedin elevntion to bring between the line of sight rind tile directloll of the niming point into tho field of v i w . This flrc, referring the sight, alnring n t l t l t t l o ~ ~ n l n i n ~ i n g take#, etc s motion hns no effect on elerstion setting;. 6. Tlio deflection scnle lins GO grnduntions, each (2) Tho deflection plncul on the sight is the represent ing 5 mils. The gritduiitions w e n~nnbcred deflection nn~nownced the Are comm:und. in every 10 mils from 0 t o 150 on encli side of the 0 F o r esnmple, tlie sight. is set at. left 10. position. Directions for turning the k ~ ~ u for left bs Tlio deflection is nnno~uicetl RIGHT 50 ns nnd riglit deflections nla indicnted by the letters in the fire. comn~nnd.The gunner plnces L nnd R nnd nrrows nenr the index, W l m n deriglit 50011tl~esiglrt. flection of 0 is plnced on the sight, the line of sight is pnrnllel to tho direction of fire. The elernc. S e t t i ~ ~ g Sight f o ? iilecatioic. Plncc clevirtion tion scnle is grnrlunted into 6 divisions, each one t on the sight c ~ f t e r ho deflection if there i; II derqmsonting 10". Tlie gmduntions nm ninnbercd flection cl~nnge. o sct the siplit for elerntion, turn T from 40 to 90. Tlrc clcvntion micrometer is gmdthe elcvntion knob \vliicl~,in tnrn, operates both untcd into 40 divisions, endl one representing tho elevntion irnd micrometer scnlcs. Thus both Tho gmduntions nrc n ~ u n b e ~ w l every 4 divisions scnles must be set correctly to obtain the desired ( I o ) from O to 10. Tho colli~nntornnd tlie open elerntion. F o r cxiunple, to place n:l elevntion of 65' sight directly below it, linve vcrticnl reference on the sight, turn the elemtion knob 11nti1the lines nnd cnn be plnced ns tiesired in devntion. xrro\v opposite the elcvntioi~scnle is midwily beWhen the sight bend brncltet is tilted to its ex5' m tween the 00" rind 70" marlts nnd t l ~ e on t l ~ c treme up\v~ird (rcvw) pnsitim~ 11nd NII eltwition twmeter scnlc is opposite tlie micrometer SI?IIP i n elevrtion of the of 40 is plnced on the sight, t l ~ c ovorlwnd portion of tlre open sight. is 'Lo helow dex :rrro\v. IJsr cure tu prevent ninlting :I 10' ertlw wis of tlrr inorliir 111wrt~I. This is in i n ~ p n r - ror: for instnnce, setting the elevation smle : ~ 55' t t i ~ n tf e n t ~ ~ ~ v iiettw~iningtlw i i p l ~ l r ~ x i ~ n : ~ t r 75" in the nLove cxn~nplc. tvlic~i or ~ninimum elovntion for rlenring nearby objwts. 11. /I'on/vr~;nqSight. l'o remove the sight, dcn~id\villrdraw ~ ~ ( ~ s 111tcl1 e release the h r a r l i ~ t s t l ~to 32. Opevetion o NIL3 Sight f tlre sight. For tr;~r~!linf& tile ~ I ~ ~ i r scale n l sef t i m , 1 / 1 1 .Si{qhl. S w 1111r1igr:il)l1 : $I,/ for 40" :rnd ~)l;ire tile sight in tllr c;irryin:r casr. procedure for sttacl~ing s i ~ l l l . the

3T. M4 Sight a. T h e A14 siglit (fig. 8 ) is tlie s t n ~ ~ d i r r d sigl~t.

h, St//;ng ,Yighf jo? ~)P,'/W/~OII.

xo.

16

AIMING STAKE

BORE

OF FIRE1

LINE OF SIGHT THROUGH THE

COLLIMATOR

SIGHT SCALE

l-'lg~lr~Sight selling doc8 not claangl! d i r c r l i o u 9.

of b n r r r i .

33. Maintenance of M4 Sight

Alinement of t l ~ e levels, pivots, iind colli~nntor is tnndc a t the fnctory. Calibration of the dofleetion nnd elevntion scnlos is accomplisl~ed supporting by mnintenancc unit personnel. Ordinarily, no fucilities nre nvnilable for verilicntion in the lield ;t,herefore, trdjustmcnt, is not permitted by the user. See pamgrupll 34 for genernl precnntions to bc observed d e n using this sight.

34, Cave and Presewafien of fhe M4 Sight

When using this sight, observe the following ~)recwtions: a. Avoid striking or otherwise d a ~ n n g ~ nIUIJ g part of the sight. D o not burr o r dent the dovetnil In'nctet. A\.oid jilrring the micrometer knobs and telescope adapter.

b. Keep the sight in the cnnying cnse when not. in use. I f the sight hconwu wet, d r y it thoroughly before plncing it in the c ~ ~ r r y i n g cnse. r . If thc sight fnils to function properly, turn it ill to the approprinte supporting mnintennnce unit fncility f o r repnir. Members of the mortar crew nre not authorized to disasseml)le the sight. unit. (1. Keep the lens clenn nnd dry. Use only lens cleaning tissue to wipe the lens. Never use ordinary polishing liquids, paste, or. abmsives on opremoving grewe or oil from the tical pnrts. FOP lens, use only the authorized lens cleaning sonp. e. Periodically oil the moving p r t s v i t h light preservative lubricating oil (PI,). T o prevent accumulation of dust nnd grit, wipe off esccssivc~ lubricant.

35. Calibration sf the M4 Sight Using h e M45 Bewesight u. Generirl. T l ~ e 45 Iroresigl~tdericr (fig. 111) M consists of IIII elbo\r lcl~scopc,IL lelec~rpt!rlnnlp, IL body, two strap nsse~nlrlie.~, 1u1d :I cli~lnp11ssem!)ly. (1) 'I'lle elbow telescope estnl)lishes :I deli. niteline of sight. ( 2 ) 'I'llc telescope clnlnlr rnnirltnins tllc line of sight in the plnue rlnscrihd l)y the the ,~enti~rlineof V-slide. ( B ) l 'he l~odyincorpori~twt\ro pcrpendiru1111. V-~lidos. t r:ontnins level vinls to deI of termine tho I I I I ~ ~ C elcvntion (presct. n t 45" or HOO mils), and to tlcterrninc that V-slides tire in perpendicular positions. It nlso provides the h r d n n r e to w l ~ i c l ~ t he st rnp nssemblies nre at t nched. ( 4 ) T wo strnps :we supplied with cnch l~ore sigl~l. l ~ c lnrc ~nnrltetlfov cutting lo the n size required for runy n~ortnr. ( 5 ) The clamp ~~ssembly applies t c n s i o ~to ~ the s t m p nssemblics to secure the boresight ngninst the lnortnr bnrrel. b. P~*i?iciplesf Opmtion. T l ~ cboresight is o constructed so the telescope line of sight lies i l l thc V-slide. plnnc ostnlrlisl~cdby the ccnterlinc of t1.1~ When properly securcd to a mortar bnrrel, the contorline of tho contncting V-slide is pnrnllel to t,l~o centerlina of tho bnrrel. The cross-level vinl. when centcrcd, sho\rs tho centcrline of both slides, t h e elbow telescope, nnd the bnrrel lie in the snme verticnl pl~ule.Therefore, tho line of sight. of the telcscopo coincides with the nxis of the bnrrel regnrcllcss of \\.llich V-slide is in contnct with the b ~ ~ r r e The clevntio~~ is construrted with :I l. vinl fixed elcrtitio~n 45". of c. InstaZZntion. (1) Remove the ,borcsiglit, clnmp i~ssclnbly, and strnps from the carlying cnse. Grnsp the boresight by the body to prevent rlnninging the telescope. (2) Place the ring over the lnook nnd nttucl~ the strap snap to t l ~ reye provided on thestmp shnft. ( 3 ) If Ilecessnrsy, relcnse tlne cntches rind reset. the straps to the propel, length. ( 4 ) Ile~rrovo y l)n~'rs i~~rperfcctions o n ~ m or fr tho scnting nrwl of the mortar 1)nrrel to insrue proper seating r r f t l ~ c oresight b

(2) Rot,nto the elbow telescope until i t is

approximntely pnrnllel with tlicelevntion vinl. (3) Kelensc t.he cln~fip ~~ssembly strips by nntl removing tlie ring from the hook nnd the strnp snnp fro111the eye provided on the strnp sl~nft. (4) tow tlio clnnip assanbly a d strnps in S the corner compnrtment. Place the boresight in the center co~npnrtmentof tho carrying case.
'

36. Calibration of the M4 Sight for Elevation Using the Gunner's Quadrant The following is the procedure for enlibrating t l ~ elevntion scale using tlm gunner's quadmnt : c a. Moinit tlie ~nortnr level ground, sl~ndbnyon j n g it, for stability, and center the trnversing bearing.
10

f , licr11ec.k t l r~ ~ t d i ~ ~ t11c g ~ ~ ~ ~ n e r ' s r 111' p ~ qllntlrnnt nntl the sight. If t l ~ c r~irdingsi ~ r c itlentinot. cnl, repent t the ~ ~ ~ c e d w w n t l i n e ~ l w . nl i o

48. AA34A2 and M53 Sight Units

1 s t writs c:ui N ~ S O11? useti for l a y i ~ ~ p (10-111111 tlw 11111rhlr (I14lcrtif111 for :uid elevntion. 'l'l~e snuie sight sllo11ltl nl\'sys \ w 11se11 wit11 tlw s;une ~norlirr.1 ' 1 1 ~sigl~t11ni1s1.011sist of :I telescopr ~ n o ~ nIIIIlc!ll)o\v lrlesf.ol)c, I I I ~ ~ , 1 trlrsrol~o 1 ndnpter. I"0r :I drtnilrtl ~ ~ x p l ~ ~ i ~ n t i o ~ i of tlw npcrirt ion of t 11rse siplits, w r FXf 2%-!lO i w I'M
I

37. Calibrati~gthe M4 Sighf for Deflection

Using the Aiming Cirele Method

'

I 4

There nrc two inctlrods for rnlibrt~ting sight the for dcflectio~~-tli11!liming circle n~etlrotl, ilnd the tlistnnt. niminp point neth hod. T o i.iilil~ratctile rlrflection sonlc 11y t l ~ c niming circle metlioda. Set 111) the aiming cirellr. 25 mrters in renr of Z-92, the ~nountcd~nort;rr. B . Wit11 the ; ~ z i n ~ usr~rlei ~ n di n i c r ~ ~ n e t of~ ' 39. Aiming Posts tl~ e the. nimingcirclo nt.0, alinc tile center of tlic reticle r , Itvo h f l i t l i ~ i n ~ i n g posts 11re provided fos the on the center of the 1)nse plug of thc i n o r t n ~ . 1nort:u. 7Vl1en placed our properly, these posts c. L)eprcss the ~ n o r t n s I~arrcl to its Io~vest cstnblislr ir reference line cnnbling the grinner to elevntion. lny the mortar in desired dirrrtion of In rZ. Trnvcrse ;and cross-level tlic 111orti1r11nti1t l x irddition, the nnit thet y be e q u i p p ~ dwil11 tfire. 117 lx m center nxis of the bnrrel from the 1)nse plug to the 111. MI0 niming post. for use ns 11 direction 11ost. I n ~nuzzleisslined with t l ~ e w r t i c e line of the aiming l 1111 ewergenry, nny rlenrly d e l i ~ ~ e d object such 11s circle tclescope rcticle. :I tree trnnlc or tho corner of it ln~iltlingnn 11cnsctl r e. T o m the deflection knol) of tire siglrt until the ns nn niming point. for n single inortw. verticnl line is ccntcrerl on the lcns of the niming circle nnd rend nngle A, oppositc t l ~ c fixcd indcx. 40. M37 Instrument Light f . T u r n thc n z i ~ n u t lknob of tho niniing circle ~ The Ma7 i n s t n ~ m e n l ight (fig. 12) is used wit11 t until the verticnl line of the tclcscopc is Inid on t l ~ c1 4 sight for night firing. I t consists of a birt11 thc center of t.lie siglit, lcns ~ t n d rend nngle R, 01)tery cnsc wit11 n Inlilt-in rlrrostnt for co~rtrolli~rg posite the nzinii~tliscnle i~rdex.I f the siglrt is in 111sdegree of illwninntion of the coilin~ntos: 11 cnlibr:~tion,the nngles will be equal. If they nre single cell lq2-volt battery, type I{.\-30, or 'qiiivnot, equnl, tho siglit is ndjnstod 11s follows: :dent; ir 11nnd light, 11c o l l i ~ n ~ ~ t o ~ ~ l i g11cliunp :uld l ~ t , (1) With the dcflcction knob held in plnce, for nttnclring the c~rsc tho right bipotl leg. TIE to pus11 in on tlie micrometer knob retninlinnd light is used to illurninnto tlic scnles nnd iog button nnd slide tho deflection milevcls of the sight. TVl~ent l ~ c li:~ndlight is not in csometer sc.Jc nntil the lnst two digits of use, it is ~nountedon tlie clip on tho b~rttcryrnse. nnglc R nrc sct a t the inicron~aterindex. T o lny tlrc mortlrr, turn on tlie collimntor light. Reloclc tho rctnining button. This cnuses the white linc of tlrc collimnlor to be(2) I f the verticnl line of the siglrt l ~ n moved s come visible. The11 lay the wliite linc of the rollioff tlic center of the lens of the ni~ning rn1rtor on tlie thin grcen (rrcl) vertiral linc of the rircle tclmcopr, irpcnt the steps o ~ ~ t l i n e d aiming post light. :dlove. 41. Aiming Post Light ( 3 ) A fter the deflection ~nicrometcr11nsbeen corsectcd, cl~eclctlie setting on the tleFor n i g l ~ t firing, the $114 niming post light (lig. flertion scnle to see if it. corresponds to 1 3 ) is used on nn niming post. It consists of 11bnttlic fimt two digits of nnple 13. If the tery case which holds t\vo flnsl~liglrtl~ntteries,;I digits do not correspond, loosen the delight In~ll),111111 11 switr11. 'l7ic l i ~ 1 1 is provided t flection srnlc rc;nining wingnut ~urtl wit11 two rolorctl filters, green irntl red, iind it correct slide tlic s w l e to the ~ n l ~ p r o x i ~ n i r t ~ slrntled lwod. W l m ~ nin~inp the post liplit is twncd 1)osition. on, ti 111i1i g r e w (red) light 111)pe;rrs tli? IPIIS. 1111 ( 4 ) To n l ) t n i ~ ~ tm:ct s y ~ i r h r o ~ ~ i z i i tI iIo ~ i~ ~ C L W I e n \vrrrking with tlrr %f3.1-.\2 siglit I I I ~ I ~i ,l l P~ ~vhicli11 reference linr isest;rl~lislied I t\vo i r i ~ n i ~ ~ g I ~ tlie deflcction ~ n i r r o ~ n c t eirntl tlir rler posts, tlir l i p l ~ t s st:rpgerrtl for ensr i n i~ir1i11are nett ion s l t tlw d&ct ion Imnh tici~tion so thnt thr gIInnrrs [lo not I J W O ~ I I C . con1 forrrwd to r setting I I F zero. Slide the (Ie-

fused as to wlii<,liposts arc t l ~ r i ~ .I<nvIi : ~ l t r r ~ i i i t i n g s. rllortrir would II:IW l l ~ e wtl light on thr! fiir 11osl to nccn~rrplishthis effect.

4%. Sight Extension

T h e sight. rstrnsion is tlesipn~tlto prrniit tliv gunner to IIIIW ill, a 1wo11v~)osititnl\vl~ilr1:iying tlio 11iort:w. 'l'hr. cstelisio~i1111s:I I)~.it~lceI ~ i ~tits tl t into the sight slot on tI:c! Iiiorttir yoke, 111111 11 liitcll Ilrnt. liolds i t securely in 11l:ivr.W I Wtlw c z l o n s i o ~ ~ I is attached to tho ~ l l o r t i ~the >I4 sight is i ~ i s r r t ~ l r, ~ r It into n slot ; t t l l ~ c h o t t o nf~tlinextr~isio~i. is held i n plnce hy the sight. latch. 'This slot is s i ~ u i l a rto the sight slot of the ~ n o r t r ~T . e overnI1 length of sh the extension is approxin~stclyX inclles.

43. Spare Parts and Accessorie.

11. Npui*e f'nivln. Pnrts will become unser~~icenble tliroogh breaknge or wear. I?or this reason, spnre pnrts nre provided for rcl~lncementpurposes. Sets of :1y;ive pnrts :ire kept complete ri't all times. T h e only spare p r t cnrried by tile sqund is nn extni

LEADS
LEG CLAMP

/I

BATTERY CASE

CLAMP

' CASE

gether :it~rl provide protection for tho s l ~ o ~ ~ l t lofr s squntl ~l~ernl~ws.

e the f , . Tru;11;11~,l;il.v, . T f i ~ i n i i ~ g misist of triiiii:~itls
(w~~tili~liug for I P I I I O V tonls in:r p ~ o j w l i l ~II cIi(-~t s, iug S ~ P I I I ignitior t.i~rt~.itlg(~s. ~.iyli~clir~g t111111:1getl lins on the t1xi11ing ptwjrrtiles, 11nd ~ w o v e r i ~ ~ g tlic projwtilcs fro111the p r n u ~ ~ .\II i ~ n i n l u ~ ~ ii t li-o ~ ~ d. l st ~ w t i o 1 h l 1 . t is ;IIW ~ S S I I P ~ . ~1

Section ! AMMUNITION

44. General
l'l~iss e c t i o ~ ~ covers informntion on the complete for ciwtridges of semitixed ammunit ion i~utl~nrized use in tlw GO.mm morter, hllD. I t inclr~dcsn dcscription of the cartridge, menns of identificntinn. I U I c nre rind use. ~

45. Classification
I3nsr!d I I ~ O I Iuse, the p r i ~ ~ c i l rl~lssilirntionsof ~al ammmnitio~ifor t h e GO-inm mortar nr+ a. High-explosi~v(TIE), f o r use ngninst perso~inel u i d ~ light. mnteriel tiugets. I,. Shako ( w l ~ i t epl~osphorous), for usn ns IL screening, signaling, cnsunlty producing, or incondicry agent.. r. P~ncfice, trt~ining.
for o'. Z'mim'ng, for trnining in limited i~rens.
c. : l / ~ o n ~ n n t i n ifop use in night missions requir~, ing illumination for i~ssistnncein olser\-ntion.

46. Ammunition Lot Number

T l ~ e n m m ~ m i t i o n number is IL code number aslot signed t o ench lot of n m m ~ m i t i o ~ ~ it is innn!lwlien fircturcd. T h i s lot nu in be^, is stnmpul o r mnrlted on every londctl complete cnrtridge, on packing cow tiriners, n r ~ d the a~coinl~iinyinp on ilmmu~:ition data reports o11 cnrd. I n mnltiug ont records, il~clutling r o n d i t i o ~fu~~ctioiiinp, nccidrnts, refer t o p r ~, nntl c lot ticr1111r items of n m ~ n u ~ ~ i t ibyr ~ i 1111m1)rr.

c o n s i d e r : i t i o ~to i t s ~ ~ r n l w t i o~~I,OII: III(V f.n~:di~ n tions. b. ('0111p1etr. : ~ : ~ r t ~ ~ i d 11ri:1g t'11zr11.::rr II:~IIgrs, died w i t h r:~!.e.'1'111, c ~ s p l u s i wi , l r ~ n e ~ it:l s ~ ~ ~ i ~ n c r s ~ ] :i:d f u x s :\I 1, I 1 1 l ; r 1 y s s i t i v t t ~strong shoclc a n d l~igli.tenil~r~rr~Ii~r'. 50. Authorized Cartridges r. I ~ I lint Iwe:11; I l w IIIII~S~III~(~.~I~S~SI::III s w l of .\:IIII:IIII~~~IIII : ~ ~ ~ l l : o r i fx :~ .l o ~IIW i n i l l i s II:O~~:II. tho filler CIIII~II~IIP~ IIII~ t l w : i ~ n ~ n u ~ ~ iis i to uIIP il t 0 lr : ~sv is I i s t u l ill l ~ a r : ~ g ~ :4:). l :l i ~ ~ ~ ~ o:f i its st::l~iliziag I I S C ~ . W1ir11 i 1 1 1 r ~ r t II:IIIIII~~o f w r t ~ + l g e s (15 o r l i ~ ~l lr s :IIIIIII:III~I~~II P~I'II IIIOII~II I i I i f r o l : ~ :i lllllrl~ pel. s:p1d) :1rt3. p r r p 1 r r d lll~t'nlY~ l~nll:ll:lt :I l s ~ ~ ~ o o t l :IIIII~~:I~.is s1:11h i ~ l: i g l ~ t:IIIII s l r i k r s l~~~ri~ IIC fro11111111 ~nission,t l : ~ r t : ~ i d g e sm i ~ y rr1novc~1 w lirsl, '1'111-. 1 ~ 1 ~ o p d I i 1 1~ i i r g v ,~ ~ ~ r n s i s l i ~ ~ g rl g nos(! PIIII r o ~ ~ t ~ l i n r r: s , I ~III!~ ~ ~ w ~ ~ r l l i n g ~IIIW~IIICW~S XIi g n i t i : r t i l r 111111 111~1pelling I I I ~ ~ of I justetl. 'Vlre11 reiriswt t l w fill ::ssetnl~ly o f ~ i ~ r l ~ i11t11 n l i s : : t t : ~ ~ l II I r t i I S S I I I I ~I : ~ .o r sI lit~g
tr the ~ r o t i l : ~ i n e o 11rntevt t l:t* ~ ~ ~ ' n p c l('h:irg~s. 'I'IIV i.i:~.l~.i~lg(' it:is \ r i t l ~ 1111,~ IIIIIIICH. i g ~ ~ i t i o n i ~ 1i11 (1, /, 7wt ,l.t/rmpt 10 dh0.~.~~1,th/r f t ~ a , ,
)I ((I:!/ sc.rtrd i n 1111. II:ISV I l ~li11 s l ~ i ~ f t . i ~ r ~ . r ~ n ~ e n t s of r 'l'lir r. I'rote~~t. ~IIIIIIIIIII~~~IIII ~ ~ fro111IIIII~, the ~~:~ efully ::I,o r ~ ~ n ~ ~ v 1 V ~ l1r I.i w ~ l ,111r ro1t1111 nl h c:irri(ss t l w sand, d i r t , i111d \v:iter. See t h n t the ~.:irtridges: I I ~ lire11 ig11i1in11 1xr11~idgc~ S I wit11 i t , 'She 111ort:11-is I ~ free o f such f o r e i g u luntter 1:rfore f i r i n g . i V I ~ e i \ t11r11~ , r : ~ d o r IIIP fy :~iw I,OIIIII~. I<C~:~IIS(> r o ~ n IIIC ~ i r n ~ n n n i t i o nt s \vrt o r d i r t y , \vipr it 011' ::I OIIIT. gr ~II~II p 1 ~ 1 ~ x r t r i d g e IO:I~PII the IIIOI,~:I~ :IS :i ini it e is f. 1)o 11ot :illow the ~ ~ n ~ n n ~ ~p~: ~ t~i to f~ ii ,~ l : l ~ d y p r n v i s i o ~ ~ 1 1 1 i 1 ~ lf~w i ~ d j i ~ n g 1 1 1 p r o p e l l i ~ ~ g i i ~ :II:~ is isl ~ tho powtler increments, l o In esposotl t o dilmect ~ h i r g e Iill-~IIl~l~ ~ ~ ' t i , r i~i :IIIIIIIIIII~~~OII is cl:~ssifierl:is , t rnys o f t h o s u ~ fi o r :my I e ~ ~ g olfi t i m . Nor(. IIII~- s ~ w ~ i l i x r ~ l . f o r m firing is o b t a i ~ i c t lv l w n the iwrlridges n r r at. t h e s n n tcmper~ltnre. ~ 51. M49A2 High Explosive Cartridge 7 . 9. f t m t o r c I/ICf ~ t yIPI'PI~ f~m!/10 f!tzr j w ~ f ,xf! 1 I , I l l i s r n r t r i t l g e is l h c s t n ~ ~ d : uhigh explosive tl h j o m frh,". provitled f o r tho (i0-nun !norc:rr. It i s used rou~~d
I l o I 11111rligrcnler rstcwt tl1111i:illy o f the other ; ~ ~ i l h o r i z cr:irt~,itlgcs.I t is used cliiefly sgiii~ist. tl pcrson~ieln l i d i s very c t f w t i v e i n prorluci~!gcasui~lties l~ectiuse the f r e g ~ n c n t s f 111r c ~ ~ r t r i d g e Ry o i n :111 tlircrtions nt the i:~st:int tho ~ w t r i d g e i t s h t l i c g r o u n d o r nny other solid o\,jec(. I t has an ett'ectivo b u r s t i n g t ~ r c ::ipl)roximntely 18 meters ~ wide n t i t l 9 meters deep. Do n o t h n ~ ~ d dud.^. I)uds nre r n r t d g e s that. lc h . ' I l e IIE cnrtridge v o ~ ~ s i s of a hollov: steel ts Ilavo been fired l r u t did n o t explode. T h c y are, exi \lh Imdy (fig. 14), : lin ~ i s s e ~ n l ~~y i c i lscrews on t r e ~ n e l ydaligeroos bernusr: the film is nrlned rind tho r c ; ~ rcntl o f the l ~ o d y:and :i h z e (k15.25 o r :uiy ~ n o \ ~ e ~ n e ~ itho c n r t r i d g r may r : ~ u s cit t o of I. 5 . 1 ) \vliirl\ is atrnrlied t o the front o f the explotlc. I n t r n i n i ~ ~ g :wens, lorntions o f clads are WI-I ridgr. . 'I'S'I' In:~.sting charge, \ r r i g l ~ i ~ ~ g L 0.34 bl r ~ i : ~ r l c c t y signs :uid reported to t l w rnnge ollicer IIOIIII~ is r o n l : ~ i n e ~ n t l ~ r il Imdy o f the ~ w t r i c l g a f o r tlestruct ion. :uid is ignited hy t l ~ c booster c h i r g e in the l ~ a s e 49. Storage o f tho f ~ u c11po1, i ~ ~ ~ p ~ i c t point d e t o m t i n g 'l'lie , is. I V l ~ e npl;~rtic:il)lr, s t o w IIIII:II~I:I~~~OII IIII~~I.1'11mis d e s r r i l ~ e d i n tiet:~il i u : r i g r : i p l : s 60 . . ('over. W h e n i t is necess:rry .lo le:~vothe : l m m i r n t h r o ~ ~ g h . 'l'hr fin nssemlily m l t a i n s tlw 1~111W tion i n t l ~ c qlell. raise i t 111 least (i i11141rsf r o m 1~ I I ~~irlridg(s.IIIW r n v i ~ l w IIIWI~S f o r : t t t : ~ d i 11 p 11 1 1 1g r o i ~ n:III~ v r r t l ~ e ~ ~l w pilv wit11 :ld111:11le tl1i14i 1 1 ]~~ t ~ n l ~ r ~ IlI i ~ ~ ~I ~ I I I S .'SIII~ fills 1 ~ e q t l w ro111id I I~ I g 1 I)ig S t w s s o f t : ~ r p i i i ~ l i n . ~ ~ C I I ~ I C:I~OIIIII~ 1l1e p i l ~ , o 4 i:~ st::l111>i n flight. l < y 11si11g prnpdli~~g i w ~ n w t s . IWIW'II~ \Y:IIP~ fro111Ilo\vi1ig1111111~1~il. :I I l l i s ~ . : : ~ . t r i ~ \vI:ic!~ \ w i g l ~ s 1:1,:1!:11s (:I~[II.IIs), lp. * I.::II III* l i w < I;:I t l ~ I:I;\X~IIIIIII: :XIIF(- o f I;I ~, .!O I::I~~~I~s I,111 : ~ w t i v\ ~ r : l t l ~ t~~~ i. ~ v ::IIIII:II:I~I~OII I i 11:~s in (:l]'])l'l>s). \~IBI:I~I~II 110x1~sI:, w i l e s w l ~ t wIII:LIYTI s i n n ~ g e . I in

h. Reinsert the safety v i r e s i n t o 1111 r a r t ~ , i t l g e s tl~at, 111~ve Ilecn prep:lred f o r liring, h r t not usrd. Ilepli~cc the powtlcr i l ~ r r e ~ n e ~ i t s 11:ivc 11cen rcthnt moved. T l l e n r e t l t r n tho c:~rtritlges o tl~ei;.o r i g i n n l t pricking ~ l n dn a r k them npproprintely. Vso these i cnrtridges first, i n subseque~~t firing.to keep opened stocks nt. :i n i ~ i i m u n i . i

;.

nsscmbly, ;uld :I tnil nssembl~.Tlw cnvtridgr is :~lso~ q ~ t i p l ~wit11 four propelling cl~nrges. etl b. Tlle i l l u ~ r ~ i ~ ~ arnrtridpe. is equipped wit11 ting the hIG6Al or 1165 tinre fnac. 'rhc fuze ignites the quick ~natclr(after tho snfety wire is ~.cll~owtl rind the c~~rtriclfc fired), stnil tlie quick match is tlren i p i t c s the blncli ~ o ~ v d clrnrge, This blnclt er po\vdcr cllnrgo cxl)els the p1rr11c111:to nlld i l l ~ ~ m i Ilnnt chnrge nssnmblies f r o ~ n t l ~ owrtridgc i l l npprosimntely 14.6 seconds n ~ d e t the snmc lime, , ignites the, illul~~inn~rt. cllnrge. Tllc hIR:3AB cnrtridgc burns for a t least. 25 secontls wit11 :I. minimuni of 380,000 cn~rdlopowr.T h e iWR8A1 illw tninont clrnrgc brirns with a ~ninirnumof 146,Onn illr~~ninnnt. ('.n~ldlepower.TBllile in the I , 1 drops nt. ti rntc of :3 ~neters s e c o ~ ~ d . per r . The illr~mi~rnting cnrtridgp. weighs npproximt~tely4.15 p o d s and Irns a ~nrmimumrnngo of 1,000 ~nctels (npprox). I n connnoll with other pyrotcclunics, this cnrtriclge is irrnrlted w i t l ~tho type rind c nod el of cnrtridge, mortnr from \vllicl~ lircd, liller, :und lot number.

55. M69 Training Cartridge Tho MGO tmining cnrtridge (fig. 16) 1~1ssolid ti
It cast iron body nnd n. stnndnrd fin nsse~~ibly. weiglns 4.4 pounds, nnd is propelled by :un ignition citrtridge only. I t s mnsilnum rnngo is 225 nleters. A firing table for the trnining shell comes v i t h ench contniner. A 11oolcis nlsn provided with w l ~ i c l ~ to recover the shell i n the event tlrnt it becomes imbetltled in soft enrtll. This sl~ellis vnlunblc ns :i t r n i n i ~ ~ g aid.

Warning: Short rounds may result when this round is fired at temperatures below 0" F.

53. M5OA2 Practice Cartridge

1'110 prnctice cnrtridge differs from the H E cnrtridgc only in color, bursting cllnrge, rind cnsunky effect. It is used in tmining, nnd is just 1 seffective ns tlrc HE cnrtridge for this pwpose 1 because of identicnl bnllistic qr~alities.The cnrtridgc hns n srnn11, blnclc powder spotting cllarge ns the filler in place of TNT.

54. M83A3, M83A2, or M83A1

Illuminating Cartridge a. The illyninnti~lgc~lrtridgois i w i in niplrt ~nissioas nssist grou~rtltroops in obserwt.io~~. to 1 1 is ~ n n d e111) of four ~nirjorparts: 11 body tubc ~nssembly, :In illurninin~lt :~ssembly,:I ]):lrncllutc

56. Loading Ignition Cartridges a. Tlro ig~ritioncilrtridge, RI4, is slightly ovevsize n t the base to illsure thnt tl~ecnrtridgc rernnins in llm fin ~~ssembly during Ionding lurid firing the 1110rtilr. Tlre tight fit of tho igmition cnrtridge ~rltlltesit difIic~~lt fully seat. the cnrtridgo in the. to fin i~sse~nbly 11nnd.T l ~ cnrtridges mny be ensily by e IIII~ snfely loaded with the Ionding devicc (fig. 17). The c:ut~*idge chnmber in the tin nssembly nus st be thoroughly clenned before rclo~lding. b . Cnre must be tnkou \vl~ilesentiug the cnrtridge fully in tho fin nssembly t o woid tnpping 111. striking the 11ri1ne1..If tlre primer is pressed V n p i n s t ti S I I ~ ~ R Cor if it is tripped, or struck, it ~ m y rleto~~atel ~ rtxrtritlge :11rt1 ( , : I I I Sserious l injury.

WYElER. 4PARIII1LLI SEAlslD W C d & s . m u s ~ :WYRT I)HIMVI

XDRILL lie'
EdRTRlWE IN FIN AS FbA AS WSS18LE 1)1 MHD. P U D L

n H IN W D U I 3JW PRPSS # N U BTRIIOHT WWH.

57. Removing Expended Ignition Cartridges

a. Tlie following modification of tlie fin of the t,rnining cartridge is helpful in removing expended ignitiou cnrtridges: Bore n 'I~ole%-inch in diameter completely through the outer thread of the fin nssembly, pnrnllel with the longer nxis of the fin assembly. This pennits the insertion of n Inrge nnil or spike through the length of the fin nssembly t.o force oot tlie expended ignition cnrtridge. b. To remove an expended ignition cartridge, unscrew tlie fin nssembly from the bnse end of theround. Then place tho fin assembly on n block of wood, 4 inches by 8 inches by 2 inches, with the bnse end of the fin nssembly over n hole 1 inc11 in dinmeter bored through the centers of the block of wood. Place n nail or spike through the open (bored) end of the outer thread of Llie ln nssembly. ?

Drive this nnil tlirougli tile tin nssembly forcing tho ignition cnrtridge from its sent. Tlien remove the ignition cnrtridge from the fin nssembly with the cutmotor. c. Yefore replncing the fin assembly i n the round, see that the sl~oulder nnd outer thrends of tlie fii nssembly, and the shoulder and inner tlirends of the cnrtridge, are free from any foreign m n t e ~ h l .I f tlierc nre any pnrticles left on the shoulders iuid tl~rends,the fin nssenibly will not s c ~ properly in the base end of the round. This t causes 11 rupture in the b i ~ of the cnrtridge when e fired. W l ~ e n rupture occurs, the cnrtridge ccnnthis not be used.

58. Preparation for Firing Ammnnition is issned ;IS semifixed complete cartridges. Prepnre it fa13firing by ndjustiny the propelling clinrge for the zone to be firctl t i ! d by removing tl~esnfety wire from the fuze. 59. Propelling Charges Propolling cl~nrges nlortnr ammunition confor sist of squnre powder increments arid sn ignition clinrge. Tho full charge consists of nn ignition cnr!ridge und four equal propellent increments (bun-

dlcs of sl~cctpo\\dri.) ;issrinl)led to tlir h s r of 1111' 62. Functioning of the clh588545Al and rnrt~.idpe11s issued. 'l'lw i ~ ~ v r ~ n i e i i1t 1 ~i ~ t t i ~ ( . l i < ~ l 1 s M525 Fuzes to the HII :issr~nl)l,v invre~i~ivitI ~ I I I P I '~). ~ . 11y I '11 ])I,('lilmi tiring ( a l t r r r c ~ n o w of tliel)nll wire ilnd l p ~ w e clnirge for living, it is oi11y ilccrssa:!: 111 the strfoty wire) srt1,eck wnscs the sctl)aclc pin to rcremore thosr i~i(,rciuc~nts ~~eqi~irctl. not S11o1.1 leiiso the 1)oreriding pin, whir11 niovrs o ~ i t \ n ~ r d 111 rounds resnll. \v11e.11 I I P I ~ I ~ I I I C I I ~ S \ Y P ~ .\llll~)ll:!l ~ i1re rontwt. tlie l)olr! of tlir inortnr rind is ejected as tlir IL \vntcq~roof * e l l o p l ~ ; ~ n ~ g ~ ~ o IvI ~ ~~ s r ~ n i ( ~ i ~ I s , ~ I):e ~ Pi i ~ c rart.ridga Icilvrs Ill(: inorti~r. Srtl~1f.k f r t w tlw ill%) tliey sl~o~iltl l)rolrrlr(l f r o ~ ~ ;ti i ~ rIIIICIi n ~ ) i s L ~ r ~ ~ l l r ~ u i d be i, p t cs~xpo pinion \vlicel w l ~ i c I)r.gins to rol~ es niucl~ possible. 11s tkto t~ cc!ntcr gr;w of the tlislodg~d: ~ r n ~ i n g ine~!l\Nolc, 1)wIroy l l i i l l s ~ ~ l ll l ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ tlftw lIII'ilM lty ! ~ l l T l l ~~w lls I I I I ~ S I I I'.I'his rtitises tlic firing pin to w t :IS II tlctcnl lug tllc~il.1)rl !lot nllo!~ cstwa ila~relllrllf~ l lll~l'nllle~nte tr to prorelit. tlw slitlcr from inovinp tlin detonntor I1BlIP tlw mnrtt~r110~1tlm1s. AIOWtlwni :it l f ' n ~ tZ O i~wtcrs into line with tlicr firing piir. This ~ x u s e s :I scrfrom l~lortnrl)osltlolla. pnrkrd v e l ~ i d e u ,rind ~ I I I I I I I I I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~
nntl arininrr (lclnj. ITpo~i impart, tho strilicr is
pller. Clnlr rrPt i:nlw 01. brl~al~ nt lwst 10 ~~wterw for frrllll ? the brirnlnn nrrn t o I I I - P Y C I I ~~ t n r t l l l ~ 1~1lne lIr(w. 110 11o1 t:rircn e g n ~ n s tlie firing piu spring, which fon-cs t ~ I I I ~ I I I/I(! ~ I I C ~ ~ I ~ J in I/,ilr.v. ~ , ~ . I I ~ ~ I Sprc:ld tlicw 111 11 trnltl of tho firing pin into t l ~ c tlctonntor, \rhich tletonntcs the follow111gdelrtb n n d w l r l t l ~ :2 iiwllrs to 3 l l l r ' l i ~ adc[T in tun1 the tctryl lend cluiirgc, tctryl bnostcr, and H l~wl~cs and ILK long 11snecmaary. Iuiltr tlir ~~~wdc'r widr 11lni11 1)ursting (.1111rge tlic mrtridgo. :\ dctnilcd of trnln by llglilillg a st>lrtln~. trnlll rOllalntlllg of llnt lrxa tlinn 1 foot of incrt 111nter111l gnlrix, Irarr~.11r1vs. disc!ission of the funrt.ioning of tl~esefnzes is (dry pnpers), I1rol,ibi1.m ~ i o h ' i ~o?qb~:i/dit~g nrnitltd ~ I ~ , J I I I I . t*o~~teined 'I'M 0-1300-205. ~ flrw in attian or IJilcs of rrccnn incrre~ollarsrPpt wbnl nc'tnnlls der.trogfngtllrl~i described nbovr. 11s 63. M65 and M65A1 Time Fuzes Fuuctioniiig of tl~esc fuzes is discnssetl in tlctnil 6 . M525A1 or M525 Fuze 0' in T M 0-1800-205. ~hese fnzes nre the snper-(,nick ( S ) type, and tliey 11re idci~tified PDF (point. (Ietoni~tiug 64. M527 Fuze Series by fuze) MBZSAI or M625 stninpctl on the body. These fuzes 11re identicnl with the hi52 except These fuzes ni,e tlesigi~edto functioii before nny that they contnia a smnllcr lmoster chnrgc nnd 1111 peuctrntion ~xcurs, pcriuitt,ing the innxiinurn int~~c~siou. ILIE used on the s~noltecartridge They surfnce effect. of fr:rgmentntion of tlie cnrti~idgc. m l y . Tile M527 ulrl tlln M527A1 hnvo n plnstir F o r use in the field, it is issued ns~einbledto the body, nnd the M527131 i u ~ dtho h1627.43R1 l u ~ v e cartridge ns ;I pnrt of the complete cnr'iridgc. T o 1 1 nltuninun~ 11 I)ody. prepnre for firiug it is only neccssnry to rernove 65. Firing Tables the snfety wires. n. T o convert rnngcs iu yards 01. meters into 61. Safety Features of M52581 or elcvntions in clogrees or mils nud number of propellent increments (referred to 11s cl~argos), use M525 Fuzes tho firing tables thnt nrc packed wit11 ench bundle n. These fuzes nw classifietl as bore-snfe. They of nminunition. Tliese tnbles include a cletlectionnrc equipped wit11 snfet.y devices tlmt llieep the convenion table. Firiug tnbles f o r instn~ctionnl b n ~ s t h gchnrge from c x p l o d i ~ ~\vliile the rorg us6 inny be obtnined on requisition. the tridgo is in tho lriirrel-even s l ~ o ~ ~ l t lprimer or b . T n l h iy)plicsblc to the vnrious t,ypcs of 60detonntor ~nnlfuncliou. inm cn~tridgcs ns follows: lire h. A snfety wire passes tl~ronglithe body of tlw ( 1 ) FT 004-8 (rtbi-irlged)--For firing: HI: . fuze nnd thc setbnclt pin, thereby lwlcing nll movcnrtridge, M40AY W/PD Fuze, M52 : ~ b l e arts in theii* origii~nlsnfc positiou. 1'1111 the p Pmctic.c cnrtridge, MhOA'L, W/PI) I h e , s ~ ~ f c twire just before tiring. I f 11 cilrtridge is y M52 Smoke cartridge, WP. M:302, W/I'T) fired mitllout. polling the safety wire, it may or I h ~ e M82. , miry uot explode upou inipact. The safety wire (2) F T $0-V-8 ( d m d p d ),-For tiring: 1r;iining cnrtridgb, M69. , is designed to lock the s c t l ~ r k pi11 i n plwr o~ily Ii~lntllingof tlw cnrtridpe. hefow during n o r m ~ ~ l P F o r exiirnple of cnrrent lirinp t;~l)les, . srr I V firiup. e.I n * ,-

d. Uses. (1) s mortnr fire is i~sunllyndjusted file A (pnm 157), select n clinrgc zone for the initinl mngc thnt permits a subsequent increnso or decrense in mngc mitllont changing tlie cllarge. Whew two elsvn. tions nnd two cllnrges nro nvnilnblo fnr selection, select tho clinrge thnt will give tho grcntest lntitude without cllnngillg the cl1nrg.e. For oxnmple, using the IIE cnrtridge for nn initin1 rango of 05.0 meters, use 72O, charge 2. Wllen there is n choice between two chnrgc zones, oqui~l lntitndes in firing being provided in both, select tho lolver chnrge b~cnuscless clisporsion results with the lmver chnrge. (2) It is undesirnble dwing ndjustmcnt of

fire to chnnge to a different chnrge zone. Fire ndjustmcnt, is lcsr :tccurnto where tl~cres n shift between cllnrge zones duri ing ndjustment. ( 3 ) I n firing on tnrgets involving searcliing fires select the elovntior~in dcgrccs tllnt will permit thc usc of the same clmige tlirougliaut,. For oxample, using the I-IE cnrtridge for zone ROD to DO0 ~neters,me clinrgo 2 with t l ~ c corresponding elevntions. (4) I n firing on tnrgets involving close fire, select tho elcvntion in degrees tllnt will permit tho use of the lowest chnrge. For oxnmple, using tho RE cnrtridge for nn initinl muge of 650 meters, use 66', charge 1.

Section II. BALLISTICS

66. General - -. - -..-. .~~ An understmiding of bnlliotics or the forces tlint nct on n projectile c ~ ~ ~ a bnl e s mortnr crew to minimize the ndvcrso forces nncl obtniu more effective fire on n tnrget. Mnny conditions nffect moi7tnr fire nnd the probnbility of obtnining identicnl Wectories is remote. 'Phnt is, if number of cnrtridgcs arc fived fronl n mortnr h i d encli time nt tllo snlne elevntioll nald deflcctioll, d l of t1l-e ~ o i l l t Some of . cnrtridges (lo not fnll 011 tho the conditions nffecting the motion of 'the ro1111d t.hnt cn11 be controlled pnrtinlly by the inortnr crew nre-muzzle velocity, elevntion and direction, forces ncting on round during flight, ,nud dispeision. Foi- n detnilcd discussion on these items, see F M 23-92. 60-mm cnrtridge fnil to the rear of thc point of impnct thnn to tlie front. (fig, 18). A cnrtrilge fnlling just. over the tnrget,, tthc~wfo~e, r.1ore is affective thnn n cnrt.ridge fnlling jnst s1)ort. of the
t"'fiet.

67. Ground Burst

Of primniy interest to the observer is tlie fnct thnt, more of the figments of the burst of tlie

68. A~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~t~ of All fnmilinrizes ]lil,,solf tile nppcnrnnce of the bursts of ditiereut, t.ypes of cnrtridees (fig. 19) so tilnt lie cnll idelltify tile hulsts tile tvno l*eoucsted in mi nren where different. types fire nre'heingdelivered, of n. FIE Cavlr.idqe, Suve?--Quick uze. The blnclf F . smoltu is discolorkl by dirt. and sprends both upmnrcl .tnld internlly. I,. W P &'woke Cavtddgc. Flying pnrticles of burning white pllosplloras w e first observed. White phosphorus bnms ~npidlynnd n t once forms n cloud of whit,e smoke which tends to rise because of the ]lent. genernted by the burning phosphorus.
~ ~ ~

~U L~

Section Ill. DESTRUCTION OF ORDNANCE MATERIEL I N EVENT OF IMMINENT CAPTURE

69. Genercrl Princiales
~~

when, ominfi to Tncticnl situntions mny limitations of time or trnnsportntion, i t becomes to im~o.jsible evncunb all equipment. To Prevent its cnpture intnct nnd its subsequent usc by the enemy, in snch situntions, clcstroy all mnteriel be tllnt cn~unot, evncuntcd. When thorough destrnc-

tiou of nll parts callnot be completed, destroy those n pnrtc ossentinl for 11sing the mortnr, ~ u i or remove t,he otllcr pnriS tlint cnnnot. be duplicnted D~~~~~~ snlne essent,inl tile by t,l,e parts on'nll like units to prevent the ewmy from constructiup one complete unit. from the several d n ~ n n ~ eones by consolidnting the serviceable d pnrts. All units s!lould be trnined to destroy the

GROUND

A!!.

B AT LEA61 ONE FRAGMENT PER d 60 6 7

AT LEAST ONE FRAGMENT PER 1 BO FT 0

materiel issued to them. This t?-aining does iwt inv o h e the m t u d destruction of m,ute?iel.

70. Methock of Psstroying the Barrel

Destroy the bnrrel !iy tho first method wlicii possible. When the first inetliod cnnnot be used, use the second or t,liird metl~odin thnt order. The destruction will then be uniform ~vlietl~cr not or is the ~netl~odcnrried to completion. a. Method No. 1. Plnce n complete cartridge, with 20 propellnnt increments nttncl+l nnd with the snfety wire in tlic fuze still in place, pnrt wny into the mortar bnrrel. Block t l ~ c cnrtridge in this position by jnmming n stick, sn~nll-arms cartridge, or loop of one-foi~rth inch or Inrger cord between tho cnrtridge nnd the side of tlic moptnr bnrrel. Attnoli n cord 30 nwters long to the stick, cnrtridge, or loop. Tnke n coverod position (fig. 20) :it lenst 30 meters nwny nnd pull the cord to rclei~sc tho cnrtridge so thnt it slides do\vn the bnrrel. The oxcess pressure cnnsed by t l ~ c lnrge number of inore~nents\vill burst the bnse end of tlic bnrrel. Elnpscd time by this metl~od-1 minntc. Or, set the selector for lever fire nnd drop n complete cnrtridge with 20 ndditionnl clinrges on it into the tube. Attnch a 80-meter cord to tlie firing lever so it will nctivntc the firing lever. Tnkc cover nt. lenst 80 nleters nwny nnd pull the cord. Thc excess pressure will bul.st. the bnsc end of the bnrrel. B. Method No. 9. Dismount the mortnr nncl build up the wen in the vicinity of tlia yoke with dirt so it will support nn incendinry grenndc.

Build up tho riven nronnd the firing mecl~anism llousing in n similnr mnnner. Plnce one M14 incendinry grennde 011 the yoke nnd nnotl~er incendiary grcnnde on top of the firing meclinnism housing. Mnko sure thnt the dirt mounds liold the grenndes in plnce. Pull the pin on encll grennde nnd lenvc tlio immcdinto nren. This rnotliotl will destroy pnrt of tho bipod nnd the bnrrel, nnd pnrt of the firing mecllnnism l~onsing nnd bnseplntc. c. .lletlrod 11'0. 3. Mnke the bnrrel oseless by puncturing wit117.62-nim bnllets fired f rom 11minimum distnnce of 25 meters.

71. Destruction of Ammunition Usunlly tl~ereis not enough time to permit tlic delibernte destruction of nll t l ~ c nmmunition in the f o r w r d combnt nrens. Wlicn time does not permit, consume nmmunition on linnd by firing the cnrtridges rnpidly in tho direction of the cnemy. JVhel\ enough time nnd mnterinls nre nvnilnble, destroy lnrge nmounts of nmmunition by the metl~ods outlined in pi~rn,rrrnplls mid 73. These metllods 1.e72 quiro from 30 to GO minutes. For metl~ods:uid snfet.y precautions, see FM 5-2R.

cntad for use i l l forwwtl m n h t ztlnes. Satisfar,. lory d c s t n ~ c t i o ~ ~ pnttingtl~c'l'STi l l altrrii~volvcs Follow the procedure in ir rind b Iwlow : I o I nntc 1)nndlcs of t ~ i ~ ~ ~ n n ~ ~ i ti i is ~I ~t, i ~ w (1. Stnclc :~mlnlulition in slnall piles. Shrlc or consuming job. pile inosl: of tho :iv:~ilablr gasoli~win cnus tu~tl c. I n rear iireils I fixed installntions, syiw rlrmns itround the i~ln~nunition, l'llrov onto the !wterials s11rl1 11s p:ithctic (leton:~tionmay lrc 11sed to rlcstros l:~rgc pile 1111 tr\~nilnblei11f1n111rn:~blc ion 1, ~ n g s,srral) \vood, ant1 I)POSI~.P o w tho ~ w m i n i n g : ~ ~ ~ u n u n i t supplies \vllc~\d ( ~ s t r u c t i o: ~ ~burn, ing St:~rlctlw 1)1111dles. C I I C ~ I1 . 0 1 ~ 111 gnsolmc over tl~c!pile. Iise enough i n f l ~ u i l i ~ ~ ~ ~ l ) l r is 1101fer~sible. plnco snficicnt TW I~locicsto I:II\-v1 po1111tl of ~nnterialto insure, a very 11nt lire. Ignite tlm gnsn TNT for every I n rertridgrs of (iO-nm a ~ n r n u i ~ i line nnd f(rkn cover. tion. Placo thr TNT l)lorlcs :!I tlw fnac end of tllc b . Mort:lr rounds can be clcstroyetl by SJ'IIIcartridges. I ) e t o ~ ~ : ~ t o 'L'N'I' cl~nrgcs :tII sirnnlt~~nrp:ithetic detonation, using TNT. S t ~ ~ the ~ I I I I I I I I I ck owly. F o r detnils of demolition pl:mlli~~g pronntl uition in two stncles, i~bout inclws i~pnrt, :3 wit11 t l ~ c ccdure, see FM5-25. fuzes in each st:~rlctownrd endl other. I'lwe 'VN'I' chnrges iretwce~~ stnclcs, sing 11 I I I ~ I I ~ I I ~ ~ I I I I the of 74. Destruction of Fire-Control Equipment 1 l)o:~nclof TTT for every I 0 ronnds of i ~ n n n ~ ~ n i Fire-rontlol q ~ i n ~ c n it~, d u d i n psigl~ts: I I I ~ tioo. IMonntc all TNT charges sin~ultiu~eously l ~ i n o c ~ ~ l n r sdiflict~ltto repl~~t-c-. is , 1)estroy t i r c - c o ~ ~ f rani coael.. I11st. trol cqnip~~icnt W11en ew1~1111tio11 possiis not. I h , 11ur11infltlrnm~~blc items like R r h g td)les nnd 73. Destruction of Packed Ammunition ~~P S ~I i~nlwovisedmil sr:~lcs: I I II I~~ ~ I ~ I I :m(l S .: I I I ~ S :\I1 Follo\v tho procedure. i n 11 t11r011g11 r l~rlo\v: wt 11. Stnclc the i11111tlled ~ ~ n ~ n n n i tii o SIII:III i ll n pi11-s. ~ t i clq ~ ~ i p ~ nlilt(, sights, I ~ I I I I I : : ~I I ~ Cover with 1111 ;~\.;~ilnblc infl~un~nnble in~ltcrinls, ~ ~ ~ i n p ~ ~ s s e s . soch ns rngs, scrtlp ~vootl,irrlish, :111d g:~solinei n 75. Destruction of Captured drums or r n w . I'onr g a s o l i ~ ~ Ir ~ ~ tho pile. Ignitc5 I I . Enemy Materiel the :.nsolinc : u ~ d fnkc c o 1 ~ 1 , . (I$cfnl.e 1111ining 1)estroy cnptorcd w m y rn;~teriel t11:11is not suitstnnll-rims nunun unit ion, hrcnlc ic out, of the i~oxrr ~ I I J I O for r e p n i r i ~ i ~ d S I to~ troops i n tlw S ~ ~ I Iwi~y ~S I W or cartons.) 1-nitcd States rq11ip111wt. 1)rstrny I,, l'ho destnwtion of pilrlcrd i ~ i ~ m u n i t i11y ~ 11stI~eequiv;~lmt o~ sy:npatl~ctin tlr!tnnntio~: with 'L'S'L' is uct :111vo- it i~efow~lrstroyingI.nitwl 'ir:~tt,- ~ ( I I ~ [ ) I : I ~ > I I ~ . I

72. Destruction of Unpacked Ammunition

CHAPTER 4

GUNNER DRILL

76. Introduction This chnpter covers the trniuing and exercises for the guuner. I n this phase of trnining nll membors of the mortar crew w e trnined in the duties of enell member.
been 1woperly inserted, the l~oolc the I;1tdi corn ou t,iuues to engnge the notch in tho sight slot. b. To prevent dnmnge to the sight by recoil of the mortar before the baseplnte is tho~vughly scntcd, the sight is removed before firing the first. three cartridges. The gunner removes the sight. onrefully to nvoid disturbing tho lnying of the mortar. c. To remove the sight, follow this procedure (fig. 22)-from n stnuding position, the guuuer places the fingers of his left hnnd on the sight. in the snme mnnner ns for checking the senting of the sight; with his right thumb, 110 exerts pressure on tho lmurled portion of the lntch nnd plnces the remniuing fingers of his right hnud on top of the yoltc; tho upwnrd pressure of his left hnnd is counteracted by the pressure exerted 011 the yoltc with t,he fingers of his 'ight hnnd. This method cnuses tho least disturbance in tlm lnying of the mortar.

77. General
This section covers the instruction nnd trainiug for tlu, gunner. The M4 sight is used in the description, but the techniques used nre tilo snme with the M34 and Mi% sights, except for tho teehniques concerucd with settiug ditta on the sight. All squad members should receive the progressive sequence of t~nining. The unit to be tmined is organized iuto small groups or squnds, nud nu sssistnnt il~strnctoris assigned to cnch group to supervise its training. The irssistnnt instructors clemonst~~nte cnch opo~ntiou ;IS it is k i n g cxplnined. Theu onch group or squad is giveu pmctical work i n the exorcise just explni:~cdnud demonstmted. Mouuting the tno~<tnrs covered in i pamgrnpl~13.

79. Laying for Elevation

After the gunner sets the sight, he lays the mortnr. Laying the rnortnr is putting tho proper nuglc

78. Checking Seat of Sight and Correct Removal Procedure a. The gunner nntomnticnlly olreoks the scnting of tho sight. iu the slot every time lie plnces it on the mortw. His failure to do this mny cnuse n serious waste of time nnd nm~nuuitionduriug lire for ndjustment, becnuse true nngles of elevntiou, corresponding to the elevntions set on the sight, c u ~ ouly be laic1 on themortnr \vlien the siglit is lntched securely. The following p~occclure used in checkis ing t o sea that the sight is properly sented (fig. 21)-the gunner mounts the sight. ou the mortnr and ehen places his left index finger ngninst the siglit slot, nnd uude~~ncntll body of the sight; tho wkll his left thumb extending over the cross-level aud the remniniug fiugers of his left. hnud g'nsping tile under portiou of tile sight body, he nttempts to lift. the sight out of tlie slot.: wlren the sight hns

of elevntion on the bnrrel nnd sighting the mortnr in the proper direction. Thc sight is only tin nnglc measuring instrnment on which deflection and elevation settings are ~nncle without nffecting thc nxis of the borc. T o lay the mortnr for elevntion, the gunner obtnins the elevntion from the firing tnble nnd sets it on the sight. He then clcvntes or depresses tho barrel by turning the elesnting crnnk until the bubble in the longitude level is centered.

80. Laying for Direclion

a. Only those techniques thnt pertdn to using the M4 sight aye discussed in this section. For n detailed explanation on using the M34A2 and M53 sights, see F M 23-90 or F M 23-92. b. Aocurnte firing is possible only when the vertical line of the eollimator is laid on exactly the same position of the niming point for each cartridge fired nt the same target, with the mortnp nccurately cross-leveled. When nn niming post is used, the gunner lays the mortnr so thnt the vertical line of the collimntor is mnde to coincide with the left edge of the post (fig.23). When an niming point other than n stnlce is used, the gunner selects n clearly defined point or verticnl edge on which to lay. I n niming, lie holds his eye 3 to 10 inches from the lens of the collimntor nnd in such n position thnt both thc niming point and the vertical line of t,he collimntor nre visible. He disregards the open sight unless the collimntor is broken. c. When the gunne1. sets the sight for dcfleotion, the verticle line of the collimntor moves off to one side of the niming post (I nnd 2, fig, 24). T o place

the verticnl line of t.he collimnto~ bnclc on the left cdgc of the niming post hc tmvcrsw the mortnr (riglrl or left,) with the trvcrsing hnndwhcel, cross-leveling simultanwusly with the ndjusting nut, A deflcction set on tho deflcction scnlc of the sight (for cxample, a left deflection) moves t.hc vc~+ticnl of t,he collimntor in the opposito direcline tion (right) nnd requires him to mnnipnlntc the trnveming handwheel (to the left) to bring the vertical line bnck on ,the left edge of t.lie aiming post. The two movemenk of t.raversing nnd crossleveling are combined in n simultaneous operation. I n tmvetsing nncl CI-oss-leveling, gunner operthe ates the trnvening hnndwhcel with his right hnnd and, a t the snme time, operates the ndjusting nut with his left hnnd. I l e turns both hnnds in the snme rclntive direction to keep the cross-lcvel bubble centered during tmvcrse. To kcep thc mortnr cross-levcled, onc turn of the adjusting nut is tnlcen to npproximntely ninc hums of the trnvcrs ing hnndwhcel. (This rntio vnries slightly with ditierent mortars.) d. Befo1.o the gunner begins to trnverw bnck to the niming stnke, he checks the cross-level bubble to see thnt it is centered. I f it is not, hc centers it. with the ndjusting nut. During tho trnversc bnclc to the niming stake, he wntches the crosslevel bubble to keep it centered. H e looks nt the collimntor from time-to-time to determine how much more trnvelsc :s neeclcd. However, while trnvening the mortw, he does not. match the collimntor. e. Whenever it is impossible to plnce the deflection on the mortnr,by the traversing handwheel (the limit of trnverse is renched before the sight is on the niming post),, the mortnr is laid for deflcction'by moving the bipod legs. This is necessn~y becnnsc there nrc only 3.50 mils of trnverse poss2ble on the traversing mochnnism; howevw, n deflection of 150 mils on either side of zero (n totnl of 300 mils) cnn be set on the M4 sight.; nntl the defiection cnpncity is elon mils on the M34 and M58 sights. I n those cases the gunner sets the sight for the nnnounced deflection, centers the traversing benring, nnd moves the bipocl legs ~ m t i l the vertical line of the sight is nlined npproximntely on the left edge of the niming post. The gunner then mnlces the final small shift to the stnke with the traversing hnndvheel nnd tho ndjusting nnt. Whencvcr. a new niming post is indi-

cnted in the fire comninnd, the gunner lnys tho mortar by movingt.he bipod legs. Cross-leveling is that operntion by which you keep the traversing mechnnism horizontnl. Crosslevel by turning the ndjusting nut until t,l~e ~bubblc in the cross-level nssembly is centered. Follow the procedure rw fay centering t l ~ eelevntion level bubble; however, the cwss-level bubble is even nut movements tlln11 more sensitive to sdj~lsting the elevation ,bubble is to the elevnting crank. Do not nttcrnpt to center the cross-level 'bubble by turning tho traver~ing handwheel.

82, Laying for Direction by Azimuth

a, As the mortar is normally locnted in dofilnde,
it is Inid by compass azimuth when the direct. idinemen1 m e t h ~ d cnnnot be used (pnra $0). b. Tho procedure for lnying the mortnr on n given nzimutli is ns shown in (1) nnd (2) below : (1) The sqund lendcr indicates tlie position for tho mortnr, and tho gunner drives a stnke in the ground to mark the position of the bnseplnte. Mnking sure thnt tlie mortn' nltd other lnetnllic equipment nre at n distnnce of not less thnn 10 meters from the position, the gunner rests his compnss on the stnlre and it until the nzimuth nnnounced by the sqund lender is lnid off on tlie mil scnle. Sighting tllrough the compnss, lie then directs the nssistnnt gunner to drive an aiming post on this aaimuth nt n distance of nbout 25 meters. (2) The lnortnr is mor~ntednt the position of tho colnpnss stnke ns described in pnmgrnpll 13. With tlie initinl setting plnced on t41e sight, tlie gunner shifts the bipod nntil tlie verlical line of the colliinntor is npproxiniately on the left edge of the aiming post. He lnys for elevntion, crosslevels, and then lays for direct.ion.

h. Immcdintely set the deflection left 40 on the deflection scnlc with your leCt. Iinnd nnd set, 65%' on tho elevntion scnle, At, this point, level both bubbles. Since the nngles of deflection nnd clevntion linvo been measnrcd on tlie sight,, you next turn the elevnting crnnk nnd trnversing 111lntlnIiecl in the proper direction to Iny the mortnr. Center the elevntion level bubblc nnci rotnte the ndjusting nut until the c~o%?-level nssembly lmbble is centered. Checlc the verticnl line of the sight nnd simultnneously turn the adjusting nut, ~und trnversing I~nndwlleelin the snme direction unt.il the verticnl linc is lnid on 'he left. edge of the niming post. Agnin clleclc the elevntion level bubble to insure that it is still ccntemd. Then commnnd

FIRE.
84. Procedure for Laying for Large Deflection Shifts a. Wlrencver it is impossible to plnce the deflection by the tmversing l~andwl~eel limit of (the traverse is 1-enched nnd tho sight is still not Inid en the niming post), lny for direction by moving the bipod legs. (There nre only 95 mils of trnverse possible on either side of tlie ceater of the trnversing mecl~nnism(n totnl of 100 mils), while n de. flection of 150 mils on either side of zero (n totnl of 300 mils) cnn be set on the siglit.) 6. With the sight set for deflection and clevntion, center the t~nversing henring on tho trnversing nut with the tmveming hnndwhesl. c. Direct No. 2 to move the bipod until the vortical line .of the sight is nlined npproximntely on the left edge of the nenr aiming post. (If two postscnn beseen, use the fnr niming post,.) d. Center the elevntion bubble wit.11 the elevnting crnnk. 6. Cross-level with the ncljustingnut. f . Make the find small ndjustment. for deflection with tlle trnversing hntdwl~eel the ndjustimd ing nut to obtain the propel* compensnted sight picture. g. Check agnin to insure thnt the elevntion bubble is still centered, nnd commnnd FIRE. 11. Wlienever n new aiming post is indicnted in t,he fire commnnd, lay the n~ortnrby moving t l ~ c b i p d ns indicated nbove. 85. Manipulation for Traversing Pirc a. To distribute fire lnternlly ncross n target in width, use traversing fire. Fire is ttdjusted on tlie target. Lny the mortnr with the firing dnt:~(de-

83. Procedure for baying Mortar

a. With tho mortnr monnted, you receive the following fire command : for example, NUMBER ONE, FIE QUICK, L E F T FOUR ZERO, BASE STAKE, ONE ROUND, CHARGE ONE, SIX F I V E AND ONE-QTJARTER. Repent the commnnd.

flection and elevation) for the last cartridge fired in the ndjustment or the dntn to fire the first cartridge on its portion of the tnrget. You receive ! subsequent fire command ns follows : L POUR ROUNDS TRAVERSE R I G H T T H R E E TURNS CHARGE TWO S I X T H R E E AND ONE-HALF b. Repent each elemeut of the command. As no deflection is included in this fire commnnd, you do not plnce ally uew deflectiou on the deflection scnle of the sight.. Then set the elevntion scnle nt 63v2' nud repeat CHARGE TWO (lmrn 86c).

86. Manipulation for Searching Fire

a. T o distribute fire over n tnrget in depth, use senrching fire. Fire is ncljusted on the target. Lny the mortnls wit11 the firing dntn for the lnst cartridge [ired in the ndjustment or the dntn to fire tho first cartridge on its portion of the target. You s receive n subsequent fire commnnd n follows: R I G H T S I X ZERO, BASE P O S T (AIMING POST)

FOUR ROUNDS SEARCH DOWN TWO TURNS CHARGE TWO SEVEN ONE AND ONE-HALF b , Repeat the fire command. Then sot n deflectiou of right 60 on the deflection scale of the sight m d an elevation of 71%" on the elevation scnle nnd repent CHARGE TWO. o. Then check the trnversing mechanism to see whether 01- not there is ellough space 011 the trnversing tube to nllo\v you to traverse right a total of six turns (the uumber of turns announced iu tho fire commnnd times the number of intervals between cartridges). I f there is uot, prepare the mortnr to trnverse 'ight by turning the traversing handmheel until the traversing bearing is positioned nll the wny to t l ~ c right side of the yoke (bnrrel to the left). Then turn thc traversiug I~nudwheclbnclc one nud one-half or two turns to nllow for some latitude for the fiual ndjustmen(, on tho niining posts. Direct the nssislnnt gunner to move the bipod legs until the verticnl line of the sight is Inid on the left edge of thn aiming posts. Then center the bubble in the eleva-

DEFLECTION SCALE O F S I G H 1 SET AT 0 A N 0 TI<E VERTICAL WHITE L I N E O F T H E COLLIMATOR L A I D

ON THE LEFT EDGE O F T H E AIMING STI\KE

AIMING STAKE

MORTAR HAS BEEN TRAVERSED ( A N D CROSSLEVELED) T O T H E R I G H T S O T H A T T H E V E R T I . C A L L I N E OF T H E COLLIMATOR IS LAID BACK ON THE LEFT EDGE O F THE AIMING STAKE. T H E MORTAR BARREL IS NOW POINTING 75 MlLS TO THE RIGHT O F THE AIMING STAKE I A N ANGLE O F 75 M l L S HAS BEEN MEASURED TO T H E RIGHT)

tion level, cross-level, and lny nccurntely for deflection with the tmversing handwheel while keeping the mortar cross-leveled with the adjusting nut. Cheek the elevntion bubble to insure that it is still centered. When you nre satisfied with the lay of the inortnr, command FIRE ONE.

87. Referring Sight

a. Referring the sight is making n deflection change on the sight without diatwding tlw lay

of tlw mortal.. To refer the sight, turn the deflection knob until n given deffeetion is set on the sight scnle. Referring tho sight is done to estnblish an niming line on which to plnce nn niming post. b. Referring the sight is necessnry when ndjusting n pnrnllel shenf (pnm 180 mtl 100) fo1.t.h~ section which is being contsolled by nn FDC. The procedure is as follo\vs:

(1) T o ndjust n pnrnllel slienf of the sect.ion,

the F D C gives the fire commnnil, for exnmple : R I G H T SEVEN FIVE, BASE POST SECTION RIGHT ONE ROUND SEVEN ONE AND ONE-HALF Tlio burst of the romid from the No. 1 mortnr hits the ground 25 mils to the right of its proper plnce in the shenf. Tlie No. 1mortnr is given the commnnd : NUMBER ONE, DO NOT FIRE, R I G H T F I V E ZERO, BASE STAKE SEVEN ONE AND ONE-HALF to move its burst into its proper plnce in the shenf.
POINT TO WHICH BASE STAKE IS
/

(2) Lny the mortnr with this new deflection. Tlie deflection on the No. 1 mortnr is now different from the other mortnrs in t,he section. T o lnnlte the deflection of the No. 1mortnr coincide with the other mortnrs, the F D C gives the commnnd : NUMBER ONE, DO NOT FIRE, R I G H T SEVEN FIVE, ELEVATION SEVEN ONE AND ONE-HALF,
REFER, REALINE, BASE
POST (AIMING POSTS)
( 3 ) R efer thesight to right 75 mils nnd direct No. 3 in renlining tlm base post on the now line of sight through the collimntor (fig. 2s).

BASE STAKE

LINE O F SIGHT TO BASE STAKE

DURING THE PROCEDURE CJF THE MORTAR IS NOT DISTURBED (THE DIRECTION OF FIRE IS UNCHANGED;

c . Tho cnrtridgo from the. No. 1 ~nortnr its 06 h

mils to t l ~ cright of its proper position i n tire. shenf mhen t l ~ n tmo'tnr was Inid with the snlnc. deflect.ion ns the other mortnrs. By lnying thCmartnr n t righl. 50 mils, tho barrel was inoved 25 ~ n i l so the left. If n cnrtridge were fired from the t No. 1 nrortnr with this deflection, it. sllould hi11,st il-c its proper plnce in the sheaf. Rowver, for liring on nny other tnrget by the section, this 25mil error of No. 1 mortnr would still be present nnless IL different, deflectio~~ were given to No. 1 Inolat.nr.To prevent. the necessity for giving one deflection to Nos. 2 nnd 8 and nnother to No. 1 ~nort,nr, tlie base post of the No. 1 rnortnr was n~oved mils to tlie left of its original position. 25 This wis ncco~nplisl~ed referring the sight. of by the No. 1 monrtnr to right 75 mils nnd ronlining its bnsc post on the new line of sight through the collimr~tor.For nll subsequent tnrgets on wliicl~ n pnrnllel shenf is to be fired, the No. 1 inortnr is given the snme deflcctio~~ the otlicr rnortnrs ns in the section. I n other molds, its cni%ridges will fall in tlleir proper plnco in the shenf becnuse the bnrrel will be pointed 25 ~nils fnrtllcr L tho left n s o its bnse post lins been ~noved mils to t,ho left. 25

88. Placing Additional Aiming Posts a. Genc?~aZ. Sinco tho innximnm deflection which can be set on 1110 sight is 150 mils to tlie right 0 . left of zero, it becomes necessary to set out 1 ndditiolinl ni~ningposts. These nre set nt 150-mil intcrvnls to tho right nnd left of tho bnse post itnd innke possible tho lnying of the mortnr on twgets located nt nrom tlinn 150 niils to the right. i ~ n d of tho registrntion point. These posts nnre. lcfL plnced after initinl direction is estnblislicd or nfter tidjustmcnt 011tho registrntion point llns been completed nnd tho slienf adjusted pnrnllcl on the comI I I R I I ~ PIACE OUT TWO (FOUR, etc.) ADDITIONAT, AIMING POSTS. (1) Tho nnmbnr of post.4 to be set oot depends on the width of tlie section's sector of responsibility : ~ n dis deterniinctl by the FDC. Nonnnlly, it. docs not. exceed 1,500 mils. I n the attnclc, a t lenst t,wo ndditionnl posts nre plnad out,. 11: the defense, nt lenst, four ndditionnl posts nrr plnced out. Wlienever the sitnntion permits, plnco the posts nt lenst 25 meters from t,heinortnr. (2) When tho sqnnd or section is not. controlled by nn FDC, additional niming

posts nrc plnccd nftei. initinl direct.ion is cstnblisl~ed or iifte.~'~nnrlcing IIIISC deflection. h. Plncinq tlic l'osts (fig.26). ( 1 ) F O Ptwo posts. Wit11 t l ~ c dcficction sc:llh
on the sight set. ill. zero :rnd the vcrticill
lineof the vollimnto~. on t l ~ c hid lrftctlge
of the l)~~scq~lnte,
oul. t\vo r~tltlitio~~nl pliico itiming posts 11s follo\vs: Witlronl ~noving the nlortiw, srt. the tleflcclion srnln nt right 150 111i1s n direct. No. : to drive ~ ~ d i the left po,$/s so that the lcft edge of tllc post is in i~linementwith the vcrticnl lint of the colli~nntor.This posl is then 150 mils lo the left. of the bnse post. Tl~or 1.0tato the deflection Imob nnt,il the senIe registers left 150 ~nils,and 11iivc No. 3 drive the ~ i q h post. 'I'l~cse posts ini~lie t it. tirrgets XI0 mils to the possiibc to c n g ~ ~ g o right I I I I ~lcft of the 1)ase post. Imi~usc, wit11 thc deflection srnlc set I I ~ zero, o move~nentof the bipod to 1)laee the vertirnl line of the colli~nntoron the. right. (01. left) post pcrn~its the nrortnr to be to shifted nli ~tddi;ionnl150 n~ils the right (01- left.). Therefore, with t\vo atlditionnl posts, n frontage of 600 n~ilscan be covered. I : z a ~ ~ ~ p l co ellgage a new target which T: is 2-20 nrils to the left of the registrntioll point, the fire connnnnd for dircction is ), I,I~:PT SEVEN m ~ IWW
LEFT I'OS'l'.
(2) F O Pf o ~ r posts. To pli~ccIwo addition111 ~, poststo t l ~ eright, set right 150 ~nilson llie tlcli'ection scalc (tlm verticnl linc of the d l i n ~ n t ois tl1c.11 ~ * pointed to the left). Direct the i ~ s s i s t i ~ I~I ~ It I I C ~ inow t11e to ~ I bipod legs nntil the liw of tlw rollinrntor O I I the is pI11ccc1r~pp~~osi~natcly left edge of the 111iscpost. T ~ i yi~ccnrwtelyby trnversing the l~and\vl~cel, cross-leveling sin ~ ~ ~ l t a n e o (1, s l y 27). Rotate the tle~ ~ lip flcction 1cnol1until the sct~le rrgistcrs zrro. ,I l ~ e n w itl~ont , moving 111r~nortnr, diwrt So. 3 to drive the f v ~ tright :)unt so t l r i l t its lcft edge is on linc 1vit11the tolli~niito~~ (2, ti& 27). Onre more rotilte the tlcflwuntil tiou linol~ the strlna tlircctio~~ yo11 in I~nvrset off lcft 150 mils on tlir scnle. 'I'II~II irwt Ko. :l to driw t l ~ c s r r o ~right d ~tl 110st ( 3 - lig, 27). '1'0 plt~rr w u : ~ d d i t i o n ~ ~ l t
I

posts to the l e f t of the base post, direct the i~ssistnntgunner to 111ove the biped legs until the line of the w l l i ~ n n t ois ~ ~ plnced np]woximntely on the left edge of the i m e post. (4, fig. 27). 'l'llen repent the poem ill the opposite direction. These posts are dosignnted ns the fimt left post nndthe second k j t post. A frontnge of DO0 mils is covewxl wit11 fo~it* ntlditionnl posts. (3) Additional posts. In l i h irinliner, six (or eight) ndditionnl posts mny be placed out, covering n frontago of 1,200 (or

c.

1,500) mils. C7.oss-Level Dub62c. Wl~ilc placinrr out. nddi-

bubble is centered so thnt nccwnte nngles w e inensw e d by the sight,.

89. Checking for Mask Clearance and Overhead lntederenee a. Tho ~nortnris usunlly nmsked to the front ~nountedin defilade. This bwnuse it is ~~orlnnlly mnsk may lbc n Bill, trees, n building, o~ jnst n rise in the gronnd. In nny cnse the gunner niust, be suro thnt the cnrtridge will clonr t.11~ tnnslc nnil

DEFLECTION ON SIGHT SET AT RIGHT 150 MILS (SIGHT REFERRED TO RIGHT 150.) LEFT STAKE IS PLACED OUT.

DEFLECTION SIGHT SET AT L E W 150 MILS (SIGHT REFERRED TO LEFT I B O ) . RIGHT STAXE IS PLACED OUT
F~RIII'E 86-C0nl:lrrued.

mill not strike it. Also, he must be sure that there is no overhead interference by overhanging branches of trees. b. When selecting the exact mortar position, the squad lender checks quickly by eye for mnsk clearance and overhertd interference. After the mortar is mounted, the gunner makes n more thorough check. c. When an elevation of 40" is set on the sight and the collimator is tilted to its extreme upward (ram) position, the line of sight through the open sight is 2 O below the axis of the bore. To deter-

mine whether i t is safe to fiw n cartridge a t m y elevntion, the procedure is as showt~ (1)through in (3) below: (1) The cunner sets his sight at the desired . . elevnGon and then laystlie mortar n t thnt elemtion. ( 2 ) He then sets the sight ut an elevation of 40, tilts the collimator to the extreme rear position, and looks through the open sight. If the line of sight through the open sight clears the mask, it. is safe to fire; if it does not, it is unsafe to fire.

42

The y n n e r may still fire nt the desired range by selecting n charge zone thnt hns a higher clevntion for that p:~rticulnr range. When the line of sight docs not clenr the mask nncl no higher elovntion is nvnilnblc, the ~nortnr moved to nnother is position. ( 3 ) T he gunner mnkos n cnreful check to soc that the cartridges will not pass through the brnnches of treas. d. ' I h y n n e r onn usunlly determine mnslc clenrnnv~ more quiclcly by sighting along tho top of the barrel with his eye plnced near the base cap. When it is not snfe to fire, he so announces.

90. Night Firing The M41 niming post light nnd the M37 instrument light nrc used in hying tho lnortnr at night. a. Laying. TOfire the GO-mm moltar a t night, use an MI0 aiming post wit11 nu M41 niming post light ns an niming point. (When the niniing post. light is turned on, a thin green verticnl light filtcrs through the lens.) Sot. tho sight nnd level thc bubbles by the light from tho hand light of the Ma7 instroment light. T o Iny tho mortar, tun1 on the collimntor light. This cnuscs tho white lino of thr collimntol. to irecome visible. Tlien lny the white lino in tho collilnntor on the thin grcon vcrticnl line of the niming post light.

DEFLECTION SET ON SIGHT AT RIGHT 150 MILS. MORTAR I S RELAID ON BASE STAKE.

P i y s r a 27. Plaainu out four ndditimlal aituitty iloats.

IST

RIGHT STAKE

DEFLECTION OF ZERO SET ON SIGHT ( S I G H T RE. FERRED TO Z E R O I FIRST RIGHT STAKE IS PLACED OUT.

1 ST RIGHT

STAKE

2ND RIGHT STAKE

DEFLECTION OF LEFT 150 MILS SET O N SIGHT SECOND RIGHT STAKE PLACED OUT

1 ST
RIGHT STAKE

ZND RIGHT STAKE

WITH DEFLECTION O F LEFT 150 MILS SET O N SIGHT. MORTAR IS RELAID ON BASE STAKE BY MOVING BIPOD.

b. I.mp~ovised evices. Night firing devices may D be improvised when the M41 niming post light, the M37 instrument light, or the MI0 niming post nro not nvnilnble. For example, cover the lens of n flashlight with~blnck pnpor nnd cat n thin verticnl slit in the pnper. Fasten the flnshlight securely to the niming post so thnL the lens is fncing townrd the mortnr. When the flnshlight is tonled on, it ihminntes the slit in the black pnper covering the flltshlight lens. T o see the verticnl line of the collimator (or the open sight), use another shnded flnshlight. Prepnre this light by covering the lens with blnck pnper nnd piercing the pnper with n small pin. Hold it just nbove the front of the collimator and nt n slight nnple so that the light falls
45

on the front of the collimator. With n flnshlight in this position, the white line of the collimntor shows ns clensly nt night ns in dnylight. Alrru use the flnshlight to see tho sight s a l e s nnd the level bubbles. An improvised niming post mny be used instend of the MI0 niming post. c. Data. Firing dntn is prepared during dnylight nud recorded on n firing dntn sheet. When the mortnr psition is tobe occupied n t night without nn opportunity to prepare datn in ndvnnce, bnse night firing on dntn prepared from nn nerinl p h o t o g r ~ hor map. These dntn nre only ns nccurate ns the nerid photograph or map nnd the render's sltill nnd tlccurncy in rending the photo or map.

CHAPTER 5
SQUAD AND SECTION DRILL
Section I. SQUAD DRILL 91. Purpose and Scope
'l'l~e p r i m n r y p u r p o s e of sqund drill i s t o t r n i u nll mcmbers o f tlle m o r t a r squncl i n t h e d u t i e s of ench membcr in c n r ~ y i n g h e m o r t a r nnd eqnipt

mcnt, in executing simple movements with t h e m o r t n r n n d equipmont, nnd i n scrving t h e m o r t a r cturiug firing. Therefore, nssiguments mithin t h e squntl n r e rotnted d u r i n g tlie drill. 111 tho initinl pl~nsesof inortnr drill, indivicl!~ni wenponB nre o p t i o n ~ ~Il n ndvaucwl drill, liowover, thcy w e re. q u i r e d ns items of equipment. The most i m p o r t m t t ooiiuiderntion i n mortnr drill is tlie d e v c l o ~ m e n of nccurncy. W h e n nccu~.ircy 11ns l x o l obtnined, emphnsis i s tlmn plnced on t h e dcvclopmcnt of speed.

92. Training with Mortar Equipment T h e vnrious c o l n ~ ~ l n n f o r controlling t,Im initinl ds a nctions of t h o q u ~ n d r c a. Seczwe Equipiilent. At t h i s command, t h e lnon f a l l o u t n n d securc equipment r shown i n figure 28 s :uld p r c p n r e t o fol10\~t h e sqund Iendev on foot. I n combnt, w h e r e t h o sqund mny b e in nuy ono of scvornl f o r ~ n n t i o n sn ~ l dt h o eqnipment lnny b e on noto or o r prick tl.nnsport, the commnnd is: OFF CARRIER. 7,. C~vwnd Epiipin,~ent. t h e originnl nssembly At with equipment, nncl n t nll halts cxcept I N PLACE, HALT, londs nre grounded w i t h o u t commnnd (fig. 20).
Oraund c~uipmont

Sight.. . ........... . Binoculnr Compass (lo~~sntio) Ammunition bng M2A1 (8 cartridges). Ammunition bag M I Aiming post MI0 Firing tables Flashlight Mortnr (complctc) . . .. Firing tnbles

Sight. . .. ...... .. . . . Binocnlnr Compass (lcnsntic) Ammunition bag M2A1 (0 cnrtridgos) Ammunition bng M1 Aiming post M10 Firing tables Flashlight .. Mortnr (oomploto). . Firing tnblos

Plneos ammunition bngs on ground, sl~oulder loops to thc loft. Plnces niming post in front of nmmunition hng, spike to the left.

Puts on nmmunition hngs. Picks up nimIng post nnd cnrrics in left hnnd.

Plnccs mortnr (complete) in front of him, so that thc mortnr bnrrcl is up and muaalc is to tho left. Plnces ammunition bag on ground, ehonlder loops to tl1c loft. No. 2 plnccs cionning stnff in front of nmmunition bag, wastc cnd t o thc loft. Nos. 3 nnd 4 place aiming posts in front of ammunition bngs.

z niming posts (Nos. 3 and 4 only).

1 ammunition hag (12 rounds dnmmy ammunition). Cleaning stnff (No. 2 only).

1 nmmunition bn; '!? rounds scrvicc ammunition). Clcnning stnff (No. 2 only).
2 niming posts (Nos.

Slings mortnr (eomplate) by placing carrying strnp over right shoulderin tho most convenient manner. Put on nmmunition bags. No. 2 picks up cleaning stnfl in right hnnd. Nos. 3 aiming posts in right hnnd.
and 4 piok up

3 and 4 only).

Figare $8. Securing, grounding, and carruing equipment

94, Movements for the Squad and Individuals r r . 7'11 .110w 01)'. '1'111, S ~ I I ~ I ~ I 11i1vi11g 1 8 t ~ 1 1 i l 1 1:1liv11
I I I I 1111,

sq11:111

IIYII~ISI!

VIIIIIIIIIIIII~~ o r

sig11:11s.

S()l' . \ I )
I

('01.1'

>IS. 1111~11 )~IWIII '1'111%

I 1.~11111~\~* ~ 1 1 1 LIIII:II~

ill i t 1 1 i i y c 1 1 1 i t v

I'II~IIIIIIIll1it111 I

I I I I I I I I I 111 i l l i s ~III,III:IIIYI~~I~I, ill l~i-.

~.llllllltilllll.

I:oJrlro\\~ JII':.

. I .\I :IIIJ I~IIII, IIIII.~II~ 111.ill.IIPSI~II;II~ ll~i1111~1. I III:I~ VIIIIIIIIIIIII~: I : . \ l r l r ( )I''I' 0 . ~lti: I,IIIIIIII:IIII~. S o . I l i ~ l w s I 1111- ~ l o s i l i w ~ I s I llllll ill1 111111'1~ 1111111111'1~1~111111~111111~1~s 1111' 111. ~ I I : I I IIIIIW 1 1 ) ) 18111' 1111111111~1~.' l ' l ~ i sroli11i1111 I I I : I I ~ I ~ I is I I I I ~ 111.illII I I ~ ~ I 1I . ~ 1 1 t t 1 ~ 1 1 1 111.. 1 1 1 1 8 s ~ ~ ~ illi ~ t l ~ I II ~ 1 vt t

1,. 7 '

11118

i111.livs 111'01111'1. IIIIWI~WI,S.

95. Placing the Mortar in Action

e, As soou ns.thc dircctiou of Arc is cstnhlished, the rnortnr is mountcrl with the left front corner of the b : ~ q l a t e g gain st the hnseplntc stake and with tho left edge of the b:lseplnte dined 011 the aiming post. f . The squad members thcn take their posts as follows : ( 1 ) Gunnel, No. I-Sitting, on the left side of the mortnr in n position convenient to to the elevating and tmvewing mechanisms. ( 2 ) Assistant gunner, No. $-Prone, on the right side of the mortar, in a position from which he can load. ( 3 ) Nos. 9 'nd /L--Echeloned, to the right and left rear, where they can supply amlnunition to No. 2 and provide local security (fig. 32).

96. Safety Checks a. Before Firing.

(1) No. 1sees that(a) T here is mask and overhead clonrnnco. ( b ) Tho mortar is locked to the baseplate. (c) The mortar clninp bolt is sceurc.
UNIVERSAL ATTACHMENT

2 Pnckboard with OO-mm nlortnr lands Flusre 81-Contlnucd.

QUICK RELEA

(d) he locking nut is tight. T ( e ) The legs are fully spread and locked

UNIVERSAL ATTIC

1 Pneltbonrd for 00-mot lnortnr loods

Figaro 81. 60-mm aLorlar.

in that position by the spring latch. ( 2 ) No. 2 sees that ( a ) The bore is clean. ( b ) Each cartridge is clean-particularly the gas check band (fig. 14). (c) The safety pin nnd striker spring of each cartridge am present. b. Du?+ng Piring. ( 1 ) No.1( a ) From time to time checks the clamp bolt and locking uut to see that they are tight. ( b ) Checks frequently to see that the bnse plat. and bipod positions are safe for firing. ( 2 ) No. 2-

S w n h tho borc z f t r r every firc for cffert or

;tftcr cvcry ten cartridges.

97. To Fire the Mortar

11.

A'qtw~d ' e ( ~ d w .Tho lender gives nn initial

firc commnnd.

b. G tmiei.No. I.
(1) Repents the firc commnnd. ( 2 ) S ets the deflection o t ~ ' t l sight. ~c (3) 1,ooks I I the cl(!vntio~~u ~ r11;irjw I I I I ~ ~ i l tinnounccs the correct c h r g e . to No. 2. (4) Sets the clevntion 011 thosight. (5) Lnys for olevation (fig. XR). (6) Lnys for rlirc.ction ;und woss-levals simultnneoosly (7) Removes tho sight, before firing the first three r ~ i r t r i d g r or tmtil the 1)nscplnte is ~~. firmly sonted. (8) l~eclzs tiring selector to see t h t it is C tho sot on DIWP FIRE. (9) Plnces his left li~uld the left leg of the on bipod nnd his rigl~lth1111d aroontl tho bnse cnp to stendy tho mount nnd nssist the sct~ting the bnsaplnte dnriug the tiring of of the first. three cnrtridges (fig. 34). (10) Cornmflnds : FIRE. c. Axxistrnit G t b t ~ n e ~ %). (No. (1) Repents commnnd designnting cllnrge.

Pnckboard with OO-nrm ruortnr nmmnnltlon F i n w c s8-Cot~tln~~cd.

lo~d

( 2 ) Secures a11nnpackcd cavt ridge nnd rl~ecks for the I ~ I T S ~ I I Cof~ the safety pin. If i t is ( not present, tlie ciirtridge is not fired. (3) Holds the cnrh,ir/gt: in the ve1.ticc12 pomt i m with the f i m end 2 ~ W i t l i d r n ~ tlic . ~s snfety wire and tosts the tension of tlic snfcty spring by pressing and relensing the. safety pin wit11 his tl~uml). If tlic snfety pin becomes nnsentcd, the cnrtridge is lirmed; such rnrtridges nre plnced in i~ snfe locntion to he destroyecl by supporting mnintennnce ~ u i i t personnel.

Caution: Do not fire armed eartridges because they may detonate in the mortar barrel. Armed cartridges must be handled with care because they might be detonated by pressure on the striker.
(4) Tests for p r e s s u r ~ of : fuze sti4cer spring by pressing tlw i ::i.kr hend with ; the thumb of his loft i.:, d. ( 5 ) Renloves the necessary iri:~nbe~' po\vder of increments to lcnve tlic nnnonncecl clinrge in plwe. (6) Plnces his riglit hnnd on the right leg of tlie bipod to stendy the mount during the firing of the first three cnrtridges. (7) At. the gunner's co~nn~i~iiclR E , lie FI grnsps the c~irtridgewit11 his left hnnd wound the gns check bnnd nnd inserts the cnrtridgc, fuze end up, in the inir~zlc of tho mortar (fig. 34). Upon relensing tlie cnrtridge, lie immediately witl~drnws hie linnd to thc renr innd lowers his bend nwny from thc muzzle of the mortnr. (2. Non. 3 rend 4. Remove tlie cnrtridges from. the nmmunit,ion bags nnd contniners iuid pass the cartridges to No, 2 11s lie directs, and then tnhe posibions to nfford locnl security for the gunner nnd nssistnnt gunner.

98. Misflres
a. @cncral. A misfire occurs wllen n cnl-tridgr is londed into the bnrrel but fnils to fire. IJsunlly, the cnrtridgestrikes the firing pin but fnils to funrtion. I n rnre cnses, the r n ~ t r i d g e tnng 11:ing in the bnrrel mitliont. striking the firing pin. Frequently during mortnr drill, \vhen t l ~ c sqund is simolnting firing with dnnimg cnrtridpes, tlw sqund lender s1i011ld nlllloLlllCe M I S F I R E iind orrlr~, mortnr the crew to remove the niisfirr.

h. I I ' c v of ~' ~~, ~, I ' ~ ~ P?to* isfiw. I ( I /I 11 Af (1: S o . 1 kicks the Imrrcl \ci:l~his lwel. This o~ny dislodge n cartridne t
l ~ n t stuck i;i is a. the 11nrrel: if tho cnrtr~dgeis Rrrd, tlie mortnr is rclnid and fi~*ing continurd. is If tlie cartridge is not lirctl, Yo. : t ' m ! scts ilw living scl~rtol. III':\'I':I< 1''IAIC 011 m d tl-ips the lever tl~rectimtx If tlw ~ n o r t n rstill fnils to fir?, t l r v rrew wilits nt. least. 1 niinutr I:cfo~.e r ~ w o v i n gthe by cartridgo to ovoid 1111 ;xrcidrnt <~i~~scvl. n possible delnycd arlioii of t l ~ r propdling clinrge. I h r i n g this p ~ ~ . ; o tXis. 1 l, tests the h r r e l f o Iiei~t.If tlw Iiiirrvl is ~ cool ixt. tlw end of I ~ninntc, c n r t r ~ d p ? tlir is removed its described below. If the Iiiirre1 is hot, pour w t e r on tlie or~tsitleof the bnrrel nntil it is cool. I f no n.:~te~* is nwilnble, all personnpl stnnd cleiir o-F tlie mol*tnl.until it iscool. ( 2 ) No. 1 rises to II Icneeling position and nnloclts the mortar from the bnseplnte, brnces tlic bipod by pl:~ringhis left irrm in front of the legs, nnd g r r q i s the rig1 t leg at. tho linndgrip. He plnces his right Iin~ldn~-ound l m e cnp. Ho is cnreful the to keep his liend i ~ n dslionlders frcm ;:I front of the muzzle. No. 2,from n I,:necling position, plnces his right Iiiu~d, pnlm up, under tlic barrel, nnd his left linnd, palm cion.11, on top of the bnrre'l. H e plnces his t,luimbs nlongsido tho forofingers. I*c is cnrofnl to lceep every part of ear11 linnd f ~ o m front of the muzzle. in No. 1 lifts the 11aseof the bnrrel unlil the bnrrel is liorizontnl (fig. 35). Und'e~no cimrn~xtnncen docn he ngnin l o ~ c c ~ the bnse of the mortnr bcloto n hovizonbd t position w ~ t i l he m?,/w(lyc /ins been I-e?nowd fvom thc b n ~ r d .As soon :IS tho hnwel 11ns venclied the liorizniitnl position, and not befo~e. No. 2 plnccs tlie thumb of ench linnd over the muzzle nnd stops tlie cnrtridge n s the. point of t!ie fuze rcnches tlic m ~ ~ z z l H.e IIwn renin~es e the cnl-tridge from the I):~rrrI,untl inspects i t for the presence of the snfety pin. If tlic snfety pin is not prcscnt, h r plnccs the c:~rt,ridge one side for dispns:~l by to the snpporting mnintcnnnce nnit. If tlir snfety pi11is present, lie repl~irrs snfct,y the wire. I-le t l ~ e drtcwiiinrs rlic I.;~IISP of inis~i

93

lire for this cnrtritlgis. If the ignition cartridge is tlentcd tho rnrtridgt, is plilcctl :iside for tlcstriiction. If tlir prinlcr is undcnted, tho r:wtridgo 111:ly IIC r ~ l i r t d . . p t ~ r l s f firing ~ ~ i e ~ h i ~ ~ i s : ~ i . o after thc 111ort11r is I C I ~ I I ~ I I I II~ I . I 1,nost~Iiriilg pi11 l w l i i ~ ~ g . raises tho bas:! of tlw I~i~rreI ~ :IIIOW1 ~ 1 Ipiri~igpin foiilcd or IIIISI ri~~,tt,d wni11y the muzzle ;ind sli:iBrs tllc 11tirrcl to dis11:1:1ts r m : p r w i o ~ v n r ~ r i d g ~ ~ . f ~s lodge nny ronnnnts from the last c : ~ 1~'~~llI~ll I1nrc. t ridge fi rcd. ICstws oil or \v::ltv. ill Ilove. Then No. 1 lowers 111~. 111t1rl:1r i111dInvlis (':~rtriclge ~ i n tf111Iyi ~ ~ s r r i it n f i l l '1.qhPlI1d , , the sphcrir:~lprojection ill tht! soclict. lit' Illy. sets thc sclcrtov on 1)ROl' I~II<l1; lir:and AIis:~li~ied sl:~l)ilixi~ig Ii::. ing is resumed. If :uiother inisfirc o c c ~ ~ r s . (9) Foreign I I I : I ~ ~I W ~ ~ S p i~int 11 I I ~ PPIS or C ~ S 0 Ko. 1 inspccts the firiiig pin to sce tl~itti t 1~1ierIc l1:111tl. is clenr ;lntl l ~ r o t ~ w l i n g bryond the s u i ~ f w e of the Iiring pin I ~ ~ i s l i i If ~tllc fir. ~ g. 99. Out of Action ing pin is fni111(1 IN f:1111ly,thr. firing to 'I%(: I I ~ I ~ I ~ 111ct11otI I:~l<i::g 11111rt::r i ~ t I:I~ (IS 1111~ o rnccllniiis~~l dis;isse~nl~lctl is ilnd tlic drof : I I , ~ ~isI lo ltviw t l : ~IJ:IW;I!,~IC, ; ~ ~ ,to: tthe I I: ::l~ l ~l fect corrertctl.

niortnr, so t h n t tl1r niort~irrnli IIP rnrried 11s0110 NTJM13KR ONE HE unit nntl tE placed i n ;ic,tionilpnin q ~ ~ i r l t l y . ONE ROIJND n. The sqnnd lender wrnn~nn(ls: 01-T O F A('TION. T l ~ c gunner 11n11ds sight to the sq~~iitl tlie ZERO, UA.SE STAKE lender nnd disnionnts the mortnr. E I G H T SEVEN F I V E b. All sqni~dmembers sernre their cquil~rnc~it RIGHT ONE F I V E rind form as tlleqund lender direcls. S I X W E N Pl'\'E c. When the mortnr is to bc cnrrird n ronsidcrLEFT ONE ZERO nble distnnce, the sqmtd lcntler niny (~onin~untl: SEVEN SEVEN F I V E O U T O F ACTION, TWO-MI\N 1,OAn. The LEFT FIVE gunner removes the bnseplnte so tliitt it clln be carE I G H T TWO F I V E ried by nny tnembe~-of sqnad dcsignntetl by the the q u n d lender. T H R E E ROUNDS d. The sqnnd is trninod in the rnpid occopntion E I G H T IIIJNDRED of nlternnte firing positions. Tlie gtnincr lenres d. After t l ~ cfirst problem is co~nplctctl, t l ~ c tlie bnseplnte nnd the sight i~tt~~clicd mortnr to the squad l a d o r orders tho sqund to minrlt lmse defleennd cnrries it in the most convenie~itmnnner to tion nnd to plnca out, ndditionnl n i n h g posts by tlie new firing position. commnnding: MARK BASE 1)EFLECTION 100. Exercises in Squad Drill Without o FDC PLACE OUT ADDlTIONAL AIMING POSTS. The gunner moves tlie bipod lcgs until u. To control tho initinl nctions of the sqund in tho line of the colliinntor is plnced npproxirnntcly sqund drill, the sqund lender comninnds: on thc left edge of the bnse niming post.. H e lays SECURE EQUIPMENT, CARRY EQUIPnccurntely by trnversing nnd cross-leveling simnlMENT, SINGLE (TWO-MAN) LOAD, tnneously. H e rotntes tlie deflection knob until the SQUAD COLUMN, FOLLOW ME. scnle registers zcro. Then, without moving tho b. T o prepnrc the mortnr to fire on n tnrget, the mortnr, he directs No. 2 to drive tho ji~at riylit post, .qund lender connnnnds: ACTION. The sqnnd so t l ~ n its lcft edge is on line wit11 the collimnto~~. t goes into nction making the prefiringsafety cl~ecks. I-Io once more rotates tlic deflection knob in the W l ~ e n mortnr is inoonted and ready for nction, the snnie direction natil 1ic sets lcft. 150 mils on t l ~ c the gunner nnnoirlices: NUMREII ONE UP. scnle. No. 2 then drives tlie sccmid ?sight 7)ost. T o c. The sqund lender issues a series of commnnds plncc two ndditionnl posts l o the lcft of tho base ns woold be issued in nn nctunl situntion. Tlie sqund r)ost, tlie gnnner, with IL sight setting of left 150 uses dnmmy (wooden) nmmunition (with t i string mils, moves Che bipod legs nntil t l ~ c line of the nttnclied for ense in removing the curtridge), nnd wllimntor is npp,p'oximntely -on the left edge of oxecutes the com~nnnds tlie ~nnnner in outlined in the bnsc post. He tlien ropcnts the process in tlie pnrngrnph 07. (These comninnds nre prepnred in opposite dircct.ion. These posts nre designnted ns ~tdvnnce nnd written on cnrds.) Tlie sqund lendcr thc the f.rxt left post n~id xocond left )lost. h frontclieclts the lny of tlie m o r t n ~ before issning the ngc of 900 mils cnn be covered with fonr ndditionnl next fire commnnd. Here is nli exnmple of n aeries of fire cornmnnds : niming posts.
Section II. PLACING HANDHELD MORTAR I N ACTION

' 0 1 General 11.

Since tlie mortnr m y be nscd ns n direct fire wenpoll by ~LLnchingtho sninll M1 bnscplnte to t.he bnrrd, ench sqund 1ncm11cris trnined in the. p r w e d ~ ~ for plnciag it in nction nnd the correct rc firing positions. Tlie linndl~eldmortnr is nonnnlly mnnned by n crew of two men. The equipment requircd for the drill with thc llnndheld ~nortnris

the mortnr, coml~letewith carrying skrnp, clenning stnff, nnd two nmmunition bngs, onc loaded with 12 cartridges of dummy nn~munitionnud one loaded with 6 cnrtridges (fig 36).

102. Plaeing the Mortar in Aetian

n, [{meling Position. T l ~ enleeling posit:on is i nsed for low trnjectory fire (whenever tlie tnolStnr is held nt.45" elevation or less).

chorge nnnounced by tho gnnner, removes the snfety mire and tests for the presence of n snfety pin nnd striker spring. Upon the commnnd LOAD from the gunner, he plnces one cnrtridgc in the mortnr bnrrel f i l l end first (fig. SR), irnd gives it n sliglrt push to help i t slide down the barrel. b. Sitting Poaitim~. The sitting position is used for high trajectory fire (whenever the mortnr is l~eld nn elevntion of more thnn 45"). The d14l at for placing t11e mortnr in action for tho sitting position is the same ns for the kneeling position with the exception thnt the gunner, instend of kneeling, sits with the mortar between his legs (fig. 39). Either DROP or LEVER fire mny be used when holding the mortnr in e l k position. When drop fire is used, the gunner nlny lond the piece himself. o. Remoual of Cartridge After Midfi*e. (1) The gunner raises the mortnr to n higher elevation and jars the bnrrel with his free hnnd. He then sets the firing selector on lever fire, if it is not nlrendy set on lever fire, and trips the lever several times. I f

tho mortnr still fnils to five he \ d t s nt. lenst 1 minutc befora rc~noving the c;crtridge. 'I'o remove the cnrtridge, the gunner plnces his right linnd nround tho bnso cap and his left linnd nround tho bnrrel ;about Iinlfwny between the n~naalcnnd tho bnse cnp. With the nssistnnco of No. 2, he proceeds wit11 the re~novalof tho ~nisfire s explninctl in pnrngrnpl~ (2). a 09b

103. Safety Checks Before and during firing the hnndheld mortnla. No. 1 sees tlint.(1) The firing selector is set correctly. (Leirer firo for low nnglo firing.) (2) he nren directly in front of the mortar T is clenr of brash, weeds, nnd limbs. b. No. 2 sees thnt(1) The bore is clean. (2) Fuze snfety wire nnd pin RIQ present. ( 3 ) Ench cnrtridge is clenn-pnrticulnrly the gns clleck bnud.

Section 111. SECTION DRILL 104. General Tlie section lender condncts sertion drill. I n genernl, this drill differs from sqnnd drill only in thnt more tluin one mortnr is 11sr:l, nnd tliey Norninlly, tlic enare Inid pnrnllel fo? dircctio~~. tire section of GO-mm mortnrs (three squads) pnvticipntcs in section drill. Tim fire commnnds nre prepnred i n ndv~rncc nnd written on cnrds. New sets of mrnmnnds tire prr.pared from t.imet,o-time to prevent the squntls from nnticipnting commands nnd to vnry the drill. The mnin dut,y of the seeti011 and sqontl lenders during tho drill is to detect nnd correct incorrect. p?nccdures nnd errors in lnying. 105. Laying the Section Parallel a. Tlie slienf of lire of n section is tho pnt.te1.11 thnt n round fired from encli mortnr nt tho snme time mnkes on tlie ground. A pnrnllel slienf is desired for tlie section. I n n pnrnllel slienf the intervnl lmtweon bursts is the snme ns the intervnl between mortnrs. Tlie first requirement in obtnining n pnrnllel slienf is to lny nll mortnrs p n ~ d l e l initinlly. b. Initinl direction for tlie bnse mortnr (normnlly No. 2) is obtained by tlic nzimutl~inetliod w i n g c compnss to &linet l ~ rnortn~~on dcsi~wl e the nxirnuth. For estnblisliing initinl di~ectionwit11 a compnss, seo pnrngrnpll 82. c. Tho remaining mortnrs of t,ho section nre ~nountod pnrnllel to tlie bnsc mortnr by lnying them in tho desired direction of fire using tlie s l i m compnss used to lny the bnsc inortnr. d. Tlie mortnrs nw locntcd 011 11 00-70 meter front, 80-85 meters between mortnw. I n n section firing position, the mortnys nre numbered from tlio right to left, fncing the direction of fire, irrespective of t,lieir regolnl-sqund members. Exercises in Seelion Drill Without a FDC Tlie section is in nny formntion to tlic renr of tlie firing position. Ench sqund cnrries equipment ns indicated in figure 29. a. Tlio swtion lnnder, linving received or determined tlio desired direction of fire nnd selected tlie oxnct, firing position for encli mortnr, initintes tlie drill by com~nnnding:SQIJAT) L E A D E R S A N D NTTMRER TWO'S FORWARD.
1
b . TIIC Sortio~iIet~dcr IIIOYC~ immedintcly to the position selectwl by him for tlic bnsc mortar. 0 1 1 tho ilbovc, comrnn~itl,the sqnnd 1e:idel.s nnd number tvo's movc to positions to thn wnr of the sc?c(.ionl c ~ ~ d r ? . c. The section lender indicntes (by pointing) tho of ~: ge11crn1 dire~*tio~i fire nnd c o m m ~ n d SQUAI) l,ICAI)ICI~,SECONI) (HASIC) SQIJAI), DRIVI3 YOUR HASI~~T'IAA'~I< S'L'AICI': IIICRD: (point: ing). Wllile the sqund lendcr drives the bnseplnte stnlte into tho ground, nnml)cl. two of the 11nse s q ~ i ~ imoves 25 meters to the flrmt and fnccs in d the tlilection of t l ~ s d o n lender. e d. 'I'l~e section lender plnces his compass on tlie 1)nseplatc staltn for the bnse niortnr, orients his compnss s o t.lie dcsired nzimutli, nnd tlircrts No. 2 in plncing the niming post (bnse stake) to cstn1)lisli the dir'ctio~i of fire. ( H e n~iilies sure t l ~ n no t ~netallic eqnipnient is witliin 10 meters of the position.) r. As soon 11sthe direction of fire for tlie bnse mort~irs cstnlilisliecl, tliesection le~tdcrco~n~nnrids: i NVMBER ONE, FOT,I,OW ME, and tlm sqund londer nnd No, 2 of tlic first sqund move wit11 the section lender to tlic position selected by the section lender for the first squntl. Tlie scction lender tlirn estnblisl~estlw direction of fire for No. 1 in hie same mnnner ns for tlie bnse mortnr. Simultnneonsly tho sqund lender of the second sqnnd rommnnds: AC'TION, nrid the mortnr is plnced into nction as desrrilred in pn~'ngrnph 102. f . The section lender moves to tlic position he seleci .d fo13 the third sqund nnd cstnblislies the tliroetion of fire in tlie snmc mnnner ns for tho bnse mortnr. As soon ns the direction of fire 11ns been adnblisl~ed, enrh sqnnil 1c n d c r commnnds: ACTION. 9. When ench mortnr is mn~inted,encl~q u n d le&r rl~ecltslie lny of his mortnr nnd wlien sntist fie11 ntinonnccs to tlw sertion lender: NTTbfBICR ( O N E ) (TWO) UP. Ir. Tlio section lender t l ~ e n issnes n series of commnnds (prepnred in ndvnncc). Dlunrny (\vooden) nnnnnnition is used 1)y ench s q ~ ~ n d , nvnilnMe. if During tlm ndjustment, the crews of the nonfiring ~nortncsollow the con~mnnds f (plnco the deflection nnd elcvntioii tuinonnrcd in the fire rom~nnnds on bnt tho m o t - t t i ~ ~ do not simulnte firing). A11 tnor-

tars designated by tho section lcndcr simul'atc fire for effect. An example of such 11 series of fire commands is ns follows:

SECTION HE NUMBER TWO ONE ROUND L E F T FOUR ZERO, RASE STAKE EIGHT HUNDRED

SEXTION
FIVE ROUNDS
SEVEN SEVEN FIVE
FIRE

i. After the frst problem is completed, tho section leactcr orders the section to mnrk bnso deflection nnd to place out, ndtlitionnl sliming stnltes by rommnnding: MARK BASE DIWI,ECTION PLACE OUT TWO (FOUR) ADDITIONAL AIXING STAKES. Tho section lender wntintres the drill by issuing additionni series of fire commznds. He designates another mortar as the ndjusting mortnr for each new series of fire commands.

LEFT TWO ZERO

SEVEN HUNDRED
RIGHT PIVE
SEVEN P I V E ZERO

CHAPTER 6

GUNNER'S EXAMINATION

Section I. PREPARATORY INSTRUCTION

187. General Tho purpose of prepnrntory instruction is to train the individual soldier to perform nccurntely the duties of the gunner in firing the mortar. Tho trnining consists o f exercises thnt require tho soldier to perform the gunner's duties in n prescribed manner.

where the wistnnt instructors conduct the pructicnl work.

108. Method of Instruction a. The npplicntoty method of instruction is used throughout. First, the conditions and requirements of each step of the qudificntion course nre explained nnd demonstrnted. Undw supervision of group instructors, every man is given practicnl work in ench step. Accuracy is strescd from the start; speed is attained through repetition. b. The officer in charge of the instruotion details the nasistnnt instructors. The squad ltrndom usunlly act ns group inetrnctors. c. Upon completion of the explans&ion and demonstrntion of each of the instructionnl exercises, the groups are returned to their eqr~ipment,

109. Prior Training A mnn is not given instruction in the gunner's examination until he hns become proficient in meehnnicnl trnining, in the appropriate portions of crerw drill, and in fire comrnnnds and their exeoution.

110. Preparatory Exercises

The prepnrato~yexercises of the gunner's oxnminntion consist of trnining in the vnrious subjccts of tliequnlificntion course listed in purnpnpll 113. Exnminntion in the subjects of the qualificntion course (Guilner's Exnminntion) (DA Form 3214-R) is giwn aftor prepnrntory instruction is completed. If trnining time is nvnilable, those initially f:~ilingthe gunner's examination mny continuo their trnining until they qunlify on n subsequent test. The p r o w of ench soldier in the pwpn'nto~y instroction is noted by the instructor on n p r o p w cl~nrt(fig. 40).

Seetion II. EXAMINATION

1 1 1. Grades and Basis of Qualiflc~ation

Thr individunl soldier's proficiency with the mortar is indicnied by clnssifying him ati an expert gnnner, n first-clnss gunner, n second-clnss gunner, or ns unqunlified. The nnqunlified clnss includes thoso men who lmve been exnmined nnd who hnve failed to qualify ns second-class gunncr or better. It nlso includes nll others who nra rcquired to take the gunner'^ exnminntion, I,ut nho, for nny renson, llnve not been exnmined Exnminations nre held ns required to detcrrnim the proficiency nnd qunlification of the men undergoing instruction.

1 12. Examining Boods-Appointment, Composition and Duties The examinntion is conducted by n board of throo or more office,rs, who are qunlified mortnr instructors. Boards nre nppointed by the commnnders hnving nuthority to issue qualification orders. The president of the board supervises the conduct. of the exnminntion. IIe is the finnl authority when any question arises during the exnmination. The remnining members nctually conduct the exnminntion. As a general guide, four men cnn be tested a t one mortnr in a 4-hour period.

NAME

.*
uxx %

: X xxK

XXX
X

FAIR

GOOD

VERY GOOD

EXCELLENT

EXCELLENT ANDHAS INSTRUCTIONAL ABILITY

Riuare 40. Prourcse olrart, 60-tam nlorlar awrksnranahlg.

11 5. General Rules Governing Examining Boards The follwing rules govern examining b a r d s : O 13. Examination Subjects a. The conditions of the examination are made dlamln~umcrcdlts lor teats as nearly 'Mounting the mortnr-....-...--------------- uniform as possible for all candidatas. Luglng thc mortnr wIth lnltlnl ilrc dntn-----The board is respor~siblefor snfegunrding inforHclnylng the nlortnr for ehnngcs in fire dntn-. mation contained in examinations. It makes sure Mnrldng bnse dellcctlon-..-..--.--------..... a candidate who takes a tost does not pass that Lnylng ~nortnron nddltlonnl aiming mat--.on dntn contained in tl13 test to another andidate; %fnuIpulntlon of the mortnr for traverslrlg fire it also mnkes sure that no candidate receives the benefit of a sight sotting or a mortar laid by anothTom1 possible credit for tent -...------ er candidate. b. The board does not give ranges t u the candidate that will require him to make more than 10 turns of the elevating crnnk. As the mortar is laid initially wit.11 an elevation of 62O in each of the s . q s in wliicll a range is given, only ranges with elevation o 57" to 6 V inclusive may be f given.

One oflicor can handle three mortars nt the same time with an assistant instructor at each mortar.

c. Should nny cnndidnte fail in any trinl through the fnulr, of nn examiner or ;m nssistnnt, or becnuse of the failure or mnlfunction of the sight or other instrument used, thnt trinl is disrcgnrdcd and the candidate isgiven nnotller trinl. d. The candidato selects the nssistnnts he is authorized. e. Ench cnndidate is given tho tests in the order in which they arc describcd in pnmgrnplls 117 through 122. f . I n any test requiring the cnndidnte to lny for clevation or to cross-level tlro mortnr, the board considers the position of the bubble in either the longitudinal or cross-level vial to be correct if the bubble is inside or tangent to the outside etched lines on tho glass tube.

g. When, hcnuse of excess plny, IL mortar has failcd to mnintnin tlro iny after tile cnndidnte hns called U P or FIRE, n member of the board twists the mortnl- (tnlting up tho plny without manipulntion) until the verticnl line of the collimator is ngnin nlincd on the stnlte. If tho cross-lcvol bubble is correct. nt this point, the candidate is given full srcdit for that triul, ~rovided other conditions the nre correctly fulfilled. A. The board mnltes sure thnt no unauthorized nssistance is given tho gunner duving thc oxnn~inntion. The gunncr lnts been trnined for combnt performnnce of his duties and is tested wit.11 this thought in mind. i. If the exnlninntion is given using cither tho M34A2 or M53 sight units, sce F M 23-00 or FM 23-02 for II full explanation.

Section Ill. QUALIFICATION COURSE

This section gives the requirements of the qualificntion course (Gunner's Examinnhion) (DA Form 8214-R) . The tcst is divided into six steps as listed in paragraph 113. Ench step is run twice. Dh Form 3214-R will be reproduced locally in 5%' by 8" paper (fig. 41).

117. Step I-Mounting the Mortar a. Equipment. (1) FOP omdidate. Complete m o ~ t a rwith

sight and two aiming posts.

(2) For testhg officer.Stopwatch and DA
Form 821kR.

b. Conditions. (1) Two stnlces nre driven about 25 meters

apart; one designates the mortar posi-
tion and the other indicntes the direction
of Bro.
(2) The m o h r is laid out on tho ground at the position where it is to iw mounted (indicated by n stake). The bnsepltxte is attached to the spherical projection nnd the legs are strapped to the barrel. The sight, in a latched w e , is p l w d near the mortar. The cnndidnte tnltes up n kneeling po?+ion to the left of and on line with themortar. (3) Ench cnndidate is given two trials.

TOTALSCORE

7 7

DA FORhl3214.

R. 1 Feb 67

c. Procedure. (1) The candidate executes the premounting check to see t h a t (a) There is one finger clenrance on tlie unpainted surfnce of the left leg below t l a ndjusting nut. (b) The locking nut is not tight (or too loose). (c) The traversing bpnring is centered. (d) Tlie binding strap isnot entangled. (2) When thecandidate is rendy to mount, the mortar, a member of the board gives the command for mounting the mortnr. For exnmple, T O YOUR FRONT, ACTION. (3) t this command, the mortnr is mountA ed, with the sight nttachod, .and laid on the left edge of the aiming post,'ns prescribed in pnrngraph 13. (4) A s soon as the mortar is mounted und lnid, tliecnndidnte calls UP. (5) Time is taken from the commnnd ACTION to the announcement U P by the candidate. d. Scohng. (1) No credit is given if the(a) Time exceeds 75 seconds. (b) Sight is not set correctly for deflection (zero) and elevation (6g0). (c) Mortar is not correctly laid for elevntion (longitudinnl level bubble not centered). ( d ) Mortar is not cross-leveled (cross-level bubble not centered). (e) Verticnl line of the collimator is more thnn 5 mils off the left edge of tlie niming post. ( f ) T raversing mechanism (bearing) is more than two turns to the left or right of thc center position. (2) When tho mortar is found to bc correctly Inid within the limits prescribed, credit is given ns folloms: TIIIIC seconds. SO 51-55 6&(10 0 1 4 W 7 0 70-75 111
or

>

less
Credlts . . _ . . . .20 .

1 8 10 14 12 10 Total posslblc score (two trlnls) . . . . . . 40....-. -

'1 118. Step 11-baying the Mortar with Initial Fire Dafa a. Equipment. (1) For candidnte. Complete mortnr witli sight, one niming stake, nnd firing tnblc.
64

testing oficer. Stopwatch and D A Form :P214-R. b. Conditions. (1) The mortnr is mounted as described in pnmgmph 12 with n bnse stalreplnced approximatdy 25 meters from the mortar position. The mortnr is laid on tho aiming post witli the sight set nt zero deflcction and tlie traversing mec1i:uiism (benring) npproximately centered. Tho elcvntion scnlc is set at 62" ~ n tlie longitudinal d and cross-level bubbles nre centered. (2) For encli trinl, the candidate takes the gunncr's position on the left of the mortm and checlts t o see that it is mounted mrrectly nnd laid ns described. If the cnndidnte desires, he may *tart this test with his left hand on tho deflection knob of the sight. (3) The &mountof deflection given does not o x c d 60 mils and tlie range given does not require nn elevation less than 57" or greater thnn 67". (4) Each candidate is given two trials. c. Procedure. (1) When the candidnte is rendy to receive the commnnd, nn initial fire commnnd is nnnounced by tllc testing offieer. For oxnmple: NUMBER ONE, HE, ONE ROUND, R I G H T F I V E ZERO, BASE POST, E I G H T HUNDRED. (2) Tlie cnndidnte i-cpeats ench element of the fire command, sets the ~ i g h with the t given deflection, looks up the elevation nnd charge for 800 metem, announw the correct charge, lays the mortar for elavntirn, nnd relays on the left edge of the niming stake, cross-leveling simultnneously. As soon ns the mortar is laid, the candidate commands : FIRE. (8) Time is tnken from RANGE in the fire command to the command F I R E by the candidate. d. Scoring. (1) No credit is given if the(a)Time exceeds 40 seconds. ( b ) Sight is set incorrectly for elevation or deflection. (0) Mortar is not correctly lnid for elevation. ( d ) Mortnr is not woss-leveled.
( 2 ) For

flection settigg), loolrs up the elevation and charge for 800 meters announces the correct charge, lays the mortar for elevation, and relays on the left edge of tho $ming post, cross-leveling simultaneously. As soon as the mortar is laid, the candidate commands: FIRE. (3) Time is taken from RANGE in the fire or oornmand to the command F I R E by the less candidate. Credlts --------.---.. 18 18 11 9 7 5 Total posslble score (two trlnls) ..---.-...---- Scoring. 30 d. (1) No credit is given if the119. Step ill--Relaying the Mortar for (a) Time exceeds 40 seconds. Ckanses in Firing Data ( b ) Announced charge is incorrect or a. Equipntent. omitted. (1) For candidate. Complete mortar ~ ~ i t l i ( c ) S ight is set incorrectly for elevation sight, one aiming post, and firing table. or deflection. (2) For testing ojflcer. Stopwatch and DA ( d ) Mortar is not correctly laid for elevaForm 3214-R. tion. 6 . Q&?:iirma.- . i e ) Mortar is not cross-leveled. - - .. . f j Vertical line of the collimator is more The mortar is mounted as described in than ti mils off the left edge of the paragraph 13 with a base post placed aiming post. approximately 25 meters from the mor(2) When the mortm is found to be laid cortar positin?. The mortar is laid on the rectly within the limits prescribed, credit post bin. deflection of less than 75 mils is given as follows : set off on the sight and the traversing mechanism (bearing) approximately cenTimolnseronds.. 2 28-28 2 8 3 1 3244 %-37 38-40 5 or tered. The elevation scale is set at 62' less and the longitudinal and crosslevel bubOredits -.--.-. 1% 11
0 16 7 6 bles are centered.
Total psdble score (two trlala) ---..-.-...80 For each trial, the candidate takes the
gunner's position on the left of the mor-
120. Step IV-Marking Base Deflection tar and checks to see that it is mounted a. E p i p m e n t . correctly and laid as described. I f the
(1) F or camdidate. Complete mortar with candidate desires, he may start this test
sight and three aiming posts. with his left hand on the deflection knob
(2) F or testing ofice?.. Stopwatch and DA of bhe sight.
Form 3214-R. The amount of deflection given does not
b. Conditions. exceed 60 mils and the range given does (1) The mortar is mounted as described in not require an elevation less than 57" or paragraph 13 with the base post placed greuter than 67". approximately 25 mete.1-a from the mortar Each candidate is given two trials. position. A deflection (not less than 40 c. Procedure. mils or moro than 60 mils) is set off (1) When the candidate is rmdy t3 receive on the sight and the mortar is relaid on the command, a subsequent command is the base post by traversing. The elevation announced by the testing officer. For exscale is set at 6Z0 and the longitudinal ample: L E F T FOUR LERO, E I G H T und cross-level bubbles are centered. The HUNDRED. conditions set forth are checked by the (2) T he cnndid:~tcrepeats ench element of the candidate before his first trial. fire command, sets the sight with the COY(2) 'The candidate is allowed one assistant rcct deflection (announced deflection to plum out aiming posts. ndded algebmicslly' Lo the previous de( 9 ) Each candidate is given two trials.

( e ) Vertical line of tho collimator is moro than 5 mils off the left edgc of tho aiming post. (2) When the mortar is found t ho laid coro rectly within the limits prescribed, credit is given as follows: Time in seconds----. 25 26-28 21hU d2-34 3 6 3 7 38-40

Procedure. (1) When the candidate is ready, a member of the board issues the following command : MARK BASE DEFLECTION, PLACE OUT TWO ADDITIONAL AIMING POSTS. (2) The candidate repeats the cornmand, sets the sight with a deflection of zero, and without chnnging the lay of the mortar directs !:is assistant in realining the bnso post. The assistant cannot move out from the vicinity of the mortar until the nnnouncement of the first element of tho command. He realines the base post by moving it in line with the white line of the collimator as directed by the cnndidate. The onndidnte then centers the trnversing bearing nnd relays the mortar on the bnse post with zero mils deflection by moving the bipod legs. As soon as tho mortar is relaid on the base post the cendidate places left and right 150 mils on the sight and directs the nssistnnt in plncing out tho first right and left pmts. He then resets the deflection sonlo at zero and announces UP. (3) Time is taken from the first word, MARK, of the command t o the nnnouncelnent U P by the candidate. d. Sooring. (1) No credit is given if(a) T ime exceeds 76 seconds. ( b ) Trnveiaing handwheel is turned before the bnse post is realined. ( c ) ight is set incorrectly for deflection. S (d) ortnr is not cross-leveled. M (e) Angle between the bnse post nnd the ndditioaal niming posts is in error more than 5 mils. ( f ) Verticnl line of the collimator is more thnn 5 mils off the left edge of the aiming post. (g) T he traversing bearing is more than two turns off center. (2) When the mortar is found to be laid corrwtly within the limits prescribed, credit is given ns follows:
c.

2 . Step V-Laying

Mortar en Additiei~o!

Tlnw In
seconds . . - 0 1 4 64-06 07-60 70-72 73-75 . - 80 or less Oredits -..---. 15 13 11 0 7 5 n t n l wssible score (two trlnls).----.30 golnts

Aiming Stake n. Equipmnt. (1) For c d i c l a t e . Complete mortnr with sight, three aiming posts, and firing tnble. (2) For t esting officer. Stopwatch nnd DA Form 3214-R scorecnrds. b. Conditions. (1) Three aiming post,s are sot out approximntely 25 meters from the mortar in such position that tho angular distance between the center post and ench of the flank posts measured at the mortnr position is 150 mils. Tho posts are designated as bnso post, first left post, and first right post. (2) The mortnr is mounted with the elevation scale set at 62O, and t11e longitudinal and cross-level bubbles nre centered. The tleflection scale is set at zero nnd the travelsing mechanism (baring) is nppi.oximately centered. The mortnr is laid initially on the base post and cllecked by the cnndidate before ench trial is begun. (8) The amount of deflection given does nok excoed 60 mils nnd the rnnge given does not require an olevntion less than 57" or greater than 67". (4) Each cundidnto is given two ttials. c. Procwhre. (1) The cnndidate in the gunner's position on flhe left of the mortar may place his loft hand on tho deflection knob of the sight if he so desires. The testing officor gives the fire command for laying the mortar on either of the other two posts. For exnmple: NUMBER ONE, H E , O N E ROUND, LEFT TWO F I W , F I R S T RIGHT POST, S E W N F I V E ZE:RO. ( 2 ) The candidnte repents each elemen6 of the fire command, sets the sight with the given deflection, looks up the elevnCion and charge for 750 meters, announce8 the correct charge, sets the sight wit11 the elevntion, movw the bipod legs, lays the mortnr for elevntion, and relnys on the h f t edge of the designated niming post with the announced dsflection and with the elevntion corresponding to the announced range. As won as the mortnr is laid, the cnndidate commands : FIRE.

(3) Time is taken fi-om the nnnouncement of the rnnge in the fire command, to the command F I R E by the candid at,^. (4) For the second trinl, tho mortnr is relaid on t,he bnse post. A different deflection, range, nnd ainiing post nre given. d. Scoring. (1) Nocredit isgiven if t h (a) Time exceeds 50 semnds. (6) Sight is sek incorrectly for elevntion or deflection, (c) Announced chnrge is incorrect or omitted. (d) Morhr is not correctly Inid for elevntion. (o) Mortar is not cross-leveled. ( f ) ertical line of the collimator is more V f than 5 mils off the left edge o the proper aiming post. ( g ) T raversing mechanism (benring) is more thnn two turns off the center position, (2) When the mortar is found to be laid correctly within the limits prescribed, credit is given ns follows: Time in
necondn . . . 85 3 6 3 8 3041 4 2 4 4 4Ti-47 6 5 0 - . OD

t-

1 13 11 9 7 G Total posrrlble score (two trlnl~)--.---.- 30 point8

less

122. Step VI-Manipulation for Traversir~g Fire

a. Gquipmenl.

of the Mortar

( 1 ) For candidate. Complete mortar with

sight, one niming post, nnd firing table. (2) F OP teating cfier. Stopvontch and DA Form 321PR.
b. Conditions. (1) The mortar is monnted ns prescribed in paragraph 13 with n bnse stake set out approximately 25 meters from the mortar. The mortnr is inid on the stnke with tho deflection scale set nt mro and the trnveming bearing npproximataly centered. The elevntion scale is set at 62" nnd the longitudinal nnd cross-level bubbles are centered. (2) When the mortnr has been hid, the testing officer directs the grinner to

P R E P A R E TO T R A V E R S L ~ R I G H T (I~EFT). cnndidnto then moves the The traversing rnochnnism so t,hnt the bearing is positioned all the way to the right (or left). He then traverses back two turns to allow for laying the mut,;lr mnctly on tho niming post. He dms not relay on the niming post, until the firn commnnd is issued. ( 3 ) The number of cnrtzidgos specified in the fire command is nlwnys four. (4) The amount of trnverse between cnrtridges fire is either two or three tnrns. ( 5 ) T he rnnge given does not :.equira nn ole vntion of less thnn 5 7 O or grc::.tar thnn 67". (6) Each cnndidnte is given two :~<nls. C. P T o C ~ ~ U T ~ . (1) When the cnndidnte is ready, n Eire w m mand is announced by tho testing oilicer. For example: FOUR RGUNDS, TRAVERSE R I G H T T H R E E TURNS, NINE HUNDRED. (2) Tho cnndidnte repents ench element of the fire command, looks up the olevntion and chnrge for the nnn~uncedrange, nnnounces the correct chnrge, sets the elevntion on t l e sight, checks t.he deflection scale on the sight to mnke sure it is set a t zero. moves the bipod legs, lays the mortar for elevation, relays on the left edga of the niming post, commnnds F I R E ONE; traverses the rquired number of turns, cross-leveling at. the snme time, commands F I R E T H R E E ; traverses m d cross-levels, and commnnds F I R E FOUR. ( 3 ) T ime is tnlten from RANGE in the fire commnnd to the commnnd F I R E FOUR by the cnndidnte. d. Scoring. ( 1 ) No credit is given if the( a ) Time oxcecds 80 seconds. ( b ) Annonnced rlinrge is inrorrect or omitted. ( c ) Cnndidntc fails t co11mnnd F I R E for o mch cartridge. ( d ) Sight is set incorrectly for elevntioh. ( e ) The cnndidnte makes no attempt to cross-level before firing encli cartridge. 1f \ Mortnr is not cross-leveled af tor firing the lnst cartridge.

(g) Verticn: line of the collimntnr is more

tlrnn 20 mils off the left e o j of the niming post aster the mortar hns been traversed nnd cross-leveled in the opposite d i r e d m (by the testing officer) the total number of turns required by the fire command. The totnl number of turns is equnl to the number of cnrtridges fired less one, times the number of turns between cartridges ns specified in the fire commo.nd. For example, in the nbove snmple fire command issued by the testing officer, the cnndidnte is required to trnverse right n totnl of nine turns. To check the mnnipulntion, the

mortnr is traversed nine turns to the loft, cross-leveled, and checked to see thnt the vertical line of the collinintor is within 20 mils (right or left,) of the left. edge of the aiming post. (9,) When t,he ~nission hns been fired COP rectly wit,llin the limits prescribed, credit is given as follows: Credlt~:

Time in seconds GO or less.------...- 10 20 Tlme between 51 nnrl 05 seconds-..- 10 12 Time between 00 and 80 seconds-.-12 9

Totnl wsslble score (two trials)-.

.---40

CHAPTER 9

ELEMENTS OF INDIRECT FIRE

Section I. GENERAL
123. Emplacement of Mortars
a. I n the attack, the mortar section is nrmnnlly employed ns n sqund, fired as a sqund, sud supplied ns n sqund. However, section employment. can and should be used whenever possible. The mortars are placed in firing position in proximity to the platoon to which they are attached. Positions are selected with regnrd to communication between mortars, cover, concenlment, and defilade. When emplnced. in a section firing position, the mortars are soparated spproximntely 30 meters laterally unless tha terrnin and tlie situation dictate otherwise. Less dispersion increases the danger from enemy mortars or artillery; greater separation necessitates closing the sheaf to obtain the same volume of fire and complicates control and ammunition supply. Normnlly, the mortars are laid on the same azimuth so that the fire of any one or all mortars can be placed on a single target. When possible, they are placed on line so khat the same elevation can be plnced on all mortars when engnging n target. b. The section may or may not be employed ns n unit i n the defense. It may be emplaced as a unit, or it may be emplnced with the squads widely separated. When emplaced as a unit, the squads may all have the same sector of fire or each sqund may have a different sector of fire. I n either case, however, tlae fire is controlled by the FDC. When the squads are widely separated, the sqund computer controls the fire. The FO parties take telephones and radios with them as they go forward. A switchbonrd is set up at or near the FDC. W h e ~ distance betwoen the the FM: and tha firing position i3 such that voice communication is impossible, wire lines are lnid to the mortar positions. When all mortars are in one position, one wire line is lnid to the position. Wllen the section is widely dispersed in one position, one or more telephones may be placed on a party line. When the mortars are located in one position under section control and are firing by squad, a separate line is laid to each squad position. When tho mortars are located by squad but still under section control, a separate line is Iuid from the switchboard to eaoh squad firing position. As a second means of communication, the observers and the FDC are equipped with voiw radios operating on the same freouencv. " b. Numbers. When numbers are given ns part of a message or command, whether by voice, by telephone, or by radio, exact hundreds and thousands are so announced; in other numbers, each digit is given separately. The decimal point is stated as POINT. Example
N1mber8

124. Communications
a, Gewral. (1) Communication between the forward observers and the FDC is by mdio, wire, messenger, and prenrranged signals. Communicationbetween the i.DC and tlie mortar positions is by voice or by telephone.

65 . 10
26 300 1.400
2,025
4.000

Numbers m stated FIVE POINT FIVE ONF 5ER0 TWO FIVE THREEHUNDRED OND FOUR HUNDKGD TWO NINE TWa FIVE FOURTHQUSAND

Hole. Fire commafids in subsequent pnrngrnphs show nrnbic numernls, but in ench cnse the.7 nre to be stated na nbove.

69

125. Factors Affecting fuajeetories of Mortar Cartridges a. The trajectory is the path followed by the mortnr cnrtridge in its flight to the point of impact or burst. 6. An undelstnnding of the forces tlmt act, on a projectile enables a mortar crew to minimize the adverse f o r w and obtain more effective fire on a target. A grent number of conditions affect mortar fire, nnu the possibility of obtaining identical trajectories in firing is improbnblc; that is, if a number of cnrtritlges are fired at the same elevntion and deflection, all of them will not fall on tho same point. Some of the conditions affecting the motion of the projectile which can be pnrtially controlled by the mortnr crew are listed below. ( 1 ) Muasle velwity. Differences in muzzle velocity may be caused by vntiations in tha weights of the projectiles, amounts of propellant, rntc of burning of the propellant, and variations in the space between ttir cartridge and the inner surface of the bore. There is little that a mortnr crew can do to equalize further the weights of cartridges other than to use the same type and lot number during any single adjustment and fire for effect. The crew can help standardize the muzzle velocity by being very careful that the wrrect number of powder increments are firmly attached to the cartridge when it is fired and that they are kept'dry prior to firing. The amount of friction between the projectile and the bore is kept ap-

proximately constant by making sure that enc11 projectile is frcc of burrs, snnd, or othor foreign matter; and by keeping tho boro f r w of powdcr fouling. Encli cnrtridge is carcfully i.:~spectr?d before firing. The bore of the mortnr is swabbed clean after every I10 cnrtridgcs, or after fiying fop cffect. Elevation m d direction. Some of the conditions wllich nft'ecl; Mio clevntion and direction of the bnrrcl arc play in the mechanism of the mount, degree of nccuracy of tho sight, settling of the bnseplate while tho first few cartridges arc being fired, and the nccurncy with which the gunner lnysnnd relays themortnr. ?'m gunner can minimize errors caused by these factors by nccuratcly laying the mortnr betweeu each cnrtridge, by cl~oosing a level, firm spot for the bnseplnto, and by requiring the loader to load the p i m without applying any pressure on the barrel of the mortar. Correct mnintmance and care of the mount and sight reduce to n minimum the introduction of mecl~nnical play or innccurncy. Forces on projeotih during jEight. Projectiles nrc affected by air density, temperature, and irregular movements of the air in tho form of hend, tail, cross, or oblique winds. The mortar crew can do nothing to wrrect for cl~angesin air density or vnperature, but it can do somethin,. !o eliminate unfavorable effects of the mil. l.

Section II. TARGETS

126. General a. Mortar targets must be carcfully selected. When direct fire weapons can nccomplisl~the job, mortnr fire should not bo used. 6. Ammunition rraupply is an importnlt factor in mortar fire. A rifle bujlet weighs only n few ounces, while a mortar round weighs severnl pounds. Do not use n mortar cnrtridge when u rifle bullet will do the job. But do not hesitate to call for mortar fire ~ r h e n is needed. As a guide, the it following is a partial list of appropriate mortnr targets :

(1) Troops in the open or dug in, (2) Muchineguns. (3) Heavy weapons such ns mortars or artillery. (4) Assembly areas. ( 5 ) T ruck columns and parks. (6) Tanks accompanied by infantry. (7) S upply or ammunition dumps. (8) Ksveim slopes nnd defiladed areas behlnd buildings or embankments. (9) Observation points. (10) Areas to be smoked to deny hostile observation.

nnd in general, destroying thc combat efficioncy of the enomy. (8) IIa~nssing.Firc of less inttrnsity thnn 127. Sources of Targets ncutrnlizntiou, designed L inflict, losses o Targets mny be locntcd nnd reported by orgnnic or, by tho threat of losseA~, disturb thc to observers by supported troops, by mortnr linison enemy troops, to curtnil moverncnt, nncl personnel with those troops, by ficltl nrtillery to lower morale. ground or nip ohscrvcrs, by higher hendqunrters (4) IntcvrEiction. Fire, usunlly of lesv intcn(from nir and ground reconnnissnncc ngenci~q), sity thnn neutznlizntion, lnid down ou by nnnlysis of photos nnd knomlcdge of enemy lines of commuuicntion to disrupt or innctivity, and through interrogntiou of prisoners of termittently deny their use t,o bl~e onemy. mar nnd civilians. The senrch for tnrgets must be e. With adequate rcgistrntion or survey data, vigorous nnd continuous. the mortnr cnn deliver effective unobserved fire. 128. Attack f . The nrr.n to be attacked runy be detcnnincd by the ncir.nl size of tlie tnrgct or by the nren in a. Mortnr fire must conform to the scheme of which t h tnrgct is known to be. maneuver of the supported unit. Once nction is started, the section mnneuvcrs its fir0 to continue g. ,Sur.prise fire delivered with mnximum density the support in nccordnnce with reports of linison crentes the grclntost demornlizntion nnd dostracpersonnel nnd forwnrd observers. tion. I n the event, the section is employed in sepnrnte positions, nllownnces nrc mnde for titnc of b. When the locntion of a tnrget nncl the time of flight. This cnuses all the cnrtridges to strike the nttncking it nre known, tlie commnnder must, target simultnneously (time-on-target method). within the time nvnilnble, consider the following I n such cnses, because of tho limits to the rnte of pertinent points: fire (mnximum rnte of 30 cartridges the first (1) Nature of the tnrget (type, mobilit,~, minute nnd 18 cnrtridges per minute for sustnined cover, importance). fire) density is best secured by mnssing the fires of (2) R&ults desired. nll mortnrs on npproprinte tnrgets. Offsotting tho (3) Registrntion and survey control nvnilnble. grent initial offcct of surprise mnsscd fircs is the (4) Area to be attncked. fnct that tho number of weapons mny given beaten (6) Rate of fire. zone larger thnn the target nnd thcrefors wnstc (6) Amount of nmmunition nvnilnble. nmmunition. Effective mnsscd fires cnnnot be (7) U nits to give desired coverage. sustnined without oxtrnvnghnt nmmunition ex(8) Technique of nttnck. penditure. These factors may require the use of c. T o determine the proper type of onrtridge one mortar even though the entire section cnn h and necessary nmmunition expenditure, the nnturo mud. of the target is carefully considered. The tnrget h. The nmount of nmmunition nvnilnble is the itself is n guiding factor in determining the size first considerntion in the nttnck. The avnilnblc of brncket sought, the type of ndjustmont, nnd supply rnte of cnrtridges per mortnr per day may tho specd of nttnck, A study of enemy methods and not be exceeded except by authority of higher equipment will also assist in the selection of tho hendqunrters. When the nvnilnble supply rnte is best method of nttncking tho tnrget. ns smnll ns 10 to 20 cnrtridgcs per mortnr per dny, d. The method of attacking n tnrget is influmissions should be limited to those which can be enced by the results dmirod from tho firc. I n e n observed nnd which immcdintely nRect frieudly ernl, these results are of four types. troops and operntions. When the nvni'sblc supply (1) Destruction. Firc delivered to destroy rntc is lnrger (20 to 100 cnrtridges per mortnr per material objects. Usually n grent nmount day) missions mny include those vvliich affect of nmmunition nnd time are required. planned or future operntions, ns moll as those Observation is essential. which will require some mnssing of fires without (2) Nmtralizatim. Fire of great intensity on ndjustment. For operations against n strong 110sa tnrget with the object of cnusing sevew tile force, ns much n s 100 to 300 mrtridges per losses, preventing movement or action, causing limited destruction of mnh~iol, mortnr per day mny be nvnilnble. darlcness.
71

(11) Arens to bc illuminntcd during hours of

i. I f the rectangle of dispersio~~ the unit to of fire is lnrger tlim thc target nrea, nmmunition may be wnstcd. Pn the other hand, if the unit cnn cover only a smnli pdrt of the tnrget nren at n time, surprise is lost during tlle shifting of fire, and the rate of fire for the nren ns a whole may be insuficient to obtnin the de.4red erect. j. When the nreo covered is too large to be covered by a single tnrget, it is nttncked in parts. If n section is nvnilnble for each part and its fire is deemed sufficiently dense, the entire nren may be nttncked at one timc. Otherwise, the parts are nttacked successively by the section. 7c. Nopmnlly, the sectiou is located in one firing position with the fire of the entire section under the control of the PDC (ch 11).Whether to have one or two mortars fire a few volleys, or the section fire mnny volleys, is often a critical decision. The fnctors nffeoting this decision vnry with every situntion and are listed below. ( 1) Awailability of ctortara. When tlle mortars cannot cover the same sector of fire or a large part, of the same sector of fire, each mortar mill have to nttnck n larger number of targets alone. (2) S ~ Zof area to be ccrvered. Two mortars E employed on a target cover a larger area than a single mortar, no matter how carefully correctionb are applied. The attnck of a small target with the fire of the section increnses density of fire on the target. This firo density, however, does not incrense as rapidly ns the expenditure of ammunition. It increases the certainty vf some effect by covering an area larger than the target area. (3) Suvrise. Against, certain targets, short bursts from many pieces are prefersible to sustained fire from a few pieces. T o secure surprise, the me:hod of nttnck must be constantly vnried. (4) Accuracy of target location. Certain important targets are so indefinite as to size and locntion as to justify the fire of of the entire section LO insure coverage. ( 6 ) Critical targets. The emtlrgency nnture of certain tnrgets (su-h as enemy counterattack formations) may justify the use of all available mortar fire without regard to economy of ammunition. (6) Dispersion. Coverage at long ranges is less dense and requires more ammunition.

If the section is employed in separntrs firing positiouu, living tit long rnngrs mny require tho selection of the mortiu which cnn most nenrly fire along the 1o11l:nxis of the tnrget to obtnin the maximum efTrct from dispersion. (7) Ifaintemncc of nmtrdization, interdiction, and Aarmuing fires.This may require the use of one sqund to lcnvc t,he rcmninder of the section free for other missions. ( 8 ) V dmrability of targets. Some tnrgets, like truck !>arks, should be nltncked with mnrsed firo to insure immediate effect nnd to r e l a w th? mortars for other missions. ( 9 ) Availabis a n m i t i o n . ( 1 0 ) Effect on enemy personnel. A stro-~g demoralizing effect cnn be achieved by smothering a hostile position with fire. 1. Large tnrgets offer n wide choice in methods of distributing the fire of units selected to fire on them. Grent. care must be exercised in firing on area targets close to supported troops. m. The technique of nttnck is determined by a careful analysis of the capnbilities of the weapons and ammunition available, the termin of the target area, and the most effective method of nttacking the target. Within the limitations of the fuze, time fire may bo used most effectively against. personnel.

129. Typical Targeh and Methods of Attack

a. Tanka and Combat Vehicles i AaaemAly n Area, Rzndemous, or Park. The nren may be zttncked with any or all available weapons, using either observed or unobserved fires, for the purpose of neutralization. HE cnrtridges fired with n quick fuze are effective. b. Tanks and Combat Vehicles in Attack. Tanks usually advance by bounds, using available defilade and keeping dispersed. Tank attacks frequently cnn be broken up by concentrations of HE cnrtridges if the mortar fire is violent and nll availnble weapons are used. Tnnks in the approach march mill be forced to button up with very light fire using HE cartridges. Caution should be used in firing W P ns i t may obscure the tanks and prevent adjustment of fire. W P may also prevent effective fire by direct fire weapons. c. Mortars, Light Artillery. (1) When thwe weapons are in position, in hasty ernplncements, or under light cover and are firing, the mortar objective us-

nnlly is to neutrnlize them. If the wenpons sonnel f,,rced to nhnndcn tlicir nctivity can be seen, destruction firc is used. nnd seri m v t ? r nrc neutrnlizcd. I n new (2) Weapons hnving nn unnsunl degree of t,...l' ation ion, snrprise is not an csscntial . mobility, such ns ccrtnin rocket guns, fnsror. Effective frngmentntion is reoften are brought from concenlment. nnd quired pin st sensonecl troops to profired in the open. Thc crews lond, fire, duce neutrn!iznt.io~~. cnrlridges with HE and rapidly movo to new positions. Sur: qnick fuze 1113effective. Repcnted short. I prise fire (with registration correct,ions bursts of fire nt irlyulnr intervals hnve a applied) m d speedy bracketing ndjustcumulative etiect. nnd inre fnr more effecment, using HE cnrtridges with 11quick tive thnn thc SIIIIIC? nnurunt, of irmmnnifuze, is npproprinte ngninst these wenpt.ion expended in one long hrget. If the ons. object is to produce cnsnnlties, surprise (3) Light weapons nre not considered sepais essentinl. I t is obtnined by the wo of rately ns their neutrnlizntion is effwte(l nccnrete dntn, surveilli~nce,RIICI mnssed by nentmlizntion of personnel. Their sections delivering the-on-tnrget. (TOT) mobility is such thnt precision methods fire. ngninst them nsunlly nre not prnctienble, (2j i n trenches or foxholes. Personnel in nnd n certain nmount of destruction is trenches, lightly constructed emplnceincidentnl to fire for neutrnlizntion. ments, or foxholes nsunlly are dispersed, d. T7ehicles Swh an l'~~~iclts, Movers, and Pvis~r! concenled, rclntively immobile, nnd proi'emonnel Cari+wa. tected agninst nll but vertically descend(1) Vehicles in bivonnc or n pnrk may bo ing fmgments. Surprise nsunlly is not attncked ns nn nren tnrget by observed essential. The superquick fuze on the HE and unobserved fire. HI3 cnrtridges with cartridge is most efl'ectivc. I n order to quick fnzes nre npproprinte. If combusproduce cnsnnlties, mnny cartridges nre tible mnterinl can be ignited, W P is required; hence, either mnny \yenpons or effective. mnny cnrtridges per wenpon must he uscd. (2) When vehicles nre moving along a rond, WP is offeotive in driving personnel out observed fire must be used. The objecof foxholes into the open where H E cnrtives nre twofold- to stop the column; bridges cnn he used more effectively. ~ ~ n d destroy the mnterinl. A deep to ( 3 ) With light overhead cul!ei<. Impnct bursts hrnckct is sought initinlly. When the rond crush light. overhend cover. Some neucnn be identified on the firing ohnrt, n trnlizntion nnd cnsnnlty etiects reault section or severnl sections may fit0 simulfrom any suitnble method of nttack. tnncously, the fire of the sections being f . Huilding~. Ihildings of frnme and other light fitted to the rond. Columns of widely construction nrc nttncked wit11 the HE cnrtridge spnced nnits hnve been nttncked successwith n quick fuze or with s W P cnrt~.idge (for fully by first registering on n defiinite iricemdinry effect). point (uslinlly n point nt which vehicles g. Defensive Worka: Dunlrem. For bunkers of cnnnot lenve the rond, ns nt n defilndc or composite construction, such ns enrtlr and logs, culvert,), then timing volleys to ~ t n c h that sand-filled oil drums, and snnd bngs, the HE cnrpoint simultnneonsly with ench vehicle. tiklge with n snperqniclt fuze is required. Severnl The HE cnrtridge wi.th n quick fuze is direct hits generally nre necessnry. vcry ctioctivc when n hit or nenr hit is 11. Supply inntnllatiom. Hnrnssing or neut ralizobtnined. ing fires (the distinction depending principnlly ( 3 ) L nnding cwft may be nttncked vith nny on the nmount of fire) nre employed. They conor 11 nvnilnble wenpons. 11 sist of observed or unobserved fires with nmmune. Personnel. tion suitnble for use against. personnel in the open. ( 1 ) 111 o p m . Personnel in the open asnnlly :ire dispersed nntl nhle to tnke ndvn~~tnge ' h e object is to hnniper operations ill the instnllation. Some destrnction osunlly results. If destrncof avnilable cover nnd concenhnent. Per-

..

tion is sought, 1-11': certr.idges und quick fuzes are, used. i. R?.idgex and Lines of C1ornm.t~n~cutwn. Whom it is dosired to efiect interdiction without oxtensive dnn~ngeto or. destn~ctionof linm of com~nunicn~tion und i~ssoeiatecl muterid, ILS when intact. cnpt.ure nntl swbsequent use of these fncilitics by friendly troops is contemplnte4l, the I-IE cnrtridge with :i superquick fuze is extremely effective. ICxcwsive dnmnge to bridges, milroads, nrtd rnntorinl is avoided both in registration bursts nnd mortar targets; nnd nt the same time, the use of these fncilities is denied enemy personnel.

140. Fire for M e c l IGre for elleat is stnr.tcd wl~enu snt,isfe(itory ~~djnslmcnt heen nl~l~~incd. for effect is 11:~s Fire (lclivared i ~ yfiring t i nicn~ber of curbridges us ri~pidly;IS IU:(:II~IICY in l~iying mortnr permits. the 'She IWC tletcr~ninostho n~tmlrer r o ~ ~ a tos he of d fired. This lire is h~setl thr? size and nntllre of on tho ti~rgcl.nnd iiv~~ilnble nmn~unition.Wl~enun IQC is not. used, tho o b s e ~ w detcrn~incsho numr t I~er cartridges. Upon t:ornplet.ion of tho fire for of effect, tho otmrvcr tertninntcs tho mission end reports observccl results.

CHAPTER 8
TECHNIQUE

OF FlRE WITHOUT A FlRE DIRECTION CENTER

Section I. GENERAL

131. lnlraduction
a. This chapter gives the procedures and techniques for conduct of squad and section fire. The normal employment of 60-mm mortars is by individual squads controlled directly by the sqund leaden. Tho sqund lender olxerves the tnrgct nren t;Gm an observation post ( O F ) and controls tho fire by issuing fire commands directly to the mortar crews. b. Throughout this chapter, +.he M4 sight is used with the mortar. I f the M34k2 or M53 sight is to ibe used, see FPd 23-90 or FM 23-92.

132. Mil Relation a. Dofhitimw. For computing firing data, the

unit of length or distnnce is the meter, while the unit of angular measure is the .mi3 (m). ne mil O is equnl to 1/G400 of a circle. Therefore, since 360' equnl6400 mils, l o equals npproximntely 17.8 mils. FOP prncticnl use n mil may be defined as the angle which subtonds n width of npproximntely one unit nt n distnnco of 1,000 units. I n other words, n mil is nn angle tlint is npproximately 1 meter wido nt n distance of 1,000 meters, or 8 meters wido a t n distnnce of 3,000 meters (fig. 42). For anglw less thnn 400 mils, the mil relntion is nccurnte enough for use in computing firing dntn. b. Use of the Mil Fonnuln. (1) The mil relation may be expressed in the mil formuln, W/RN=1. This formula is easy to remember ns the WORM formula, W Over RN: W represents width in mctcrs. N represents nngular mensore in mils. IZ reprosonts the range o r distance in thousnnds of meters. (2) E xample (fig. 43). An observer desires to know the distnnce between two objects

(A and 8 ) .He estimntes the rnngo to bo 1900 meters, nnd with his binoculars he rends the nnglo AOR to be 40 mils. R=1200/1000=1.2 (thousnnds of meters) ; N=40 m;W=? Substituting in the formula W / R N = l (or W = R N ) W = 1.2X40=48 motors. Any one of the three elements of the formula may be determined when the other two nre known (fig. 43). c. U8e of Deflection Conversion Table (tnble I ) . It is often necessary in prepnring nnd conducting fire to convert, at various distnnces, metem of deflection to mils or mils to meters. Table I may be used for this purpose. ( 1 ) Example 1. T o determine the equivalent in mils for 100 meters at a distance of 1,200 meters, mad horizontally on the line marked 1,200 to the column hendecl 100. Tho number of mils is 85. ( 2 ) Effiample3. To determine the equivaleut in meters for 95 mils nt a distance of 800 meters, rend horizontally on the line mnrked 800 until 95 mils is found. Then look up thnt column to determine tho number of meters which is75. ( 3 ) E ffiampk8. T o determine the equivalent in meters for G mils nt n distnncc of 5 700 meters it is neoessnry to interpolate. Rending in the 70-meter line, note thnt thcre is no 65 mil number. It falls about hnlfwny between the numbers 68 and 73. At n distnnce of 700 metcrs, 58 mils equal 40 meters nnd 73 mils equnl 50 mctcrs. As G is approximately hnlfmny between 58 5 and 73, o t 700 meters 65 mils equnl 46 meters.

4 METERS

W= WIDTH IN METERS

R=RANGE IN THOUSANDS H(=ANGLE IN MILS

METERS

THE TARGET AREA ISMEASUREDTOBE 60 MlLS IN WIDTH AT A DISTANCE OF 1500 METERS, WHAT IS THE WIDTH OF THE TARGET IN METERS? M=6O MILS: R
15P3 = ioO5- 1.5: W=?

SUBSTITUTE IN FORMULA r M = 1
W = RM =I X 60=70 METERS 5

A TARGET HAS A KNOWN WIDTH OF 80 METERS. THE MORTAR POSITION IS 800 METERS FROM T l l E TARGET. THE AZIMUTH TO THE L E F T ECGE OF THE TARGET IS 2050 MILS. WHAT IS THE AZIMUTH FROMTHE MORTARTOTHE RIGHT EDGEOFTHETARGET? AZIMUTH

'

W=80 METERS. R=- 800 -.8. , M-' 1000 W = 80 = I00 MlLS M= R 8

- -

2050 MILS PLUS 100 MILS=2150 MILS MORTAR (AZIMUTH TO RIGHT EDGE OF TARGET) (21

I-60
\

METERS

F R O M T H E O P A LINE DFTELEPHONE POLES IS OBSERVED IN THE TARGET AREA INTERVAL BETWEEN POLES IS 60 METERS. FROM THE OP THE POLES APPEAR TO BE 120 MILS APART. HOW FAR ARETHETELEPHONEPOLESFROM THE OP' W=60 METERS. R=': R=M M z 1 2 0 MlLS

- 120 = 60

.5 (THOUSANDS OF METERS OR 500 METERS)

Figure 49. Problema iavoluing tkc m l fowltila. i

T A ~ LI. Dejlection Convevsion Table E

(Deflection in mils)
~-

5ection 11. DETERMINATION OF INITIAL DATA

133. Geneml
a. The information needed when determining initial firing data is(1) Initial direction of fire. ( 2 ) Initial range. b. When the s q u d or section lender is required to prepare initial d a b , he usually must do so in the shortest time. Consequently, he uses methods that are quick and simple. T o provide the necessary data with minimum delny, the vantage point is selected so the observer can see both the tnrget nnd tho mortar position whenever possible. c. T o protect the mortar crew, the mortar is i~ormallylocated in defilnd~ From this looation, tho gunner can neither see tho target nor lay the verticnl line of tho collimator directly on the target. Therefore, it becomes irecossnry to establish nn nirning point G which to lny the mortar n to engage the target. This aiming point may be an uiming post or some clenrly defined object, such ns t,he trunk of n tree or the corner of n building. The method selected to establish this aiming point
depends on whether the leader who is determining the initinl direction is on the mortar-tnq$ line or off to one side of this line. Several methods of detcrmiuing initinl direction of are described in the following pnrngmphs with the choice of method left to the leader determining the initial direction. This method applies to one mortar. When additional mortars are to be laid in tho samo diroctiou (pamllel), the same method is applied to ench mortnr.

134. Direct Alinement Mehods These methods are applicable only when thc lender determining the initinl direction is 011 or uoar the mortar-target line. a. ilfwtar Position Not Piaed. The leadel, indicntes the npproximnte (hnse) m r t n r position, moves forwnrd to a point where he cnn see the target, plncos himself on the MORT-TGT line, and drives the MI0 niming posr on this line. He turus tho alidndo until it forms a crosspiem on the niminp stnke nnd tightens the wingnut. H e sights aloug the nlidado alininp the strnig~ltedge

on the target. (fig. 44). Without tlistwbing Ow position of the nlidttde, he mows trround the nimi q post ~ i n d sights back along the same straight.. edge to tho rnortw positio~~ d directs t h t the m l bnseplntc stnlte be cIri\.cn on t.l~isine of sight. The

1 SIGHTING . FROMOPTOTARGET.

2. SIGHTING BACKFROMOPTO MORTAR POSITION,

Figure 44. Direct alinemerlt pnethad.

79

position, XI]. 2 drivcss II scr,ond stnlw t o Ix,. 11sc11 ;IS nn niming post O I I tho MOR'S-?'GI' linr : ~ l ) n 25~ t ~ meters from the hnscpli~trsli~lie. b. N O I ? U I ~ l'ositio~l Fired. Where the bnscplnto has been sentecl by previol~sfiring or \vI~enthe terraiu limits lllc ~nortnrpositio~~ II definite to spot, tile lender mily estnlilislr 11 ncw direction of lire by . t h tlirert i~!ine~nent method. Ife repenis tile proced~r~! in ,I. nbove. lo include sighting 11s bnck to tho mortnr position. If the aiming post. is off the MOIW-TG'~ line, 11e moves it in the required direction iund repenls tlw procedure until tho aiming post is on the MOR'1'-TGT line. c, M I 0 Aiming Post Not Avnilr~blc.A stnlre is (1rive.11into the ground and nny suitnblc st,rni@edge ((sake, n ruler, or n pencil) is plnccd on it. to improvise :III nlidndc.

niming p i n l
I
111%.

i l l IIIL, ti~vgct 11re11u~ny I I S R ~ .T11m be. lv.:~drr I I W S I I ~ I~I ~ IS (1cvintio11 hot \vwn t l w ninI ~ i ing poiut : I I I ~ the 111rge1: I I I ~inc111~lcst. in IIN! init in1 liw vommuid.

135. Direct Laying Method

There may be situntions wl~ereno defilndo is avnilnble or wllere speed in destroying n tnrget. is more essential t h u ~ cover. 111s11c11n situntion, the lender points out. the t:wget nnd directs bllnt the mortar be inounted immedintely without niming posts. lJsunlly suc11 t i position is n temporary one is is ~ i n d cvacunt,ed as soon ns the tt~rget destinyecl. Who11 the target is indistinct. nnd tho lender 11ns indicated only its clircction, he lnys the mortnr Ilimself ns soon ;IS it. is mounted. The mortnr is lnid and fired in the stune innmler ns descri.bed for indirect. hying except t11nt one clcnrly defined edge or point of the target is used ns the nirning point. Wlien it is nppnrent tlint b~rrstclmny obscure the target from observntion, nuy suitnble

136. Azimuth Method Tlu! l t ~ ~ i d uses this n1~~t110d t~r \vl~tw IIC ~n1111ot sei3 llw I I I O Wposiliou from his v:u~t:~p> or I~ point. 01' w11ich is on or IIOIIY the MOIU-'I'W line. 1-10 iudir;~tes lie mort~w t posit ion nntl :rcrnmp;~~iecl by :i messenger moves to his vnlrtagn point, or 01' (fig. 45). IIe plnces 11i1nsdfappt.osin~atcly the on M O M - T G T lint (to help est:iblisll Illis line, 110 selrcts 11 l n ~ ~ d ~ n n Ir~lor nenr tho mortsr position I .t l ~ f o r n ~oving his 01'). We rends the ~ ~ ~ l ~ g n e t i c r to nzimuth in mils lo tho h ~ r g e nnd then sends the t messenger hack to tho lnortnr position with tho compnss ~urdIL \witten notntion of the nzimuth. The gunnel. drives 11 slnltc to support the compass, lnys off tho recorded nzimlttll, iuld directs No. 2 to plnco nn aiming post. on the line of sight of tho instrument. (noring t!ris operation, the colnpnss is kept nt lenst 10 meters f ~ o m mortnr nud tho Tile mount to r c d ~ ~ c ~ nngnetic tlisturl~~lnco.) c I~~III~IISUII~~)OP~ stake cnll then be rlwl ns n bnseplnte stnlte to aline the bnseplnte for direction.

137. Range Determination

Tlie s q ~ ~ n d lender or observer us~uillytt~thnntes the mnge by eye. IIowvcr, he may tletermi~lo tlm Innge from a mnp 01. neritil photograph. No matter I~ow first, deternlina5 the MOW-TGT rnnge, it. he is 11s11a1lyi ~ e c e s s n ~ deternlino itlie exnct rnnge to r o tho target by nrlj~~stnwnt before firing for olTect.

Seetion Ill. RANGE ESTIMATION 138. General The purpose of trnining in rnngo estimntion is to tench the soldier how to estimnte m n p s by eye with the minimum nmount of ermr. I n combnt, rnnges nre usunlly estimnted by eye; tllcrefore, nll soldiers should be t ~ n i ~ inethis method. Stress is ~ d plnced on estimnting rnnges botxeon 200 nnd 1,500 meters. Eye est,ilnnt,ion by untmined men is little better tlinn n guoss, nnd the nvenlge errcr of sucl~ men is nt, lenst 20 percent of ihe rnnge. 11 definite s p t e m of mngc estimntion frequently practiced is the only wny to make estimntion by eye reliable.
139. Unibof-Measure Method n. Estimntion by eye is n method of mensoring the rnnge by npplying to it n unit of mcneure 100 meters long. This mctl~od the snme as thnt used is in mensuring the length of s bonrd mi211 n ruler (fig. 4Gj. Tlie only difference is thnt tho unit of mensure i~ npplied mentdly. Thorough fnmilinrity with the 100-meter unit and its nppenrnnce on diffcront types of terrnin n11d nt different distnncos e~lnbleshe estimntor to apply it with II fnir &gree t of nccurney.

20 METERS

1, LOOKING FROMOPTOWAR'l TARGET.

2. LOOKING
FROMOPTOWARO MORTAR POSITION.

6. Apulicntion of the unit of mensure beyond

500 mekrs is difficult. To estimate mnges over 500

140. Conditions Affecting the Appearance

Conditions of light and terrain hnve consideruble eflect upon the uppmrnncc of objects, mnking them seem sometimes nearer and at other times mow distnnt thnn they redly we. The effect of these conditions on the appearnnce of objec's within the first 100 meters is negligible.

meters, select n point hnlfwny to the tnrget, apply the 100-meter unit up to t,liis hnlfwny point, nnd double the result. o. The nvernge of n number of estimates by different men is g e n e r n l ~ more :rccurate than a single estimnte. However, in combat the soldier relies on his own estimate.

RANCES UP TO 500 METERS ARE DETERMINED BY APPLYING A UNIT OF MEASURE 100 METERS.

FOR RANGES OVER 500 METERS. A HALFWAY POINT IS SELECTED. THE 100 METER U N l l APPI.<iD AND THIS ESTIMATE MULTIPLIED BY TWO.

a. I n some cnses much of the ground between tho observer and the target is hidden from view, and the application of the unit of measure to the hidden portion of the ground is impossible. I n aoch cnses the appearance of objects is the only guide. If there id a considernl~le stretch of visible ground extending from tho far edge of the depression to the target, it is beat to estimate the distmca to the far edge of the depression, judging by the appearance of objects, wnd then to apply tho unit of measure over the remaining distance to the target. b. Whenever the appenranca of objects is used as a basis for rsnge estimation, the observer n~akos nllowanca for the existing conditions (fig. 47). (1) Objects seem nearer when(a) The object is in a bright light. b ) Color of the object. contrasts sharply with the color of the hackground. (0) h o k i n g ovor wcter, snow, or n nni form surface likeu wheat field. ( d ) Looking from a height downward.

( e ) I n t h e r l a ~ i rirtmosphcrc
tudes.

,IF hiah

irlti-

( f ) Looking over ;r dcprc!ssio~~most. of

which is hidden. Looking tlown n. stmight ro:d or milrond t r n ~ k . ( 2 ) Objects seem rnore distant wherr--~ ( a ) 1,oolting over IL deptwsion most of which is visihlc. ( b ) There is poor light or fog. ( a ) Only 11 smnll part of the object c~rn he seen. ( d ) Loolting from low ground townrd higher grountl.
)

141. Exercises in Range Estimation

fr. Exercise No. 1 familiarizes the soldier with the 100-meter unit of measure. Stake out the unit of measuro (LO0 meters) on one or more coarses over varied ground (Jig. 48) with markers that nro visible up to GOO meters. Then conduct the men to the 40O.meter mnrlcer, and form them approximntoly on n line facing tho 500-meter marker. Then hnvo them move back townrd the center point until all are on line with the 300-metor marker. Then successively move them to n point on line with tho 200-meter marker, 100-meter mrerker, and tho center point. At encb of the stopping points, have tho men study the nppcnrance of the unit of measure and apply it successively up to the 500-

OBJECT8

APPEAR

NEARER

I . WHEN LOOKING OVER UNIFORM

WHEN SHARPLY DEPINED

Figure 48. Ronyc ralit,talion layout.

83

motor. mr~rlcor.('onduol. prnctiac of this nxerci% lit cne.11 ol' thc scva~xli;lngcs i l l v r u i o ~ ~ s positions. Ilividc tho unil receiving iinsl~.~~(:tio~~ 01. iuto two more sm~rllcr groups, c!;tcl~pmcl icing !;~rr:r:rssivdy on the scveral a)u~,scs. Kclm~l. this cxercisc! unt i! tho ilrsirctl profiaicmy is:itlsined. b. F;xcrcisc No. 2 illustrntcs tho ;~pplirntiot~ of t,l~c 00-matcr unit of mensurc. Mensnr'off s rang(, 1 up to 1,000 meters irnd inark it, nt cvcry 100 rnetws by lnrgc ~ n s ~ ~ l t c ~ ~ s frn~nos, os Lnrge* e;~ch hearing 11 number to indionto its rimgc. Stirt.ion IL tnnn at. cnch n~arlter keep it from view unt,il he receives to tho signnl 1.0 t'niso it. 'l'llcn direct tho soldiers 1111dergoing thc inst~mtionto npply tho 1Gfbmeter unit. of mcnsnrc t i rcrtnin nnmbcr of times d o n g IL stmight, line i n tho gener:il direction of the ~nnrkers. When they hnvc selccted tho tinnl point. rcnchcd by ~nentnlly tipplying tho unit, of nlensurc to tho gronntl tho specified number of times, ~ i g -

nil1 the solrliws sl;~tionc~l t . 1 t:~l,gct. ilt ~ ~nnrket~s to ~ x s Icllenl. (:llcck I 111' osl i r n ~ions of the s~tcrcssivc ~t lOO-~n~!l(!r poinls I I I I ~lhc finiii point t~gninst.lh(: ~nr~rlre~s. obtt~in~ ~ w ~ ~ rrnpr;lt. the axercis:r 'l'v iicy lllld vlll~ythl? rnngl!s. 1.. I*>xwcisc Kc. :l givw thc soldier pr~r::li~:e l il ~ IL I . I ri~ngc ~ ~ I I I J II ~h ~n~ ~ suitnhl' point, nre,wrre OR rru~gc% objr!cts within 1,0~lfl ~cters.'l'he~~ In n wnduct. tho group untlcrgoing tht? instruction to t t this point. I+YIIII Ilere, I I I L V ~ he men cst~inniti: l l v vtingcs to the vnrious olrjccts 11sthcy nrc pointed out. Issne Illem paper for writing dmvn their cqtimntrs. Allow 30 seconds f c ~ench estimnte. When . n11 sungex hnve h c n cstimnted, i:ollcct. the papers nnd nnnonnco tho ~,I.IIO rn.ngm to tho group. T o orento intcrost, post individnnl estimntes :~nd sqnnd nverages on hnllet in h n r d s nccossible to nll tncmbe1.s of tho clnss.

Section IV. FORWARD OBSERVATION

142. General
This section describes tho proceclures used by tho 60-mm mortar observer for ndjusting firc. 111 order to dolivw nccnrnte nnd olfwtivo firc on suitnblc 1nqot.s qnickly, tho O ~ S O I * V C FI I I U S ~ be 11en1' t,ho firing position. A suitnhle O P is thc dominnnt fnotor in sclocting IL mortnr position; hence the 0 ' is sclectcd fiwt. Tho cbscrver must mnko con. 1 t.inuous clt'orts to kcop tho movtnr closo to nnd nt lanst. within 100 meters of tho OP, bocnuse then his control of the mortnr firo is fnstcst, most nccornte, nnd cosiest.. When the observer must move to IL now 0 ' to obsc~vo nssignad seetor, tho 1 his nort tar rnnst he displnced to n position ncnr tho OP. When tho O F is morc thnn 100 metccs from t.lrc moltnr positian, the mortnr should be moved closer to tho OP. When the torrnin or tho situntion prevents moving the lnortnr to withil~100 motors of tho OP, the observer should nttelnpt to plnm tho lnortnr so thnt tho O P is withir 100 .:ietem of the MORT-TGT line. When cvcn this cnnnct bc done, tho observcr eitller uses the ttirget-grid ~ncthodor attempts to visunlize tho MORT-TGT lino nnd arljust rnit.11 rcspect to it (para 146).

Sporting

a. Qeneral. Spotting is the dotarmination by the observer of the locntion of n burst. or group of

b u ~ t s ith respect to the tnrget. The observer's w spotting is IL mnmtal process which rletcrmines his ocxt, cort~cction, Whon the burst. :ippenrs, thc observer mnkcs his spotting promptly, except when rlocessnry to take ndvnntnge of drifting smoke. H e bnses his spotthg on what. he s e s whilc tho burst is before his eyes, not on mhnt hc remembers. When spottings nrc mndo on drifting dust, or s~nokc, observer considers thc wind direction. the b. Range Spotting (fig. 4 9 ) . A burst which is heycnd the tnrgct from the observer is spotted oae,- for range; one which is between the tnrget itnd the observer is ~pottodnhwt for range. A round which hits tho tnrgct is spotted t m y e t , and one which is at. the c o ~ ~ srsnge, but slightly off ct (.he O T linc, is spotted 7.ange correct. Range is spotted doubtful when no positive spotting is obh i n d . (Whon n round is spotted doubtful for rnnge, tho observer tries to get n positive spotting by nioving the next burst to the O T lino; this is done by giving n deflection correction with no chnngc in range.) A ponitive npotting is mndc from any rouud which can be definitely located for both rnnge and deviation. c. Deviatiwn Spottinga (tig. 4 9 ) . Rounds are spotted for deviation us right, /eft, or line. The observer spots all errors in deflection by mcusoring, in mils, the deviation of ench burst from the O T

line. Tho mil sculo i n 1 1 1 ~binocul;1r may I,,. used for this purpose. A tn~rst. the right. (left) of t h to OT line is spotl.cc1 (g,ri~i~ny mils) ~ i q t (Ie1'1.). ~l Note. When Inatrlimcnt~ nro not. nvnllnhlv, nnglcs nrr
rneaaured by the hand (Up. XI), fingers. 11111 XCIIII' nlldnd<~, or 11 ruler held 11 Inlow~ld l s t n a w from tht! ryr.. Thc rlllgll!

l m I ~ I I L ~when t IBC: olwrvt:~. w ~ ~ t ik~ ~~ ~ co ~ v l ~ d ~ C lii~s t o f IIK! ~ I * . I ~ ~111I S .I W I I IVISI-SI L l11~1~1 111gc I ~ (..II:IIIK<,. is it1>111e iiio\~!l i o wxt, I)urst i n t h :LII arcr~ 10 t fro111

c \\.hioh IL positive spot I ing I W I l ~ o1)t;lirretl.

auhtended

by euch 18 dclrrlnl~~crl t h e l r i r l i v i d ~ ~ hefor,. lbg r~l hc guen into Lhe fleld.

d. Loxt. A round not seen by the ol~serveris

spotted I o H ~ . spott.ing of loxt onw (~h07.t)may h

3
OVER. LINE

144. Observer Within 100 Meters of the Mortar Pcslticn *. llrc observer's l~est locirtiot~ lor ~ , t ~ p i d I L ~ I lire justmen:, is : ~ t .t he nlortur position. I lor(: his devirltion spotting and the tleflcction cor~cciionto bc placed on the sight am n~nncricallyeqi!nl. The tact.ieul employment of t l n mortar, Irownvcr, 11s. udly mulies it neceusaty for the observer to he scpnmted from the mortlir. Nevrrtheless, t l ~ e mortar shou!d be placed, whenevcr possible, within 100 meters of the OP. If the observer takas a position in front, in rcur, or to one side of the mortar position, but within 100 motors of it (fig. 51), the errom in deflection tun be mensnrod from the target to the bnrst by means of the mil scale in tho I~inocular and applicd directly to the mortar. This can I done because the MORT-TGT lino is so x close to the OT line that the t\vo lines are tho same for irll practicnl purposm For example, if the observer, from a position witl~iu100 meters of the mortar location, spots the burst to bo left of tho target und raids 30 mils on the mil scale of his binocul:w, Ire orders a corwct.ion of R I G H T

THREE ZERO.
145. Observer More than 1 0 0 Meters from the Mortclr Position
,

Wlien t.ho mortar cannot be moved to within 100 motors of the OP, it shoi~ld t leust bc placed a so that the OP ie within 100 meten of the MORTTGT line. Then the MORT-TGT line and the O T lino again are the s ~ ~ fornall pructical pur~ e poses. Howevor, tho deviation which the observer reads will not be the same as tho doflection to be set on the mortar sight. If tho observer is in front of tho mortar, the deviation spotting will bo greater than the deflection to be set on the mortar. For example, if he is halfway between the mortar and the target, his deviation spotting will be twicc the correction to be on the sight; if the mortar is halfway between the observer and tho target. his deviation spotting will hc Imlf the correction to be made on the sight. Since other distntlces give other mtios, it is necessary to apply a correction fuctor to the number of mils spotted before ordering a deflection clmngc. This factor is a fraction.

with the distnncc nI)sc!rvc~,r-f.nr@ over the tlislnncc? mortar-target; that is[)is1 irncc! ohscrvcr-tnrgct Correction factor= iii3;;lcumortnr~~~-+

t ion of tho burst. from tho tnrget ns rend by thr. is ol)scr~-vc~40 111ils (fig. 5 I ), tho ,.orn!rt ion orrlcnxl
IS--

01' MOR'F-'I'CW F o r exnmplc, if tlrc O'I' tlistnne:~ fiOO meters, tllc is MORT-TGT distunctr is HOO nrutcrs, and theclevin-..

Goo (or %) X , ~ On ~ i l s : - : <rnils ~l ioo

1 1 1 j,pplying this factor, sirrrplioit.;v nnd spcctl s h ~ & c IlIO songlil. Thcrc!forc!, tlix:anccs usrtl slint~ltl Ilc t,: f.honenrwt even 100 mct(:rs.

51. Fig~wc Observer toltlbtn 100 tnelcra of the tnwtar poslflrm.

Section V. FlRf COMMANDS

146. General a. Oi-igin u i d I I ~ a n 9 ) n h ~ w n .

(1) Firo commnnds come from tlic lcntler at tho obscrvntion post. TIlosc commnnds contnin tho tcohnicnl instructions nccessniy for tho gunner to luy tho mortar for elovution nnd direotion, nnd to fire, (2) It is often ilcsirnblo to give lire commands in frngmcntnry form ns the elements of the connnatd nro determined. Wllon given in this mnlmor, thc command cnn O executed \dlile. it is being given. c Wlicnever practirnblc, give firecommnnds ornllj. Wlie~i on11 ronimnntls 111cot prncn ticalrle, use. tcleplronc, arn-and-irnnd sig-

n t h , or mdio when nvnilnble. The grinner

repents the elements of the fire commnnd. b. iVti9nbem. Repeat. all numbers given in n fire c~o~ntnnnd, digit-by-digit, except \'hen they nre in ovon lrt~ndreds cvon tliousnnds, its follows: or

50-_-.-- F I V E ZERO
75._._-- SI<:VEN F I V E 675--_-. SIX S E V E N F I V E

S E V E N HVNDREI) ON13 TI-IOITSAND M O O - - _ - T W O F O U R IIL!hT>RED c. Types. Fire commnnds nrc of t\vo types: itrjtial fire cmr~,vaunds n n u h e p e n t ji1.t: corrs~rzmdn. ~ d Both types of commnnds follow n definite sequence. Subsequent cotnrrm~ds, however, include only strcli

700--_.. 1000--..

elements as nre chnnged, except thnt t.l~e range or elevation is nlwnys nnnounced.

of the other mortnm and as fnst 11s nccuracy perrnit.~.I n section firo t,o exemtr

947. Initial Fire Commands

n. Sepmce. (1) Initinl fire so~nmnnds eoutnin the dnt,n to lny the mortirr nnd tire thc first ronntl. The sequence for trnnsmission of fir? commnnds isMortar to follow command Type of nmmunition Mortnr to firc Methods of firo (and restrictions) Direction Range (change and elovntion) (2) A11 flre commnnds follow this sequence; however, unneeessnry e l o m e n t s nro omittod. b. B l ~ m n : s . (1) The ?nm~ta~-to-follozu-c0~1u1?uMUL element serves two purposes; it alerts the mortnr crews nnd it designates the mortnrs which nre t o follow commands. When the t h l w mortnrs are opernting n s n unit, the com~nnnd SECTION means thnt all mortars are to follow commnnd. I f the fire of only one mortnr is desired, the number of that, mortnr issubstitutod for SECTION; thnt is, No. 1 nnd only thnt designnted mortnr crew follo~vs commnnds. the (2) The type of a m m n i t w n to be umd is specified in the firo command ns HE, SMOIZE, or PRACTICE. (3) The nwrtm9.to-firc oloment designntw the specific mortnr or mortal3 which fin?. The commnnd to firo nll mortars is SECTIGN. The commnnd t o fire n single mortnr in n section firing position is NUMBER ONE (TWO). A sqund lender lenves this elemeut out of his firo commnnd to his individunl qund. (4) The method-of-fim element designates the number of rounds and the mnnipulntion to cover tho tnrget. Typical comnlands nre: ONE ROUND; T H R E E ROUNDS; T R A V E R S E RIGHT ( L E F T ) T H R E E TURNS; SEARCH E I G H T IIUT3R3T)-SEVEN TWO F I V E ; L A D D E R ; nnd RlGiZT ( L E F T ) ONE ROIJh'D. I n section fim t.o execute volley fire, ench mortar fires tho specified number of rounds regardless

R I G (LEFT) ONE ROUND, the mort.nrs fire successively from right to left (loft to right) nt n dwignated time intervnl. 14'01- example, RIGHT A T F I V E SECOND INTERVALS. If no time is designnted it is ~lnderstoodt h n t the intervnl hctween rounds will bc 5 seeonds. (5) The direction ekmenk givcq the deflection nnd the aiming point. I t is nnnounced n s ZERO (RIGHT, LEFT-), BASE ( F I R S T RIGHT, FIRST L E F T ) POST, depending on the relntion between the niming point nnd the MORT-TGT line. The nnnounced deflection is the exnct totnl deflectiun to be placed on the sight. Although the niming point may be any point thnt the gunner can lny his sight on, it is usunlly nn niming post. The niming point mny be given ns BASE POST or ns n numhered post to the right or left of the hnse post. For exnmple, F I R S T RIGHT POST, or SECOND L E F T POST (pnm 87). The deflection nlways precedes the aiming point. The .neareat post is given as the niming point in all initial fire comn~nnds,using 75 ns the dividing line. When the direction is exactly hnlfwny between two niming posts (75 mils from both), the bnse post or the post nearest to the bnse post is used ns the niming point. It is desirable (but not nlwnys possitde) to use the snme aiming post throughout un ndjustmcnt. For example, for n tnrget which is determined 1 s70 rnils left of the bnse post, the d i m 1 . tion sent to the gunner is L E F T SEVEN ZERO, BASE POST. For n target which is determined ns 100 mils to the :-ight of the bnse post, the direction sent to the gunner is L E F T F I V E ZERO, F I R S T RIGHT POST. For n tnrget which is determined ns 230 mils to the left of the hnse nost the direction seut l o the cunner is R ~ G H T SEVEN ZERO, S E ~ O N D J X F T POST. (1;) TIIC wmp is usuelly girtw ill ineters. For example, NINE F I V E ZERO. If the leader lles a firing tahlr he nlny give the chnrgc snd elev~ltion. This is the conlrol

element of every tire commnntl, unless specinl instructio~~s restrictions hxve or been given prrviously iu tho tnethod of firo elemeuts.

148. Examples of Initial Fire Commands a. F o , a Single 1 I l o i . 1 ~ .

Mortlll~ to, follon.
commaud :
Type of nmmuni-
tion :
Mortnr to fire:
Method of ti ro:
1)irection :
Rnnge :
b. Po?. a Sectiwn. Mortnrs to follow
co~nmnncls
: ,, Iypo of ammunition : Mortnrs to fire: Method of fire : Direction :

I-IE NUMUEIt T W O O N E ROUNO IZFT FOIJR ZERO, F I R S T R I G 1-1T

emergency ~w~~clit.ion i r ~ ~ td is i n tuises i parut,ive t h t firing he discontinued immcdintely. ('ci~sofiro ~ ~ r i ihe a n ~ ~ o r ~ ~ ~ c c d y by nny one tlurt discovers such 11 cow tlition. Firing may be rt!sumctl ns soon 11sthe elnergemy c o ~ ~ t l i t i ~ n s~ c l i u o ~11cc11 iuntecl. ( 9 ) S U S P E N D F I I t I N G indiciitw II tcmpornly p l u m ill firing itntl i~llo\\.sit 111 bo rosumed wit11 the snme ~ I I I I I I hy thc! use of the com~unntl RICStlMIC F I R I N G . d. l'ewninntwn of Ale??. Tho end of tho alert is tmnounced ns: ICNI) O F MISSION. This nllows the m o r t ~ u crew to rolnx b c t \ w o ~lire missions so that they cnn respond to subsequent, alerts Inore completely. The gululer nutour~~ticnlly nu lhc lnys bn~e post, with n deflection of zero nnd nn elevntion of 62' or, in n defeusive situntiou, with the elevntion nnd dzfiectiou for the hnrrnge.

15C. Examples of Subsequent Fire Commands a. For a Single hfo?.ta,.:

Method of tire : Direction : Rnngc :
b. For a Section: Mortnrs to tire: Method of tire:

POST
SEVEN F I V E ZERO

P O U R ROUNDS RIGHT TWO ZERO SEVEN FIVE ZERO SECTION F O U R ROUNDS A'r M Y COMMAND IAEFTO N E Z E R O ICIGIIT ERJNDRED

149. Subsequent Fire Commands

Subsequent lire c o ~ n ~ n n n include only clemcnts ds thnt nro chnnged, except thnt the mnge or clew t,ion is nlwnys nnnounced. When n cl~nnge ~ n n d c is in t.ho morlam to firc or in the method of five! include both elements in the subsequent co~nmnnd. a. Co17.ectionxin Divect.ion. Give corrections in direction in mils ns: R I G H T O N E ZERO: T,EFT T W O F I V E . When the direction is correct, this clement, is omitted iu the subsequent. fire connnnnd. The guuuer must ~rpplythe deflectiou correctio~~ nlgebrnicnlly to the previous deflection setting on the sight. F o r exnmple, the guuuer hns n dcflection on his sight of R I G H T FIVI': Z E R O auld receives n deflection correction of LEFT T H R E E ZERO. His nelv sight, setting should be R I G H T TWO ZERO. b. Cowection in Range. Alwnys include this element in the subsequent fire commnnd. F o r oxnmple, SIX F I V E ZERO. If tho mnge does not. chnnge, give the commnnd (snme muge or elevntion) E I G H T JIITNDRIGI) or S E V E N F I V E ZERO. c. C'errse Pi~sinqrmd &sped FhL~2:,.iny. (1) C E A S E F I R I N G is nnnounced w11o11I I I ~
88

Ilirection : Rnnge:

151. Modified Fire Commands

n. Modified subsequent commt~ndsdiffer from 11onn1~1ubsequent cornmands only i n that the s deflection ttnd mnge chnnges in modified subsequent. commnnds III-egive11 ns tuvus of the tmversing I?nndwheel nnd tunis of the elevnting cmnk. T h e ndvnntnges of modified fire commnnds nre spood I I U ~simplicity of executio~~ y gunuer. l ~ the One turn of the tmversiug hnntlwheel is eqnnl to nbout 15 mils of deflection while one turn of tho elevnting cmnlr is equnl to nbout chnnge in elevntion. All connnands given for deflectiou or elcvntion cl~nnges g i w ~ the ne;~r.est. RIW to half turu. 7). The guuner lnys the mnrtar for tlirectiou ~und elevntiou as in tho initii~lfive counnnurl. I-Ic does not need to refer t o n Ering tnble. After the initinl fim co~nmnnd,he mnkcs 110 ettempt to 111iuc the sight on the aiming point or to level the longi-

of tndinnl I n ~ b b l IT(,. IIIIIIWS 1l1e5 c c ~ r r c ~ ~ i it1111i1ig IIIIIP I I l t ' 11111n1lrr tarns il~l!t he hnci r m v i m ~ s l gglwn t o ~. ly ~ ~ ~ s r r t I I the t1u.11~i v u n i!: Ilrr > : I ~ ) S C I I I I P I I ~ O I I I I I I N I I I ~i ' ~~ ~ ~ c 1wwkc.t t l w tt~rm't). \ c n ~ ~ ~t h a ti ~B~S~ I N I P S ~IS still I N g ~ l tu'rcil rlw o l w r v c r 111111 tho t n r ~ e t , e h n x II W L I P I I 1100h keeping t l ~ cross-level l~nbl)lc c wntored. 1~1etl'PI I I ~ I I P ~ OC ~ t t l ~tnrg('1. Splitting the I m c k e l , lhr ? r. 111 ~ ~ o n l p l i l ltlll, n l l l n l ~ ~ ~ r t l l l ~ l l l~f tlll! g elf l d w r w u m l l n n d x no\VN 'I'Wo ,\XI) ONE-IIALF <, elevi~ling crnnk I r e l i v r ~I ~ ~ clc\';~ti~lns elrgrew \\'(I in I I INS. i \ s ~ ~ ~ thin ~l I 1 ~~I : ~ H Lis IICYOIIII (ovcr) t11c ~ ~ t 1 nI ~ I t (trrlicn from I I I V l i ~ , i n gI ~ ~ b l ci ) , is ncccssrtry 1 0 Idlrgl't, t l w nl~sorvw w I m :I :+tt~r!l(50-1~wtw) ~ w k e t m t~ by suI)tr~~ct s~n:rller tI11: 1~lev111 ~ I W I I It he 1 1 1 r g~~ c l of tllr tnrgct. l'hc ildjustmcnt i s co~nl~lrtcrl s1,lItting ious tn tllr nwnbrr of tlirlls of ~lov~rti~n---Il~rw. T11r nvxt 1,011:. tllen 111111tiply ~ l i l l ' e r ~ n11y tlvo (t\vo turns this w l ~ ~ l l I l l ll w l ~is 111' ONI,: ASI) ONIC.II,\r,v T I I R N S , t of the clevnting c1'1u11c w i 1 1 ~ 1 c!q11;11 l o of elevnlo tion). A11 fmctions of degrees nrr disregnrded 153. Arm-and-Hand Signals whcn mnlcing this computntion. r 1hrra tney Ins orwsions \ ~ I ~ P IitI is ncressnry to d. When the sqnnd lc;~tlelwbservc~ intends to signnls. I ~ ~ c~~n.;rol morllw lire 11.y : I P I I I - : I ~ ~ ~ - ~ I ; I IThe employ modificd s1111srq11cnto n ~ n ~ ~ ~hedsl~ould r n s, ol~srrvrr i w s his I I ~ I I I - : I I I ~ ! - ~ I Isig~lnls g II~~~ rvhilc fnc. express the r n n p t!lr~nentof tllc i l l i t i t 1 1 c1on11nn1111 tlrflc.ction in:: t l ~ rn~ortirrposition. Hc gives t l ~ r tl~nrr in in terms of chn~.grn n ~ lclwi~tion i.;~ll~cr sigllnls in tlic. tlircrliou the rorrrrtion is to 11rtnlten meters. rcgnrtllcss of whicl~arm he nses. As there are no prescribed sipnnls for indicnting tlrc rlcrncnts of 152. Examples of Fire Commands nn initinl firo con~mnnd, followingmny be used : tho (1, A w You, Ready? This is tho first. signnl in NUMBER ONE NUMBER ONE :my series. 'Slro ol)ser\w extends one nrm . ~ O \ V I I I ~ HE I-IE the gunner, his l ~ n n d 1.11iset1, Fingers extended nnd ONE ROUKD ONE ROUND TIIC gnnner gives joined, pnlm townrd tho gmn~er. ZERO, BASE POST ZERO, BASE POST Isis reply I AM RICAIIY in the snnre xny. NINE HIJNDRICI) CI-IAIIGE THREE b. Go~nmmda.F o r the m o ~ ~ t u ~ follozu cornto n ELEVATION mands in section fire, nll mortnrs f o l l o \ ~ commnnds SEVEN ZERO unless otllerrvise indicntccl. To dcsignntc a pnrticNorninl fie co,r~?lurcds Mod' Ted fire comiundx ulnr mortar, tho observer points to thnt mortnr. RIGHT SIX ZERO BIGHT FOUR c. Typo. F o r t y p e of a~n~~irrnitimi, is undc~,HE TURNS stood ilnless othcrwisc indicnted. F o r smolcc, the SEVEN HIJNDRED IJP TEN TURNS ~ i i ~ l of~ Imth 1111ndstwo plnccd over tho cycs. n s LEFT THREE ZERO LEFT TWO TURNS d. Ze13o Deflwtio~t.Z w o drflcrtimr is used nnEIGHT I-IUNDRED DOWN FIVE TURNS lrss otl~er\vise indicntetl. RIGHT ONE FIVE RIGHT ONE TURN c. J)c:flrrtiu,;. Right (Lcft). 'I'l~c observer fnccs EIGI-IT FIVE ZERO DOWN TWO AND t h mortn~~, wtends ono : I ~ I I I lorvnrd thc grinner, ONE-'IALF nnd swingstl~nt. Iu~ntl ~ n d i nrnr IIOI-izontnlly the in TURNS diwrtion i n w l ~ i c ltile lire is to 11o sliiftod, pnlm ~ THREE ROUNDS THREE ROUNDS tnrncd i l l tlrat tlirct*tion. 'l'he first s w e p i n g horiUP ONE AKDONEEIGHT TWO FIVE mntnl n~ovcn~cnt his ln~nd 1 ~n r ~ n of n 1 represents n HALF 'SIJRNS 6-mil cl~nnge tlcflccti~~n. in Ihcli subseqoent moveNote. 111tho C X I I I I I I I ~ ~the rlcvntIo!t rlclncnt in the iwi. ~ n e n of his l n ~ n d I I ~ I I I .i ~ f t c r clnrn to the stnrtt ~nnd tla? lire conr~nnndis civen In 11cgrccs nnd cllnrge (TO', il:g position, rqwcsents nn iltltlitionnl 5-mil rl~nnge rhnrgc 9 ) . This flrst ro11nd bursts beyond the tnrgct. in deflcction. Asslllne thnt the neat round is to be nrcd nt n rnnce of 700 motera. Tllc clcvntlon for 700 metern, uslng cllnrge 3, Is f. Aiming I'oint. l'he h e sti~kc ~tsed;is tho is cmok 75'. To eomputc tlle number of turns of tllc clevntin~ :tinling point nnlrss n t l ~ r r \ v i s ~ntlicnted. Tlw i needed to elevnte the tnortnr from 70' to 78", the lender. observer fnrcs tllc inorti~l; i ~ n dwit11 his :lrm i ~ n d observer subtrncts 70" from 76" (dropping nll frnctlonsl. hand rxtentlcd, points in tlrr desired direction (loft The dlflerencc is 5" or 10 tllrns (nlnrr two turns of the elrvntlng crnnk nre erlnnl to 1' of rlcvntlol~).The elefor right posts, otc.). One snclr movement of the vntion cllnnpe i n Ills neat colllll~nlldIs UP TEN TURSS. ilrm and 1111ndindicntes the tilst post. Ihc11 sul~schss~lming tllnt this second roend bursts between the quent nlowncnt, nfter 11r returns his nrm to his observer nnd the tnrget nnd so mnlccs n brnelwt of the side, intlicntcs an i~dditionnlpost in the direction tnrget, the obscrver desires to split the bracket (Darn pointed. 158). He lucrcly comlnnnds DOWN FIVE TURNS (one-

89

8. ilio?~tnrs Fire (ill .?ection fire). The obto servw desigmitcs the mnt.titr to lire by lminting I I ~ tho rnortnr or mortnrs. h.. Nzmher of firt?.idges. For cnch mrt ridgo to be fired, tho oherver exlends o w 111.111 above his hentl, pnlm tow:i.vtl the ~IIIIII'I', ~indvnts his hnnd shnrply downwird. i. Range OT Change in h7c11nlion. Fncing tlu mortar, tlic observer wises one arm htcrnlly nntil horizontnl, arm extended nntl fist. closed. For e1ic11 mnge incremcr!t of 100 meters, he wises his nrm, fully extended, to nn ovCrhendposition nnd returns it to the hori~.ontnl.For endl 25-meter increase, he t.l~lw~ts fist. ~ t p ~ n l d , verticnlly, fvom his hih 4ionldcr to the full extent of his arm nnd returns it. For n mngo of 750 meters, he rnises his nrm seven timesnnd his fist twice. Hcgives thecomplote mnge in encli command. j. C o m m a d to Piw. The observe^ rnises one nrm fully extended, to nn overlrend position. For the signnl to commence firing, he sweeps his nrm qnickly down tlirongli nn nrc to the front, sll thc way to the relaxed position of the nrm with his hand by his thigh. k. Failure to TJnder~tand Oommad. I f tho

gunncr dot!s not. undwitnnd nny pnrt of the commrncl, he rnises 110thirrms to t!icir f u l l cxtcnt over his hend nnd crosses t.hw swcrnl tirncs. 0 1 1 this signnl t,hc ohsc~lrerrepents tho entire commnntl.

154. Repeating and Correeting Commends a. Repeating Co~)wrnnds. When the gunner fnils to nndcrstnnd nny elcrnent of tho Arc cotnmnnd, he requests n repetition of that elc~nclntby announcing, "Say ngain the deflection (clevntion) ." Wbcn nny clowmetnbcr nslcs t,hnt m y elcmont he repented, avoid IL misundewtnnding by prefncing tho repented olcment with tho phrnse T H E COMMAND WAS-~ L. Correctwm. I n nll initial fire commands, coyrcct nn incorrect clerncnt by nnnouncing: CORRECTION, nnd giving the correct clement. For exnmple, to correct un ermneous rnngo of S I X I-IUNDRED t o n correct rnngo of SEVEN HUNDRED, nnnonnce the following commnnd : CORRECTION, SEVEN HUNDRED. When an erronmils element is given in n subsequent fire commnnd, tho procedure is ns follows: announce CORRECTION and then give tho cntiro commmd.

Section VI. SQUAD CONDUCT OF FIRE 155. General a. Condnct of fir0 inclndes all opcrntions in tlic propnmtion and npplicntion of firc on n tnrget. It include8 the sqnnd lender's (observer's) ability to open fire when he desires, to ndjnst fire, to determine tho distribut,ion of fire upon tho tnrgct, to shift firo from one tnrgct to nnotlie~.,nnd to regoInto tho kind nnd nmonnt of nmmnnition cxpondcd. It involvw the action and tcnmworlc of all mombe13 of tho unit. L. Tho normnl sequonco of training in squad conduct of firc is: First, trnining on tho 1,000iricl~rnng-e; next, trnining on tho trnining car*tridgo rnngc; nnd last, trnining in the field with practice nnd combnt nm~nunition. c. For maximum eWcieney, evely member of tho sqund lenrns the technique of firo for ench typc of ndjustment nnd lire for effect. Frequent rotntion of duty insntts complcte nndorstnnding of this .tcchniquo of firc by nll the squad mcmbcn. Tho observer is trnit:ed in nll tho methods nntl mechnnics used to bring effective fire on n tnrgct in tho lenst time. 156. Fire Adiustment Tho obsorvor ndjusts fire to obtnin correct fir0 dntn with which t,o fire for effect. By wntohing the bn~sts, mnkes his spottings nnd gives subsequent. he corrections to plnco the next l)urst where lie wnnts it. Sinco positive spottings urc most rendily obtnincd when bursts nre on the O T line, he brings the b1115tsto the OT line nnd keeps them on that line. TIIo. obnervcr mnlccs his corrections for range nnd deflection so tlint the center of impnct is on or mnr t,he tnrgct. Depending upon the nnturc of tho tnrgct. specd with which firc 01. offkt is dcsired, nnd (laposition of the tnrgct with respect to friendly timps, tho observer will ndjust fire by one of three niothods: hmckoting, creeping, or Icddct*.
157. Bracketing Method of Adjustment u. The bnsic incthod of ndjnsting mortnr firc is by hrncketing tho target for rnngr. A tnrgct is bmcketed for rnngo when one ronnd bursts bct m c n tho observer nnd tho tnrgct and one round bursts beyond thc tnrgct.. The purpose of brncket-

ing is to inclose the target within a range brncket. of suitable depth, with correct deflection. The nrw containing the target can then be covered by fire for effect. This is done by wtablishing an initinl range bracket and, t.herenftcr, successively splitting the bracket9 formed by the last over and tho last short. 6. After a round has been spotted us over or short of the target, the observer makcs the first range change large onough to insuro a brncket for the target. It is better to overwtimate the corrections than to underestimate them because in this way n bracket is more quicltly obtnined. The observer mnkes the size of the initial rnnge chnngo in hundreds of meters. Unless there is n definik indication of the amount of rnnge error, the size of the init.ial rnnge change depends on tho distance from the observer to the tnrget. As a genernl rule, tho minimum rnnge change to get n brackst is 100 meters when the estimated O T range is less than 1,000 meters, and 200 metcrs when the O T range is greater than 1,000 metem The reason for this rule is that a t the ohortsr distances observation of the target and the burst is easier and rnnge cstimation is more nccurate. At greater distances, target observation, spotting, nnd range estimation are more difficult. c. Make the subsequent range changes in hundreds of meters until IL 60-meter bracket has beon established. Start fire for effect at the center of the SO-meter bracket. I f during adjustment a tari e t hit is obtnined, start firo for effect immediately. When a bracket has been established but a subsequent round is obviously erratic, because of faulty ammunition or other cnnses, firo another cartridge with the snmo data. d . Experience hns proved t.l~ntthe brnclcoting method of adjustment is tho most economicnl in ~~mmunition.cxpenditure except where t h c and, is the governing factor, tho most effcctivo under normnl combat conditions. Attempts to wtimate nccnrntcly the distance between the burst nnd the tnrget ar? seldom successful because of humnn inability to estimate accurately the distance between two poine, in depth. The bmcketing metlmd mnkes i t unnwec/.iSnl-g do this. The observer merely dcto termincs whether the burst is betweon himself nnd bhe tnrget or beyond the target. This method works in prnctically all situations. Even when firing a t n barget on the crest of a hill, the bursts bctweon tlw observer nnd the target cnn be observed as short and all unobserved rounds are spotted as over.

e. Kxmnple-

(1) A squad loade~ sees a tnrget nnd dosir&% to adjust fire on it by the brncltc.ting

method. Hc estimates tho MORT-TGT rnnge to he 800 meters, determines tho MORT-TGT azimuth, directs that the mortar be mounted on this azimuth (parn 137), nnd issocs the following initial fire commnnd: NUMBER ONE HE ONE ROUND ZERO, RASE STAKE E I G H T HUNDRED (2) T he gunner, upon receiving this firo wmmand, repents it, consults his firing table, checks the elevntion corresponding to a range of 800 meters (78"), sets tho elevation in degrees on tho sight, and announcos the charge (charge 3) with which tho cnrtridge is to be fired. He then lays the mortar as described in paragraph 83 and oommnnds FIRE. This round bursts hotweon tho observer and the target nnd 20 mils to the left ns shown in figure 52. ( 3 ) T he observer senses this burst nnd issues n subsequent fire command correcting the deflection nnd increasing the rnnge to get a burst beyond the target, thereby obtnining n brncket. Since the O T range is less than 1,000 motels and the rnnge error appears to be small, he mnkes an initinl range change of 100 meters. Note. If the bnsepinte hns not been nlready settled, and the burst of the nrst round is on or nenr the target, the next cnrtrldge flred at the anme elevation usunlly results in n burst beyond the target. In such cnees, when the tncticnl situation permlta, n confirming cnrtridgr is flred nnd 11 more deflnite swtting obtained. If thin conllrnling cnrtridge bursts on the target. flre for cEect is delivered immedlntely ; otherwise, the observer continues the brncket.
lug ndjustnlent.

(4) Continuing the exnmple illustrnted in

figur" 52, the subsequent, fire rotnmnnd isRIGHT TWO ZERO NINE HUNDRED The gunner sets a deflection of right 20 mils on the sight., plnces the elevation on his sight, lnys the mortar, nntl conrmnncls FIRE. The second cartridge bu1,sts be-

INITIAL FIRE COMMANDS

NUMBER ONE HE ZERO, BASE STAKE ONE ROUND EIGHT HUNOREO

OR

NUMBER ON5 HE ZERO, BASE STAKE ONE ROUNO SEVEN THREE

SUBSEQUENT COMMANDS

(NORMAL) RIGHT TWO ZERO NINE HUNOREO

(MODIFIED) RIGHT ONE AND ONEHALF TURNS DOWN FIVE TURNS

EIGHT FIVE ZERO

UPTWO AND ONE HALF TURNS

20

1
MILS
THREE ROUNDS EIGHT TWO FIVE THREEROUNDS UP ONE AND ONEHALF TURNS

clri~ngr less t1111n nlctrrs. When of 135 mnlm n X I I I ~ P t,nrgct hit. is obt~~incd, ortlers fire for effect. he If 11 round fnlls short. of the tnrget nfter n 26meter rnngo decrcnst., the observer ortlers lire for e.ffect nt, the rnngc of \ihicl~ererof the lnst t,wo to cnrtridges seen~ed~~loscr the tnrgct. If n short ronncl rcsulk from n ilecrensc in mnge of more t.11nn25 meters, t . 1 ol)server hns IL brnckct nntl c m ~ tinnes the n.djustment~ with t . 1 Inxclret~ingprocc~ dure (pnrn 167). c. Emrn.plc(1) An o b s c r \ ~ e ~ ~ d r . t e r n ~ i ~ ~ e s the MORT-TGT rnnge to be 800 meters. I~ricnilly frontline troops urc within ROO mt!tcrs of tlir Inrget. 'Ihrefore, he ndds IL snfety fnctor of 100 meters to tho MORT-TGT rnngc. IIix initinl firc commnnd isNUMBER T H R E E HE ONE ROUND ZERO, RASE STAICE NINE HUNDREI) The first cnrtridgc is fired nnd it bursts beyond the t.nrg.ot nnd to the loft of the O T line (fig. 63). The ol)server estimntes the burst to be 100 meters beyond tnrget nnd mensr~res deflection error of left 20 n firc mils. His sul~equent command isR I G H T TWO ZERO
E I G H T F I V E ZERO
(2) The MORT-TGT rnnge of 850 meters is obtained by tnking one-hnlf of the estimated overnge, 01. 50 meters, ns n rntlge cl~nngo the next cnrtridge. Thus, the for 158. Creeping Method of Adjustment second cnrtridge is fired nt n rnnge of 850 meters. This round bursts ns S I I O W ~in a When friendly troops nre within 30U meters of the tnrget the creeping rnetl~otlof ndjostment fignre 53, five mils to the left of the O T is used. Fire delivered on targets within 100 meters line, nnd the observer estimntes tho disof friendly troops mny cnuse cnsunltics nmong tnnco to be 50 meters beyond the tnrget. t.hosc friendly troops. When the t n r p t is more His subscq~~m~tcornmnnd isfire t11n11300 meters from o w own t.roops, the bmckctRIGHT FIVE ing method is used. E I G H T TWO FIVE b. The procedure for the creeping n ~ e t l ~ o d 1 s is 1 ( 8 ) It1 dctemining the MORT-TGT m n p follom: The observer estimntes the MORT-TGT for the third cnrtridge, the observer ngnin mnge nnd then adds 100 meters ns n snfety fnrtor. usss one-l~nlf the estimnted overage, or of The first cnrtridge is fired nt n rnnge equnl to the 25 meters. Therefore, t l ~ e third cnrtridge estimnted MORT-TGT mnge plus the. snfety fnris fired at. n rnngc of 825 meters. The detor (100 meters). The MORT-TGT rnnge f o ~ * e n r l ~ flection setting on the sight nt this time subseqi~ent cnrtridge of the ndj~~stment deis is right 25 mils (20 plus 5). The third erensed by one-l~nlf !he estimnted mnge error cnrtridge bursts beyond the tnrget and (overage) of ench burst from the tnrget, until n on the O T line (fig. 53). The observer correct mnge is obtnined. The observer does not estimntes that this burst is 25 meters beyond the tnrget and on tho OT line. ns shovn in lignre 5% The dcflcction is now correct rind ;I 10o-meter bracket has 11ern obtnined. The next subsequent firc comrnnnd issued by the observer isE I G H T F I V E ZERO The gunner placrs the elevation in clegrecs on the sight, rel~rysthe mortnr, nntl fires the next cnrtridgc. The. round bursts IRyond tho tnrget nnd on the O T line (fig. 52). The observer hns now spotted n bnrst over nt 850 meters nnd n burst short. nt 800 metcrs. This wtnhlishes n 50-meter rnnge bracket,. His next firc commnnd combines fire. for ndjnstment, wit11 firc for effect. T H R E E ROUNDS E I G H T TWO FIVE (5) The bursting of those tlirce rounds nnd their normnl dispersion cove~~s tnrget, the wen with cnsunlty-producing fmgments. When fire for efect foils to cover the tnrget. adequntoly, the observer orders nny necessnry cl~nnges deflection nnd rnn@ in ~ m d gnin orders fire for effect. Where tho n target is nrnr the outer limit of the burst,ing nren of most of the rounds, nnd where n 25-meter rnnge cl~nnge too grent, n is smnll chnnge in elevntion s r ~ c l ~ down ns one turn (up one turn) may be given before fire for effect is repented. Note. Thts adjustment con be fired usins modifled flrceommnnds (flg.62).
IL

93

OT LINE

I /

I
I

NUMBERTHREE HE ONE ROUND ZERO, BASE STAKE NINE HUNDRED RIGHT TWO ZERO EIGHT FlVE ZERO

100 METERS (ESTIMATED)

I I

RIGHT FlVE EIGHT TWO FlVE EIGHT HUNDRED FlVE ROUNDS REPEATRANGE

50 METERS (ESTIMATED)

(825)

0
3

MODIFIED FIRE COMMANOS NUMBERTHREE HE ONE ROUND ZERO, BASE STAKE CHARGETHREE ELEVATION SEVEN ZERO RIGHTONE ANDONEHALF TURNS UP TWOTURNS RIGHT ONE HALF TURN UP ONE TURN UP ONE TURN F l V E ROUNDS REPEAT ELEVATION

yond the tnrget. Since 25 ~notersis the smallest range c1lnng.o mnde with the mortar, the next cartridge is fired nt 1 range 1 of 800 ~netelv(n range chnnge of 25 meters). His next subsequent fire cornmnnJ isEIGHT HUNDRED

Tho observer continuos to dcc~wisethe range 25 meters nt 11 time until he secures n target hit or n short. If n round falls short of tho target, he i~nsolltnined n !&meter brncltet of the tnrget nnd to fire for effect selects the range of the braclret-

ing round which seemed closev to the tnl-get.

Note. T h l ~ndju6tnlent can be tllml ns111g modlfleil comu-. ,.Is ( f i g . Ir:':.

tnrget nny npprecinble distnnce, another corre~:tion

Ilns to he mnde and fire for effect repented. d. For most iaccurnte ~'esults,tho l)nseplnte of the mortar must be settled befove liring e ladder.

1159. Ladder Mehod of Adjustment

a. As surprise is nn importnnt factor in plncing effective fire on n tnrgct, nny form of ndjnstment which reduces the time intcrvnl between the first round for ndjustment nrd fire for effect is worthy of study and use. The lndder met,hod of ndjustmerit is n modiScntion of the bmclceting method of ndjustment which permits firo for effect to be delivered more rnpidly. Knowledge of the brnclceting method of ndjustment :s necessnry for tht effective use of the lndder method of ndjustrnent. A base point which l1n3 nlrazdy been estnblishd by firing is desirable to nssist the observer in determining t l ~ e mnge to the new tnrget. b. For n mental picture of the lndder method of adjustment, imagine n giant lndder with rungs ti0 meters npart, lying on tho pound near the target it is ensy to figure the exnct range t o tho tnrget, if the range to ench of the rnngs near the tnrget is known. Instend of rungs on n lafider, substitute round bursts plnced in the vicinity of the tnrget, nt 50-meter intervals. Three cartridges fired nt 80-meter mngo intervnls would mnkerungs of a huge lndder on the ground, provided they fell n few seeonds apnrt so thnt all rounds could be observed nt the snme time. This nct,unlly is the lndder method of ndjustment. There nre 50 meters between bursts in a 100-meter lndder nnd 100 moters between bursts in n 200-meter laS.der. A 100meter lndder is used with the 60-mm mortnr when the MORT-TGT rnnge is 1,000 meters or lass. A 200metor lndder is nsed whenever the rnnge is firenter than 1,000 meters. c. The lndder ndjustment is used on terrain which, from previous firing, is fnmilinr to the observer. The snving in time is the most importnnt ndvnntnge of this metl~od ndjnstment; however, of its success is limited by nccurnte rnnge estimntion. The tnrget nust. be brncketed hotwean two rnngs of the ladder. I; none of the three rounds brnckct the tnrget, but nll bnrst hoyood the tnrget. or batween tho tnrget and the observer, nmmunitio~~ is mnsted h a u s e it is necessnry to firo nnotl~er Indder or to continue the ndjustment using the normal brncketing methoti. When the center of impact of the cartridges lired for effect is off the

. bnseplnto cnn be firmly s a t e d by firing one cnr4

tvidgo at a relntively Irigh nngle of elevntion, using cl~nrge or 4. 3
e . Emamvle-

(1) The observer obtnins tho initinl direction

by any of the m e t l ~ o d ~ prescribed in pnmgrnphs 134 nnd 135. 1-10 estimates t l ~ c rnngo MORT-TGT (nssume 800 meters), ndds 50 meters to this estimated rnnge to estnblisl~one rnnge limit for the lndder, nnd subtrncts 50 motors to estnblish tho other limit (100-meter Indder). This sl~onld result in n lndder which strnddles t,he tnrget. To help in spotting, the cart r i d p nse fired in the order: fnr, middle, nnd ncnr. Fired in this order, no burst is. obscured by the dust nnd smoke from n preceding burst. The following is an initin1 firo commnnd for the lndder inethod of adjustment: NUMBER TWO

HE

LADDER, SEARCH Ill? FOUR TURNS RIGHT ONE ZERO, BASE POST CHARGE 'FOUR ELEVATION SEVEN SEVEN Nolc. The method of fire clement in the normal lnltlnl flre commnnd for the lndder contnlns the word TADDFIIt nnd mnnl@nlotlag in~trtlCtl0llU
for thr gnnncr to tnkc b c l w c o ~ cnrtrldgen. Thc chnrgc nncl clevntlon dven correspond to thn rnnge of the Amt (fnr) cnrtrldgr.

(2) To cnlculntc the turns wl~icl~ gunner the

Inllst. tnke between cartridges, the obscrvel. Innst determine the tot111 number of degrees betmeen the cxtrerne rnnpes of the lndder by consulting the firing tables. Disregnrrl tall frnrtions whilr c w n l ~ n t i n ~ the totnl degrees. (3) C o ~ ~ v etho tot111 degrees of the ladder rt into turns of the c4evntinp crnnk. This is a'con~plinhed by n~nltiplyir~g totnl the degrees by two (one tnru of the elevnting cwnk will elevnte 01. depress the tnbe I,$"). (4) IXride the total tnrns of the elevating

crnnk by the nn~nber intervals between of cnrt14dges in the lndder. The n n s w r will be the number of t o m s bet.meen cnrtridges.
f . Ezample-

m n ~ ~ dcorrecting for deflection and , splisting tho 50-mcle? hrncltet ism 7 1 c K O U N ~ RIGHT' O N E TURN

(1) Estimated rnnge KO() ~neters. 'rhe lndcler is tired nt ranges 850, 800, ilnd 750. To cnlculi~teurns bet\vecn cartridges: Riu~ge t 850, chg 4, elev 76" (tlisrcgnrtl fntctiolls) Rnnge 750, chg 5, elcv 77O (sobtrilct s~nnller from lnrger: 77" minus ?Go= 1'). This inclicntes TOTAT, L)EGREE(S). Convert degrees to turns of the clevntinp cmnlc-lx2=2. This is totnl t n n ~ s . Divide intervnls into totnl turn-2 divided by 2=1. This indicntes thc turns between c a r t r i d g e for tho gunner. Note. The numbe: of Intervnie wlll olwnys be less than the number of cnrtrldges to be

C O W N O N E - I I A L P TTJILN Not?. In computing the dellwtlon correctlon, the observer uinkcs sensing f o r cncl~enrhMS? Rred nnd dcterlulncs the nverngc by divld1116 tllc total deflection Error by the ilulnbcr of cnrtridgen fired (ndd nlgebrnicnlly wherc neccssory). He tllen convertn thin to turns of the trnversing IlnndWllePl nnd nnlmlllces Ill8 correctlon to the llcnrent one.llnlf torn. To nislcc. n correction for rnngo wl~cu tho tnrEet IN bmckctcd wlthln the lndt:w, tho ~uortormnst be moved in the oppositv directloll (down!. Tlle condltlons for flrc:, for cIPect are the snme ns outllncd in pnrngmlih 100.

160. Fire for Effect

(1. Fire for cffert is nscd to destroy IL tnrget or to accomplish n desired tncticd rcsnlt.. First,, udjust mortnr firs for deflectio~~ rnnge. T!ien stnrt. nnd fire for effect nt the ccntcr of t,lie selected brncltet. 'Iowever, in tho creeping methcd of ndjnstment, Lire for effect whon the adjust~nentis sntisfncto~*y. Here the observer combines Lire for ndjustn~ent with fire f o r effect. b. T h e ohserver dotorminos the numbor of cnrtridges to be fired for effect nccording to tho size of the tnrget, the nature of the tnrget, nnd the ammunition nvnilnble. The sizes of tnrCots for fixed nntl distributed f i r e , pnrngrnphs 1G1 and 162, w e given as 1 gnide only in determining t,he 1 number of cnrtridgm to be fired f . 1. effect. Fol. oxn~nple,troops or wcapons in foxholcs require more 9re for nentnrlizntion thirn troops or menpons in the open.

Bred.

(2) Tho gunner sets his sight for deflection at right 10 mils and nn elevntion of 76". I k lnys tho tnortnr nnd firm the fimt cnrt13ge. H e then relevels the longitudinnl bubble, senrching up one turn, crosslevels, nnd tircs the second cnrtridge. H e senrclrw .sup one more t u m , cross-levels nnd f i r e thc third cnrtridge. The three cnrtridges rile fired ns n ~ p i d l y possible. ns (3) These rounds burst ns shomn in figure 54. Note thnt the avernge deflecdon error of the tbree cnrtridges fired is 15 mils. This must be converted to n dcflection correction to be npplied to the mortnr. This is done by dividing the deflection of 15 mils by 15 (one turn of the t m versing hnndwl~eel is cquivnlent to npproximntely 15 mils) with the resulting corwction being nnnounced to the @Inner. The threo cnrtridges, frilling nlmost, simultuneously, hnve strnddled the tnrget, nnd, from their position wit11 respect to the tnrget, indicnte to tho observer thnt the tnrget is between the blrrsts of the second nnd third cnrtridges. The obscrver now has n SO-meter brscltet of the tnrget. H c splits thc brnclcet hy tnking one-hnlf the number of turns between tho two in~rstsnnd npplyinp it to the mortnr, inoving the tube in the opposite direction. His next five com-

161. Fixed Fire

The GO-m~n inortnr is normnlly used rigninst delinitely IocnLed point. or s~nnll wen targets snch 11screw-served wenpons ~rnd timnll groups of encmy personnel, pnrticularly thosc in defilnde. Three cnrtridges, lircd from a sitiglo ~norttw t the same a elevntion nnd deflection, cover nn wen rtpproxilnntely 35 by 35 meters wit11 c~rsuttlty-pladu(!it~g frngments. Wlwn more thnn three cartridges nrc tired for elfect. on 11 point turget, snch ns fin111 ~wotectiveAre, tho nre1.L covered by casnslty-proriucing frngments is npproxiwntely 50 by 5tl ~nctew. This i%snlts from the dispersion nntl the hwsting riren of the ronnds. The gunner checlts the lily of the niortnr for elcvntiori nntl deflectio~~

MODIFIED FIRE COMMANDS

NUMBER TWO HE LADDER, SEARCH UP FOUR TURNS RIGHT ONE ZERO, BASE STAKE CHARGE TWO ELEVATION SEVEN SIX FIVE ROUNDS RIGHT ONE TURN DOWNONE ANDONE HALF TURNS I ' 7 TURNS (50 M E T E R ) BRACKET (750)

I
I
(800)

TURNS (50

METER) BRACKET

F i g w e 54. Ladder tnellrod of fire adjl&atnml.

during firing for effect. If the center of i~npnct of the rounds fired fov effect is not on or nenr the target, fire for effect mny be repented wit11 slight ndjust~nentsmnde for rnnge nnd deflection.

162. Distributed Fire

The GO-mm mortnr lnny occi~sio~~nlly used be ugninst tnrgets thut extend lnternlly or in depth, or both, by traversing or searching fire. Arens to bo covered with GO-mm rnortnr fire nre often limited by tho trnvetse of the wenpon (npproximntely 250 mils) n ~ t d innbility of tho weapon the to ~ ~ e u t r n l i a e I ~ nrens wkhout n g w n t expendiI I ~ ture of ~unmonition.0 1the other hnnd, w11e11 I\ 1 large n~nount n ~ n r n u ~ h i o nnvniln.ble, nreu tnrof is

gets can be covered effectively with 60-m~n mortiirs. A single 60-~nm mortar, firing four cartridges properly distributed in \vidth or depth, covers n tnrget npproximntcly 75 ineters in width or depth with c~~sunlty-proclucinfg friigments. An area tnrget npppnxi~nntely by 75 meters cnn be covered 75 with n single mortnr by a series of trnversing or senrching fires, A section of 60-mm mortnrs, mounted pnrnllel with 75 lncters between flank mortnl3 2nd firing four cartridges per mortar properly distriboted in width or depth, cnn effectively cover 225 meters with cnsunlty-prodacing frngments. This section can cover nn nrca t w get npproxi~nntely 225 rnetcrs by 75 meters hy executing n series of traversing or senrching fires.

As targets of this size require n I n ~ g e enionnt, of nmmunition, they nre not nssigned nonnnlly to ;I 60-mm section. (. Tmversi?cg Pim 6 (1) The width of o tlwget for a single mortnr should not, exceed 75 meters. (Tnrgets which nre 75 meters in width cannot bc engaged eifectivcly n t ranges Icss thnn 500 meters bemuse of the mortnls's limited tmve~se.) Fonr cnrtridges eqonlly distributed ncross such IL tnrget cover it, with cnsunlty-producing frngnlents. When n henvier concentmtion of fire is desired, the number of cartridges mny be incrensed. After cnch cnrtridge is fired, the gunner tmverscs the mortnr the number of turns 01- frnct,ions of turns (never less than n hnlf turn) of the hnncI\vheel specified in theco~nmnnd. (2) he observer tleter~ninesthe number of T k m s of the trnversing handwheel be.tween cnrtridges ns follows: (a) Mensure the width of tho tnrget in mils. (7,) Dividr the mil width of the tnrget by 16 to mensnre the width of ,the tnrget in turns of the trnve~singhnndwheel. (c) Divide the total number of turns by the nmnbcr of intervnls between curtridges (one less thnn the total number of cnrtridges to be fired). Compute the turns to the nenrest hnlf. I n other words, when four cnrtridges nre to be distributed ncross the tnrget for effect, divide the mil width of the tnrget by 46 since ench tnrn of the trnversing hnndwheel is equivnlent to 15 mils nnd there are three intervnls between the four bursts (fig. 55).

THE OBSERVER OETERMINES THE WIDTH OF THE TARGET TO BE 16 MILS. HE COMPUTESTHEWIOTH OFTHETLRGETIN TURNS OF THE TRAVERSING HANOWHEEL BY DIVIDING 16 MlLS BY 16 (THE NUMBER OF MlLS IN ONE TURN OF THE TRAVERSING HANOWHEEL) AN0 FINDS IT TO BE 5 TURNS. HE OlVlDES THE TOTAL NUMBER OF TURNS BY 3 (THE NUMBER OF INTERVALS BETWEEN ROUNDS) AN0 FINDS THE NUMBER OF TUANS BETWEEN ROUNDS TO BE 1'2 TO THE NEAREST ' I TURN, THE COMMAND FOR FIRE FOR EFFECT IS: FOUR ROUNDS

TRAVERSE LEFTONEANDONE-HALFTURNS

NINE HUMORED

( 3 ) When n tnrget is not completely covered

in depth by n single tr~iversewross its width, the fire mny be repented, cllnnging only the direction of trnvcrse nnd the rnnge.
b. Sewching Fire. (1) The t1ept.h of n tnrgst for n single mortnr should not exceed 75 meters. Use the same ~netliodin distributing fire over IL tnrget in depth ns in delivering tmversing fire, the gunner depressing (or elevnting) the mortnr, after encli cartridge, the proper number of turns of the elevnting cmnlc which lie determines from the rnnges given in the commnnd. (2) The mortnr is first Inid with nn elevntion corresponding to the mnge of either the fnr or nenr limits of ,the tnrget depending upon which mnge is indicnted first in the comninnd. The number of turns of the elevnting cmnlc betveen cartridges is determined us follmvs: ( a ) Look up the elevntions for the rnnges to the fnr nnd nenr limits of the target, and subt'nct the smnller from the lnrger nfter dropping nll fractions. (b) Multiply the difference between the elevntio~is y 2 to get the totnl number b of tuins of the elevnting crnnk necessary to elevnte or depress the mortnr from one limit of the tnrget to the other. ( G ) Divide the totnl number of turns of the elevnting cmnlc by the number of intervnls between cnrtridges (one less than the totnl number of cartridges to be fired). See figure 50 for method of computing the number of turns between two elevntions in degrees. ( 3 ) W hen n target is not completely covered in width by n single searching action over its length, the fire mny be repented, changing only the direction of search nnd the deflection.

THE OBSERVER DETERMINES THAT THE TARGET IS APPROXIMATELY 15 METERS DEEP AND ISSUES THE FOLLOWING SUBSEQUENT FIRE COMMAND. FOUR ROUNOS SEARCH 115-100 THE GUNNER LOOKSUPTHE ELEVATIONSFOR BOTH RANGES INDICATED IN THE FIRE COMMAND AND FINDS THEM TO BE 11 AN0 18 RESPECTIVELY. HE DETERMINES THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THESE ELEVATIONS AFTER DROPPING FRACTIONS TO BE l o . HE MULTIPLIES 1 X 2 AN0 DETERMINES THE TOTAL NUMBER OF TURNS OF THE ELEVATION CRANK NECESSARVTOELEVATE THEMORTAR FROMTHE FAR LIMIT OF THE TARGET TO THE NEAR LIMIT TO BE 2 TURNS. HE THEN DIVIDES 2 X 3 (NUMBER OF INTERVALS BETWEEN ROUNDS) AND FINDS THE NUMBER OF TURNS BETWEEN ROUNDS TO BE14 TO THE NEAREST '(1 TURN, HE ELEVATES THE MORTAR ',!TURN BETWEEN ROUNDS TO DECREASE THE RANGE,
Pigarc 56. BenroRing Arc.

Section VII. TECHNIQUE OF FIRING HAND-HELD MORTAR

163. General

High trnjectoly fire:

When the GO-mm lnortnr is used ns n l~nndheld mortnr, it mny become n direct-fire wenpon and normnlly is fired nt. rnnges of uot more thnn 500 meters. As n direct fire weapon, no pnrticulnr method of ndjusting fire is required. I f tho first burst is not effective, the ~nortnr moved slightly is in elevntion or deflection to bring the next burst. nenrer the tnrget. Fire for effect is nlmnys fixed fire of from three to five cnrtridges nccording to the nature of the target. The normnl crew for the I~nndheld ~nortnr 3 gunner. nnd nssistnnt gunner; is however, it cnn be employed by one mnn.

164. Procedure a The crew sl~ould in pnrtial defilnde. This . be gives some protection from enemy direct fire while the gunner cnn still engnge the tnrget by direct Inying. The gunner mny tnke either the kneeling or sitting position. He nlines the lnortnr for direction by sigbting over the bnrrel nt the tnrget. The elevntion at which the mortnr is held must be =timnted for the first cnrtridge nnd then rnisod or lowered to correct the rnnge for succeeding rounds. The following tnblc is nccurntc only when the tnrget is nt the same elevntion us the mortnr nnd it should be used only us n guide during trnining. After firing n few cnrtridges with tho l~nndheld blc mortnr, n. gunncr 11ns little t ~ ~ ~ u l~oldingthe mortnr nt nn elevation to plnce the f i n t round near the tn~get. Vnrious types of sights for the l~nndheld mortnr hnvc been tested but none nrc of much nssistnnce to n gunner nt the short mngcs for which the hnndheld mortnr is used. Low trajectory fire:
Char'ffe

1 1 1 1

tory fire), he must elevate the bnrrel. On the othey hand, to increase the mnge when firing with an elevntion grenter than 45" (high-tmjectory fire), he must depress the borrel. Definite movements must be made in co~wcting fire of the hnndheld the mortnr. The gunner's normnl tendency is to ease the bnrrel in the direction of correction. Becnusc of this tendency he often fails to ~nnlce lnrge enough corrections. o. When a partinl defilnde position cnnnot be used, tho hnndlwld mortnr may be fired ns an indirect-fire wenpon (gunner cnnnot see the tnrget). Then the gunner tnkes the sitting position nnd is directed by an observer in pointing tho mortnr in the direction of the tnrget nnd with nn estimnted elevntion. The observer uses informnl verbnl commnnds or nrm-nnd-hand signnls. I n adjusting, the observer directs the gunner to move the bnrrel left or right nnd to elevnte or depress it. The gunner should mnke bold movements of the bnrrel for the initinl ndiustments on n tnrmt to ., eliminnte n close type of ndjustment. d. T o illustrnte the use of the hnndheld mortnr, nssume thnt n hnndheld mortnr crew is nccompanying the lending elements of its compnny in the nttnck. An enemy mnchinegun in view of the mortnl- crew opens fire and stops the ndvnnce. (1) The gunner immediately unslings the mortnr from his shoulder nncl tnkes the sitting position in pnrtinl defilnde. He estimates the range to be 800 meters nnd

announces CHARGE ZERO to the nssistnnt gunner. He cl~ecks see thnt. the to firing selector is on lever fire and 1111nounces READY. The nssistnnt gunner places n cnrtridge in tho barrel. Upon relensing tho cnrtridge, he immediately withclrnw his hnnd to the renr n m remains clenr of the muzzle of the mortnr until tho cartridge hns been dischnrgerl. The gunner n l i ~ ~ e s mortar bnrrel in the the direction of tho target, lowers or raises it until he 11ns about 60" of eleva-

tion, I I I I ~trips thc firing r e While ~ waiting for the b u l ~ t t, l ~ t rnssistnnl p ! l ner P l ~ ~nnother cnrtridge, in tdle lmrrel. & ~ (2) The firnt burst is slightly hcyo~~tl tarthe get nntl about 10 mils to thc right. The gunner nloves the lx~rrclslightly to the left, rnises it n sn~nllnlnount, nntl trips lever. the f i r i ~ ~ g The second 1)urst is etiective nnd the gunner fires t \ w more cnrt.ridges tit the same dir?ction i~ndelevntion to elin~in:itothe encnly machinegi~n crew,

CHAPTER 9
FORWARD OBSERVER PROCEDURE

'I'G'I' Ii11c. This w~nhlw i ~ u I I I T ~ I I I ~ : I Ithe riff[, h to I~ 165. rarget-Grid Method of Adlustment 16. Using the t:uget-g14d ~nethnd oE ntlj~~st~ncnt,unit ho is supporting, tllerel~ygiving i t i+~sc nncl liro s anyone who 11ns a means of co~n~nunication wit11 c o n t . i ~ ~ ~ ~ o u support. h. One o l ~ s r r w ciun IUIISSthr firrs nf nll 111ol'tnr r citllor :III infantry or artillcry T.'DC nntl \vho cnn nnd nrtillery units withi11 s~~pllorting r:ulga 011 II rend nn nzin~uthcnu ndjust. fire on m y tnrget he giveu tnrget.. cnn see. From the observer's vicwpoint, this c. The co~nhntsoldicr rnn fill nny grips iu tho mothod is u1uc11si~nplcr th1111 previous 111etl10~1s bef o r w r d observrr's field of view, thus g i v i ~ ~ g betcnuso hc docs not hnrc to know the lowtion of the ter indisect fire support. to i ~ ~ f o ~units.y ~tr guns nnd he does not. hnve to compute any dntn. d . It. simplilies the \vorlc nf the olmrver and It makes no diflcrenee ho\v fnr he is ofl' tho gullplnccs the burden of computntion on personnel of tnrgot line, 1)ecnusethe F D C ~nalces ndjust~ncnts to tho F D C who cnn usunlly \vorlc ilndcr better keep the l~ursts the observer-tnrget line. To get on conditions. fire on the tnrget., t l ~ c observer follo\vs tl~rco sime. It oliminntes tho need for ranging rounds plo steps. wliich can bc bnclc-plotted by the enemy to locntc (1) 1-10 estnblishcs co~nmu~~icntion an with the gun positions. PDC. f. It olin~innta ~~ecessity t.rnhing n lnrge the of (2) I-It,reports the aziniuth from his position number of observers to compute correction fnctors to tho tnrget nnd nttc~nptsto locnte thc nnd 'equires only relntively few tmined computels tnrgot for tho PDC. T o locntc the tnrget, nt. the FDC. ho can use coordinntes, the shift method, g. The system does not depend entirely on tho or any of the other methods tllnt will nccurncy of tho ohserver's nziniuth to the target. inform the F D C where to fire the initinl Errors as great. ns 100 iuils cnn bo mndc without cnrtridge(s). hnving nny npprccinblo efl'oct. on tho adjustment. (3) f the initial round(s) misses the tnrgct, I Larger crrors throw the bursts off tho oberver110 scntls cosrectio~~s nioters to tho F D C in tnrgct line; however, such crrols nre easily dethnt will cause thc subsequent. round (s) to toctcrl by the computer and the correct nzimuth hit the tnrget. cnu bc quickly dctcrmincd by connecting two on6. It is not nccessnry to bc a t r n i ~ ~ cFdO or n line bursts on the plotting bonrd and rending tho communicntion expcrt, to observo nnd idjust mornzimotl~ this linc. of tnr or i~rlilleryfire. Ho~vcvcr,the ndjostment of indirect, fire is greatly fncilitntcd by n lcno\\~ledgc 167. FO Procedure of communicntion procedarw nnd the methods of c(. When an F D C contlrols thc fire of tnortntss cond~wting esplnined in this chnpter. fire emplaced in bnttcry, nny one of the foiwnrd ob166. Advantages of Target-Grid Method of servers ran i~ oscd to ndjust fire for the unit. Adiustment Ench obscrrcr is nccompanied by a rndiotelephone who tl nl~er;~lor wrries ~ u ~opewtes :I r&e rndio. Tho tnrget-grid incthod of ntljustn~entl ~ n s the 'Che ol~scrvcr cnrrics n tolephonr. nlso following ndvtiutnges : b. Enclt 1 is nssigncd tc) observe and contluct ' 0 n. T h h e ~ 0 njoys grcatcl irecdom of lnovelncnt e on the battlefield sinre 11cis no longcr co~lcer~red fires for n partirular rifle unit in the company scctor o r zone of i~ction,He is also charged with ; with the locntio~~ the ~ r ~ o r t n ir d the MORTof
102

ninintnining contact with t,hc supported unit md Iceeping himself nntl tht. FDC ron~plctcly illformxl of the tactic111situation. IIis priu~:irymission is to watch tho movements of the supported unit nnd to adjust mortar fire on those tnrgcts interfering with the ~nissionof that unit. 'Ic docs this through observation and correction of prcnrrnnged fires and l q adjusting fire on tnrgcts of opportunity which lie obscrves or w11icl1 nre idontified to him by others. c. The relntivc position of the O T lino with rcspcct to tho MORT-TGT linc docs n d nffect thc observer procedure in the ndjustment of observed fires. Tho observer m ~ h his spottings nnd gives s his corrcctions with respect to the O T line ns described in pnrngrnpli 180. Hc dctcrniincs errors in meters and scnds corrections to the FDC. The F D C converts thcsc corrcctions to npproprinto fire comn~nnds.This is done by plotting tho obon server's cor~~cctions n plotting bonrd nnd determining grnphicnlly t.he deflection nnd rnngc corrections so thnt tho mortnrs cnn plnce the next burst at the point designated by the observer. If nn observer becomes confused or forgets the stcps in adjusting firc, hc cnn nsk PDC per3onnel for nssistnnce. If necessary, tho FDC can conch the observer through his ndjnstmcnt step-by-step nnd bring firo upon tlic tnrgct,. This is obviously n slow process. To nssist in the reporting of tnrgots, cnch P O mny bc given n freclinnd sketch or n suitnblc lnnp showing tho registmtion point nnd nny other refel-cncc point. whose chart locntions nrc Itno\vn nt the FDC. (1. Terminology used by forwnrd observers hns been stnndnrdized throughout tlic Army, Nnvy, nnd Air Force. Thcrcforc, t l ~ c of n mortnr secFO tion who is fnmilinr with the bnsic principles of formnrd obsorvcr procedure is cnpnble of ncljuding the fire of tiny typo of inclircet fim \wnpon. To ndjust the firc of indircct wenpons of units ontsido his own compnny, he estnblishffi communicntion with the firing unit nnd ~naintnins it tl~roughout ndjustment. tho e . For n clctnilecl study on for\wrd observntion nnd ntlvnnced techniques on the sobjcct, sce FM 6-40.

'168. Methods of Locating Targets

Tl~c observer hns fivo methods he n ~ n yuse to nccomplish his mission of locnting tnrgets.

1 . i t 'Tlw ol)sc~rvrr frrqurntly nses this ~ncthodof rqmrling thr lolwtion of ;I tnrgrt. IIe givcs tho shift. 11s :I ~~nrrrrtion incters, usunlly in to th? ncnrvst 10 mctcrs in tlevintion ruld 25 mctcrs I~O in rnnge from the I ~ I ' C I ~ C Ipoint specified in t h ~ : third clement of the cnll for fire. The shift. from n mferencc point i ~ ~ c l : d the fcllowinp clcnicnts i n cs sequcncc!: I)ICVIATION, ANT) R A N G E CORRECTION. Tho obserrrr dctorminos tho shift, ns follows: (1) Dev?'ntion. Hc tnensurcs the dcvintion i l l mils f ~ , o n ~ refercncc point to the tarthe get with binocnlnrs, nnd esti~nntestho distnnce to the. rcfcrcncc point. Then he dctonninm tho corrcction in meters from the rcfercncc point, to tho O T linc by use of tho mil relntion (or the deflection conversion table) nnd t l ~ c observer-reference point distnnce, He inclndcs the dovintion corrcction in his call for* firc; for cxnmple, FROM REFERENCE POINT, RIGHT (LIWT) (so ninny meters) (1 and 2, fig. 57). (2) Range. The observer cstirnntcs tho distnnco dong tho O T linc to this target from the point. wlie~nthc pcrpendiculnr lino from the ~nfercnccpoint intersects tho O T linc. This distnncc is the mngo corrcction, nnd Ire inclndcs it in the cnll for firo RS ADD (DROP) (so mnny meters). (When dcsignnting tnrgets for ndjnstmcnt which nrc within 300 tnctcrs of friendly forwnrd troops, he applies I& 100-meter snfcty f n c t o ~ to the rnngc corrcction. This safety factor is to allow for nny possible crror in range estimntion thnt might cnusc the first round of the adjustment to fnll nmong friendly t-oops.) ( 3 ) A ccumcy. This rncthod gives accurate I=snlts for shifts of 40 mils or less and ncccptnble rc!:ults for shifts up to 600 ~nils.For g r a t e r shifts in direction, the dcvintion crror and the difficulty of cstinn~tingthe distnnce to the intersection with the pcrpendicnlnr incrcnsc rnpidly. . . - . For this reason, thc obserwr selects and ~tdjustson other rcpistrntion points so that (the large) shifts to :my liltely tnrgctscnn bc kept to :I n~inin~nnr.

. ~ .

TARGET 60 METERS HIPiBER THAN RP RlQHT 200

\ /
RP@-

'I'

RANGE CORRECTION

200 MILS

Ftguve 57. Detmnlnlw d a & i h o a c d

rawe cmveultmw, ahljtlng jrmn reference polnt.

(4) Rapid plotbi?~g. The O ~ I S C ~ Ymny detorC~ mine tlie shift from n reference point by using the plotting bonrtl for ;I rnpid plot. The deviation in mils from t l ~ c reference point to the tzlrget is ~ncasnretlwith binocnlnrs rind distnnces to the referonce point nnd to the tnrget nre estimt~ted. This tlntn is plotted on the plotting bonrd nnd the initinl shift in meters nnd the nu~gc corrcction nrn ~nensnl.cdfrom the plot. When using the plotting bonrd for this purpose, t l ~ e ccntcr of the plotting 11onrd represents the observer's Iocntion. b. C'oowlinnfes. Thc observcr can use nny grid system Irnown to him and thc FDC (fig. 58). c. P o l a ~ Coodinetes. ( I ) W ~ e n obserrer's locntion is known tlic! by thc FDC, the initinl locntion of n target. limy be reported by polar coordinntes (fig. 89). The PDC plots tho tnrgct on tl., . . ~ i m u tnnd at the distnnce from the l~ observer's locntion ns reported by the obscrver. This method is pnrticulnrly desirable i n the case of lnrgc lnternl shifts nnd short observing (OT) distnncw. I n locnting the tnrget by use of polar coordinates, tlie observer omits thc third element of the cnll for firo (referenco point. or ,tnrget coordinntos) nnd in thc Rftli element (locntion of tnrget-shift) informs tho FDC of tho range from his position to the tnrget; for exnmple, DISTANCE ONE FIVE HUNDRED. With this rnnge nnd tlio observer-tnrget azimuth (fourth clement of the firo request) the FDC cnn plot the location of the tnrget from the known locntion of the observer. (2) T he observer cnn determillo his locntion in severnl wnys. He mily mensure the nzimr~tlito thc firing position, n known to point, 01% a burst, nnd estimntc the distanco to same. Tho F D C then plots the oh. server's locntion on its firing chnrt (plotting board) nccording to this dntn. When he hns n mnp, lie sends the innp coordinrtes of his locntion to tlie FDC. He mny incnsure the ruimntl~to three (not less t l i n ~ n o ) points \ ~ I O S Ofiring cl~nrt t~ ]omtions are known by the FDC or to two bursts. His locntion is :hen determined by resection.

d. Intcrscrtiov. IVIicn ,the location of two obserwrs is 1cnon.n l)y the FDC, tilo initial Io1'11tio11 t~ i o~~ of 11 targat 111115' 110 ~ ~ c p o r by d ~ ~ t e r s e c t i(fig. 60). 'l'l~c F I X plots tho tnrget by drnwing the IIZ~IIIII~~I fro111the ol)~erver~' loc:~tio~is repo~~ted :IS intersect encli by tho observers. There neinn~tl~s o t l w nt tlio lorntion of the ti~rgct.111Iocnti~igthe tillget by use of interscvtion, both n l ~ w ~ wmust rs be nbletosee t l ~ t~wgct. c e. Na14*ing Round. The ohscrver inny cnll n mnrki~~g ro~mtl from wl~ich cnn shift lo his t w IIC get (fig. 61). Emampl~s: MARK H I L L JC401 MARK REGISTRATION POINT MARK REGISRATION POINT NUMBER T H R E E AIARIC CENTER O F SECTOR AlAItIC TARGET NUMBER BIC101 To I d p him identify the burst, tho observer m y cnll for n smoke ~ P I I I I ~ .

169. Call for Fire

o. Tho call for fire is n communicntion (firo message) sent, by tile F O to the FDC cnlling fire on ti tnrget. It is i ~ o n firc commnnd. The cnll for fire t sent by the FO includes thoseelements npproprintc to tho fire mission. The FDC mny fire the cnlled mission or it mlty decide that tlierc nre more importlult fire missions which shonld receivc priority. b. The swno genernl sequence is cmployecl by nll indirect fire units thnt utilize the tnget-grid metl~od fire co~~trol. following this sequence of By it is possible for thc observer .to obtnin fire from nny mortar or nrtillery nnit with the lcnst amount of confnsion nnd in tlieshortest time. c. The following elements nre considered when
cnlling n Lire mission n~id:we tmnsmitted in the
following sequence:
(1) Idontilicntion of ohervcr. (2) W nrning order. (8) Locrtion of tnrget. (a,) Refcrence point 01, tinget coordinntes. (b) O T nzimuth (nearest 10 mils). ( 6 ) Shift. (4) Description of target. (5) Method of engngrment (see note). ( ( 1 ) Typc of ndjustmcnt. (I,) Trnjectory (omitted for morlnr gunnery).

The observer sends the location of the road junction as GRlD ALFA YANKEE SIX ZERO SEVEN ZERO
Piglrrc 58.Dcslgturtlng tlre locatlon o f n targef b y grfd com'dlnalca.

(c) Ammunition. I . Type of projcc'ile. 2. Fuze action. ( d ) Distribution of fire (seenote). ( 6 ) Metliod of fire and control.
Note. Used mlien ndjustl~ig nnvnl gunfire.

call Omtnitted from i~ci~~mnl for fire 1FM

640).

170. ldentiflcation of Observer

When necessnry, tlie observer identi!ies himself to tlie unit from which he is cnlling fire, usunlly by use of n code word or nn O P number.

171. Warning Order

The observer seiids F I R E MISSION to nlert the PDC. It iuclicntes that cnll for fire follo\vs.

172. Location of Target

The observer completes his locntion of the tnrget. in thiselement of tliecnll for fire. a. Reference Point or Target Corndinaten. In this element, the obswver pn~tinllyor completely

Rlgure 60. Locatlnfl a target b y inleraccl(on,

IFjgure 59. L o c ~ t i w aaroet b y polar cowdlnatea. a

locates the tnrget for the FDC by using or providing n bnsis for one of the five methods of locating n tnrget; for exnmple, GRID ALFA Y A N K E E SIX Z E R O S E V E N ZERO or F R O M R P (ns used in n shift). b. A s i w t h F?,onl. Obxe~ve? to Taqwt. The observer determines tlie tizimuth to the tnrgct from J ~ i s osition by use of n colnpnss, other nzimuth p mensuring instruments, or n mnp. To eliminnte tho necessity of tnking n compass rending each time a tnrget is to be engaged, he obtnins nccurnte nzimutli readings to the registrntion point niid severnl other points well distributed in the target wen. The11 by mensuring 11 deviation with his field glnsses from one of these points innd npplyiug it to the %nornl~ nzimutll to that poinl, lie cnn ensily and quickly determine the azimuth to his tnrget. F o r exnmple, the nzimuth to the regis-

Wliel~no ezimuth ~nensnringinstrument is nvnilable, the observer tnnst estimate the nzin~nth.If the announced azimuth is grently in error, the orientntion of the plotting bonrd is corrected nt the FDC doring the course of the adjnstmei~t. The observer must send the O T nzim~~th the to IQC for ench fife mission 11e requests. It is 1n101ig this nzimuth tliat the ICDC will plot. 1111 of the correctio~~snntl shifts which the observer trnnsmits. c. Shift. Tho observer mny locate the tni~ge'by n shift from 11. reference point, which may be :he registration point, n nnmbcretl tnrget, or any other point whose (ellart.) locstio~~ irnorvn nt is the FDC. It is here thnt ha tells the FDC where lie is shifting from; for exnmple, L E F T FIVK ZERO, DROP ONE HIJNDREI).

173. Description of Target

Tho description of tho tnrget is given ns a description of the enemy instnllntion, personnel, equipment, or nctivity \diich is observed. This description is brief, but informnlivc enough to indicnte to tho FDC the relntive importnnce of the tnrget nnd the best mnnner of nttnck. When a screening mission or fire on a wide tnrget is desired, thodescription includes theextent or width of tho tnrget. When zone fire is desired, the depth of the tnrget is given. Information of nn intelliprice nnturs is reported promptly but does not delay fi1.0 mis9ions.

174. Method of Engagement

When fires nre clnssified ns close, tho creeping method of ndjustment isused when they are within 300 meten of friendly troops. When fire is not close, it is clnssed ns deep. nnngc~, close is included it1 the cnll for fire, while deep is omitted. a. Types of Adjti*t?nm.t. The type of ndjustmcnt is given only when tho observer hns special requirements or hnn infor~nntionthnt will nssist the F D C in firing the mission. This element may include( 1 ) Method of fire. When the observer desires to ndjust with n specific number of mortnrs, he specifies tho desired number; $or exnmple, SECTION RIGHT, or NUMBICR THREE. (2) T'o1~i.mof fire. The observer may indicnte the desired volume of fire for effect; for exnmple, S E C T I 0 E;: SIX ROUNDS, F I R E FOR EFFECT.

LOCATING TARGETS B Y U S E M A R K I N G ROUND

OF

Ptgure 61. Locattw a target uslw a nlwlcfng round.

trntion point from the obsel-ver's position hns been measured with n compass nnd found to be 4,130 mils. A target nppears 200 mils to the right of the registrntion point ns mensured in t,be field glasses. The azimuth to the new tlirgat is 4,830 (4,130+ 200). I n the call for fire, the nzimntli is nnnounced ns direction to the nearest 10 mils; for example, DIRECTION FOUR T H R E E T H R E E ZERO.

c.

b. Trajectory. Omitted in mortar gtlnnery. l ' y p s of .4111~ntcnifion A I :lctio~r.l'l~r IIMZ ~ '

ubserver may request the type of cnrlridge : u ~ l fuze nction desired. When no specifiv type of ;inmunition or fuze : d o n is requested, tile IIIC c:utridge and superquick fuze are used. d. Di.stl*ibutiunof i ' w 'rile observer mny speciii. fy the type of shenf he desires; for ex;unple, CONVERGE. Or ho mny give the rstent of 11 special sheaf to fit n pnrticolw tnrget.

DIRECTION ONE ONE FOTJR ZICRO RIGIIT TWO IIUNDRED AIrIl TWO HIJNDREI) MACIUNEGIJN SKCTION FIRE FOR EiWICCT
c. Lncnting :I. target by coordinates (fig. 68).

175. Method of Fire and Control

The observer's designation of control consists of one of the following: cr, Adjust Fire. This indicnles that the nccurncy of the observer's l w n t i o ~ ~the tnrget is such that. of an ndjustment is considered necessary, thnt tlic observer can adjust the fire, and thnt. he will send corrections nfter each round, or volley. If observation is difficult, or int,ermittent, tho observer 4 may send AT B Y COMMAND, ADJUST PIRI':. In this event, the observer trnnsmits PIRIC nfter rcceipt of READY from tho PDC and when he is in n position to observe. This procedure ren~nins in effect until n subsequent correction is followed by the command WHEN READY. b. Fi7.e for Effect. When transmitted as part of the call for fire, this indicntw that the observer considers his locntion of the target to be nceurnto, no adjustment necessary, and surprise fire desirnble. c. Camnot Ohserus. This indicates that the observer is unable to adjust the fire, but that he 11ns reason to believe thnt n target exists at the given locntion and that it is importnnt enough to justify firing upon it without adjustment. The FDC makes the decision to fire the mission.

Examples of Call for Fires a. Locating a target by use of a marking round (fig. 61). O P ONE F I R E MISSION MARK CENTER O F SECTOR DIRECTION THREE ONE HUNDRED REGISTRATION ADJUST F I R E b. Locating a tnrget by shifting from a referenw point (fig. 57). O P ONE . F I R E MISSION PROM REGISTRATION POINT
-

O P ONE FIRE MISSION GRID NINE SEVEN ZERO EIGHT THREE ZERO FIVE FOIiR DIRECTION ZERO EIGF!T TWO ZERO TROOPS IN FOXI-IOLES SECTION RIGHT AT MY CGMMANIi ADJUST F I R E (1. Locnting s tnrget close to friendly troops by shifting from n reference point (fig. 62). O P ONE F I R E MISSION FROM TARGET' ALFA BRAVO SEVEN FIVE TWO DIRECTION POUR TWO S I X ZERO L E F T ONE HUNDRED DROP TWO HUNDRED TROOPS IN @PENEXTENDING RIGHT ONE HUNDRED AND LEFT ONE I-IUITDRED
DANGER CLOSE
ADJUST F I R E
r?. Locating n tnrget to be screened. O P ONE F I R E MISSION PROM REGISTRATION POINT DIRECTION FOUR TIVO HIJNDRED RIGHT TWO 1IUNDR.ED ADD FOUR HUNDRED DEFENSIVE POSITIONS NUMBER ONE WP ADJUST F I R E f. Locating a tnrget by polar coordinates (fig. 69). O P ONE F I R E MISSION DIRZCTION TWO ONE E l G I l T ZERO OT DISTANCE NINE HUNDRED ANTITANK GUN ADJUST F I R E
Note. Observer's locatlon is known by the BDC

300 M

FRIENDLY

' !+-

MEASURED DEVIATION 100 MILS

LOCATING TARGET CLOSE TO FRIENDLY TROOPS BY SHIFTING FROM A REFERENCE POINT

Rigtrre 62. Locating a taroel obae lo friendly trow8 bv alriftiag from a rcferntcc point.

177. Correcting Errors Wheu the observer finds thnt he hns mndc nn orror in orla of 1110 elements of his cnll for fire, hc sends CORRECTION, followed only by the informntion pertaining to the cntirc element in error. He does not rctrnnsmit the corrcct elemcnts of his cnll for fire. If any elerncnt. of the call llus bean omittod erroneously, he sends thnt element to the FDC ns n separnte trnnsmission without repenting hiscntirccnll for fro.

178. Information Sent Observer a. The FDC gives cestnin informntion to the observer to assist lrim in firing the m i ~ ~ i o This n. informntion is informnl in nnturc nnd tho follow, ing sequence is given ns n guide only : Adjllstlng mortnr(8)--------. NUMBER TWO ADJUSTING ?tletllod of ndju8tment.-----.. ONE ROUND Cnrt~ldge nd faze--.-.-----n I-IE
Time of opening Ere--------- WHEN READY

hfortnrH to 6rc for effect----- SECTION hletllod of flre for effect----.- SIX ROUNDS

(when the mortnr orew is ready)

Tnrget number nsslgned------ TARGET NUMBER NINE

b. The first four elemcnts are given to the obsolver before thc ndjustment begins. The rcmnining elements ure given before firing for effect. c. When the F D C cnnnot fire a mission, it notifies tho observer W I L L NOT FIRE, nnd gives him the renson for not firing. d. As ench cnrtridge or volley is fired, the FDC informs the observer SHOT. The time of flight may be given tho observer if nn unnbridged firing tnble is avnilnble in tho FDC. As the unit starts fire for effect, the FDC informs the observer, for exnmple, SECTION FIRING FOR EFFECT. When the observer hns sent AT MY COMMAND, tho FDC trnnsmits READY to indicate thnt the mortuls nre rendy to fire. They 111.0 fired upon remipt of F I R E from the obscrvcr. The FDC notifies the observer when all cnrtridgffi have been fired; for exnmple, ROUNDS COMPLETE.

179. Corrections cr. Genma2. Corrections are made in any firing dntn nftcr nn adjustment. hus stnrtcd. The obscrvcr sonds the corrcctions thnt he wants npplicd for the noxt firing. The corrcctions t.110observcr sends to the F D C uro bnsed on his spotting of the prcvious round. b. Sub,~eqzien.t Cowectiom. (1) Subsequent corrections nrc trnnsmittod to the FDC in the following seqncnco: (a) Distribution (sllu~f)correction. ( b ) Chnnge in nny specinl ryiriromonts (for oxnmple, to chnnge from singlo mortar to sect,ion firc during ndjustment). (c) Chnngo in number of rorlnds to be fired. ( d ) Chnnge in nmmunition (for cxnmple, to chnnge from HE to sn~olcc). (e) Devintion correction (in meters). ( f ) Hoight-of-burst correction. (g) nngo correction. R ( h ) Chnnge in control.
(2.) Terminology.
(a) Dcvintion corrections nre sent to the FDC ns RIGHT ( L E F T ) (so many meters). ( b ) Height-of-bunt corrections are scnt to tho FDC as U P (DOWN) (so many meters). ( 0 ) R ange corrections are scnt to tho FDC: as ADD (DROP) (so many meters). (3) The observc~omits any eloment of the subsequent corrections, whon no chnnge in that element is desired, When some element is to bc corrected, he sends tho correction for thnt elemcnt. When hc desires to fire with the sume dnta as the last round, he requests REPEAT. (4) The observer ends his subsequent corrcctions with n correction for range if there is onc, except. when n chnnge in control is given. I n this cnse, he g i v e n correction for rnngc, followed by the method of fire and control, for example, ADD TWO FIVE, F I R E FOR EFFECT.

CHAPTER 10

CONDUCT OF FIRE ADJUSTMENT

180. General
I n observed fire, the object of fire for ndjustment is to determine from t,he observed buists the firing dntn with mhich to fire for effect. The observer makes his spottings and determines his corrections with respect to the O T line. Due to the innbility of the avernge F O to locate tnrgets ~ccu'ately for the FDC, nnd the dispersion inherent in mortnrs, a first cnrtridge hit on the tnrget is not normnl. The F O follow estnblished principles in forward observation in adjusting on the target. any doubt in the forwnrd observer's mind ns to his nbility to locnta nccl~rntcly snch n now tni-get, he should adjust firo on it, An ndjustment for n shift of less thnn 200 meters mny consist. of only n confirming round or section one cn1,tridgc. For shifts of greater than 200 meters, it is usonlly dosirnble to mnlce n complete fire ndjustment.

182. Spolting
a. Uene?d A spotting is n mentnl process wherein t.110 P O determinos the locntion of the burst or group of bluists with respect to the tnrget. The observer nttempts to mnke positive spottings for rnnge and devintion. I l e then nses this dntn to determine his correction. Spottings are divided into three cntegories: Range, dcvintion, and miscellaneous. The FO, in order to obtnin positive spottings, must cnrefully'&dy the terrain nnd tnke into considerntion wenther conditions, partieolnrly wind nnd its effects on the burst. H e must be trnined to mnke posit,ivc spot,tinp mpidly and nccurntely. b. Range Spottinp. TI~creipe five spottings for r rnnge-over, short, tnrget, doubtful, nnd range correct. I f the cnrtridgc bursts hctween the tnrget nnd observer, it is spotted ns shoit; one which appenrs beyond the tnrget is spotted ns over. If the cnrtridge hits nny portion of tlie tnrget, it is spotted as tnrget. A range cowect spotting is obtained when the round is slightly left or right of the tnrget nnd thc observer determines that it is at tlie correct rnngc. I f tho round is left or right. nnd the observer cnnnot. mnke n positive rnnge spotting he spots the round ns doubtful. c. Deviation Spotting.?, There nre three spott i n s for deviation-left, right, or line. When spotting for devintion, the observer measures the mil devintion using the horizontal mil scale of his binoculars. He mnlres his spotting nnd records it as right or left (so much). He makes ;lo correction for a spotting of 10 mils or less unless this

181. Fire Adiusfment

a. The F O adjusts fire by the brncketing or creeping methods. He mnkes his spotting nnd gives his corrections mitli respect to the O T line. An offline burst is brought to the O T line by npplying n correction which is determined by multiplying the observed devintion in mils by the estimnted O T distance in thousands of meters (the deflection conversion table mny also be wed to determine this correction) (pnrn 132). The devintion correction in meten so determined is sent to the FDC ns R I G H T ( L E F T ) (so much). Bunts nre kept on the O T line graphically by tho FDC. Range corrections in meters nre sent to tho FDC by the FO. Range corrections nre determined nlong the OT line by. seeking an iuitinl rnnge brncket nnd therenfter successively splitting the bmcket until the correct rnnge is determined. b. Normnlly, fire is adjusted on n tnrget before fire for effect is delivered. However, it is not almays necessary to ndjnst fire on nren targets which can be located nccurntely mitli reference t o n point upon which an ndjustment hns previously been completed. As a genernl rnle, new nren tnrgets which requirc n shift of less thnn 200 meters in rnnge or devintion or both (from n reference point already adjusted upon), do not require n complete ndjustment prior to fire for effect. When there is

deviation error persists thro~~glloiit ndjustment. the (fig. 63).

Note. When instruments nrr? not ovollnble, mensure nngles by the hnnd, llngers, mil scnle nlldnde, or n ruler held n k n o w n dlstnnee Prom the eye. Determine t h e nngle subtended by ench before you go into tlie lleld. These nnglcs may vary froni tlle nnglcs shown in figure 60.

L E F T (RIGHT) (so much). The following arc oxnmplcs of cornputntion of dcvintion corrections :
OT dialonrr 700 mctcrs.........
OTlndor

1,500 mctcrs.. .....

.7

slrll loll~

Irilo
Junia rorndio~

40R
50L

2,500 mctcrs.. . ... .

3,000 ~netcrs.. .._

1. 5 2. 5 3. 0

1001.
20R

LEFT 30 IZIGIIT 80 RIGHT 250 LEFT 00

d. Ni~cellaneous Spottings. (1) If the F O lins been ndjusting tire on n given target nnd n round suddenly bursts out of the normnl disnersion imttern. either for rnnge or devintion, this round is spotted as ewatic. An errntic round may be cnusod by faulty nmmunition, errors within the FDC, or errors in lnging the mortnr. After spotting n round ns erratic, the F O notifies the FDC so n clicck cnn be mnde to determine thc cnuse before firing nnother cnrtridge. The FO may neither see nor 11enr the round that mns fired. He m y only honr tlie cartridge nnd might possibly innlce a positive spotting for rnnge or devintion on this bnsis. When he cnnnot innke n positive spotting, lie spots the round ns lost. I n such cnscs lie may either mnlce n bold change or linve tlie next cnrtridge fired wit11 the snme data.

d. Cowecting Emmeous OT P n c t o ~During the . adjustment, the observer m y find tlint. his initial estimate of the OTdistnnco wns in error. 111 such n cnse, lie most. ndjust his OT fnctor in nccordnnce of with n new esti~nnte the OT distnnce.

184. Bracketing For the brncketing method of ndjusting mortnr fire with n fire direction center, see pnrngrnph 167.

185. Adjustment of Fire Close to Friendly Troops

For the oreeping mothod of ndjusting moptar fire, see pnrngrnph 158.
186. Adjustment of Shaaf It may be necessnry for the observer to ndjust tliesl~enf n seet,iontocorre,-t for any errorsmndo of in lnying the section pamllel or to obtnin n specinl shenf. Tlie front covered by tiny slienf is tlie width of the sheaf plus tlie width of n burst. The types of sheaves which mny be rerloired to ndjust nro parnllel and specinl. A specinl shenf mny be converged, open, or closed (fig. Gd j.

183. Deviation Corrections a, General. A devintion correction is the distance i ; ~ meters required to move n subsequent burst, or the center of n subsequent group of bursts, right or left to plnce it on the O T line. The observer computes devintion corrections to the nenrest 10 meters. b. The OT Pacto?. Tlie number e x p ~ w i n g ob. server-to-tnrget distnnce in tliousnnds of mete's is culled the O T fnctor. The O T fnctor is cnrried out to one decimal plnce. An O T fnctor of 1.5 represents nn O T distnnce of 1,500 (1,451 to 1,549) meters. O T distance cnn be mensured on n mnp or estimated. 0. Con~putation of Deviation Correctim. The observer uses tho mil rclation to compute n devintion correction. H e multiplies the observed devintion spotting in mils by the O T fnctor to obtnin the required correction in meters. This amount is rounded off to the nenrest 10 meters. The COITWtion is given in tlie direction opposite the spotting. Deviation correction is nnnounced in meters ns

187. Parallel Sheaf

Following n registmtion, the FDC may tell tlie observer t o ndjust n pnrnllel sheaf to correct for nny errors mnde in lnying the section pnrallel. Wiencver possible, organic FD's nre used to ndjust n pnrallel slienf. The shenf ndjustment is stnrted nftcr the correct rnnge lins been determined by the ndjusting mortnr. The FDC fires section right (left) nnd the observer sends individunl corrcctions to place ench burst npproximntely 30 meters apart. This gives n slienf width of npproximntely 60 meters and n sheaf front of npproximntely 90 meters. (These figures are based on n normnl section width of npproximntely 60 meters. I f the section width is not npproximntely 60 meters, the FDC tells the observer to ndjust n shenf widtli cqunl to the section width.) The observer does not correct the rnngc of individual bursts, but if necessnry lie corrects the rnngc of the center of impnct

\
\ \ \

\ \
\
SPOTTING: NO. 1SHORT, LINE, NO, 2 DOUBTFUL, 80 MILS RIGHT, NO. 3 OVER, LINE. NO. 4 OVER, 60 MlLS LEFT.

\ \

\ \ \

b
P i y a v e 63. Spotting.

A. PARALLEL SHEAF

(?

----------- - -C. OPEN SHEAF

of t,he section if in error. (The base ~nortnr ndis justed on the registrntion point and the bursts of the other mortars lire nlso ncljustctl xvitl~ respect to the registrntion point.) The obse~ver does this by cletermining the nklth in mils necessary between cnch burst using the mil fonnuln: N equals W over R. When the shenf is fired, he rends thc devintion of ench burst from the plnce where it should be; nnd using the mil formuln npnin, he gives corrections in meters to plnce the burst in tho proper position in the sheaf; for exnmple, NUMB E R ONE. HIGI-IT TWO ZERO: NUMBER THREE, LEFT THREE ZERO: END OF MISSION.

b. After the flnnlc i~djustmentis roniplrtrrl, t h e ol~scrvcrr;~lls 11111t1110 x l ; ~ fllr opiweil (1.igl11 or left) to c o v ~ rtlrt! t ; ~ ~ y ~ tt s i r l I n I ; I section (right, or left) bo fired. (An exirtnplc of 11 subseqnent corrertion t o open the shenf following tho cstnblishment. of n 100-meter brncltet is 1,EF'I' TWO ZERO, OPEN S H E A F L E F T (RIGHT) TWO I-IUNDIIIU)MKTERS, SISCTIOI; LICFT (RIGHT), SMOKE, ADD F I V E ZERO. Noto. In sectlon nre, tho FDC wlll nlwnys Rre SEC. TION RIGHT unlew tho observcr s~ecllles SECTION

188. Special Sheaves Pire for effect is no~mnlly delivered with n pnrnllel shenf. In situntions where the F O cnlls for a special shenf, the F n C makes the necessnry computntions and then fires for effect with the new dat'. When firing on tnrgets of specinl shnpe, the observer mny decide to request n confirming volley and correct the shenf, if neceasnty, prior to firing for effect. Wlien adjusting n shenf of any type, the observer notes the direction of the wind and then requests the shenf be fired from loft or right so the rounds, ns they burst, will not obscure thespottings of subsequent rounds.

to iidjust the smolto on the tire11to 11e screencd nnd to conform to tho wind direction and velocity. The observer sends his rorrcctions (in ineters) to the FIX: for ench mortnr which needs lo be correctctl; for exn~nple, N l I ONE, RIGHT F I V E ZERO. Bnsecl on the observer's co~rections,the

L I S T in his nubsequent correction. c. Tho observer uses these rounds

189. FO Procedure in Use of Smoke (fig. 05) a. After cnreful evnluntion of the terrnin and weatlm; the oberver locirtes a point on the ground where lie wishes to plnce one flnnlc of his screen. For exnmple, if n flanking wind prevails, the observer normally locntes the point of impact in front of the tnrget nnd upwind. If nocclssnry, the obsorvor ncljusts fire to determine the correct locntion of this point. For n screening mission, splitting n 100-meter brncltot is normnlly snficient. In the call for fire the observer should cnll for either No. 1 OP No. 3 mortni. ns the adjusting mortnr, depending on tlls direction of tho wind. If u tnilwind (n wind from 6 o'cloolc) or n headwind (a wind from 12 o'clock) prevnils, the observer's choice for the adjusting tnortnr depeuds on the flank from which he desires to open the shenf. An exnmple of n screening mission call for fire is given in para- 1 graph 176.

I I I 1 I OWECT
Figure 65.

TO BE SCREENED

8mokeacrcen placement.

initial screen is established. The observer reqnests tho necessnry cnrtridges to mnintnin the screen and sends iorrections to the FDC for individnnl mortars to fill in any gaps which occur. Based on the tnctical requirements of the mission and the cft'ectiveness of t.hc screen, the observer may call for a certain rate of fire.

7%.

FP3 Procedure in Adjustment

of ilhminatiaw

ng ,rhe point of burst of ti,e i ~ ~ l t n l i n n t it.ounti tllc maximm~millurninitis pl;rced so as to tion of the target xren ill 6 ~ ~ n positiotl thnt. the 11 Anal traverse of tho flnro is not between the observer and the target.

CHAPTER 11

FIRE DIRECTION CENTER PROCEDURE

Section I. ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTION OF FDC

191. Prearranged Fires I n the defense, clctniled prcpnrations cnu be rnnde for the effective delivery of fire. Fires for which detniled nntl exnct dntn are prepnred beforofires. l ~ a n d re known ns p ~ w t r l w ~ g e d In the nttnck, n however, especinlly in . fnst-moving situntion, 60-mm mortars are limited in the nmount of prepnration possible.
192. Organization a. The F D C enables the lei~clerto control nncl quicltly muss the fires of his entire unit.. The F D C is locnted nt 01. very nenr the firing positions so that tire commands may be transmitted to the mortnr crew by voice. b. Cnlls for fires nre reparted from nll source directly to the F D C \vhere the tnrgets are plotted on the firing chatt (MI6 plotting board). From this chnrt, firing dntn is prepared by the computer nnd nnnounccd to the mortnr crews as fire commnnds. The F D C can be opernted by tho computer alone; however, it, is desirnble to include n rndiotelephone operntor so the conlpnter can concentrnte on his primnry duties of computing firing dntn nnd issuing communds. c. The term "Chief Computer" 1 s used 1 thronghout this ~nnnunlrefers to the individunl who is respo~lsible the co1nmnnc1cr for the conto duct of the mortnr section. H e mny be referwd to ns chief computer or section lender; the current TOE will designate his title.

trntion point cpnnot be readily identified on the mnp, lie drnws n line fl.om tho mortcw locntion to tho npproximnte center of the sector. By using 11 protmcto~,he cru~ then determine the nzimrlth t,o the genernl nren or exnct locntion. Note. When a plottlng board la belng used to control the flre of the mortars, they nre mouotcd on the ck?eet 60.111.16 ozlr~~stk the nzl~~n~tll to nctunlly deter~nlnerl. F o r n detniled explnnntion of the methods of detemining the mounting nzi~nuth, p ~ ~ r e g r ~ ~ p l l see 104, After the mounting nzimuth hns been established by one of the severnl methocls, the sqund lenders supervise the mounting of the mortnrs on the nnnouncod wimoth. The computcr the11 dotennines the initinl firing datx. b. Determine Initial Firing Dntn. Initial firing data consists of thc deflection nnd rnnge to fire thc first, cnrtridge in n rcgistrntion, or the ninrk center of sector round. The deflection is determined by using the plotting board, bused on the mounted nzimuth. A rnnge is determined which is sufficient to plnce ,the first round in n position in the target wen where the observer cnn see it nnd begin his ncljustment. c. Enforce Prioritiex of P i w . I n mnny cnse, the commnnder (compnny or plntoon) may nssign priorities of fire for the rifle units of tho company. The computcr must be nwwe of the tncticnl situntion nnd priorities of fire. H e cnn then inform the observers whether or not their missions can be fired. d . Detei*n~ineNzrmbe72 of Alortarv and CUTtridgex to 6e Fimd. A tnrget cnn be engnged with one mortnr, two mortnrs, or three mortars. Then there is the qucstion of horn m m y cnrtridges the s e & m must use to fire for effect. These decisions re mi~de the FDC, hserl upon the known tactint cnl situntion and the nmount of ammunition arnilnble.

General Duties of Personnel (1.. Deternline Mozinbhl(/ Asimzrth. There w e severnl wnys of clete~~~nining mounting the nzinn~th. The most generally used w~tyis by II mnp. The romputer or chief compnter dctermincs thnt locntion of the section I)II tllc map ~undthen locntes the registration p o i ~ ~ It n ctlse the regis.
9
1Y 0

e. C o m p t c Firing .Ontn. One of thc most important tnslts of t h r IWC is to reccivc t,he observer's cnlls for lire ~ t n dfro111IIICSP (,i~lls eterd mine the firing dntii for the section, using the plotting bonrtl. T l ~ i is usually the. job of the courpnter, s 195. Map Method but ire cnn bc rclievcd in .this crpiicity by the r I he mo~intingilzimull~n n ~ yht! r ~ l ~ ~ : ~ i froin nctl chief computer w l n ~\vonltl spell him in 1 1.011ncl1 il. III:I]),:I plinto~nnp. 01. 1111 i ~ ~ r i i l l ~)Iiotngi~:~pli. the-clock operntion. 1~ii5sl, posi.tiw~IWI the. 111r. Inc~:11' 110th the IIIOP~:II. f . Isst~cFire ( ? o ? ~ ~ n ~ n From the data deterwfs. get positioi~on 1 lic I I ~ or p11oto. S r s l , dr;i\\. :I line I mined from the plotting b o ~ u d , the compntcr determines thc fire comn&l nnd issurs it to the firing unit. Tho Are coinnlnnd relnys pert.ine11.tina. 1Vhe11 11 protrsr+or is used, e x ~ e n d the formnt.ion relntire to the type of fire to be dclivt wrticirl g ~ , i d MOR'r-TGT linc until it i n ~ e r s wII ~ ered nnd the direction, elevation, nnd ~11ni~ge be to line. Lay tho protrnctor on tlw nrnp 0). pl~otomiql rlscd: t with it3 intlcs ~ r this intcrscctio~rand the straightg. Maintain PX?tg Record. It is important for the FDC to rcwril nll firing tlatn, for in many edge iilollg the r c ~ t i c n lgrid line. Ilentl the nzicnses vnrious tnrgcts nrc fired on ngain. If t l ~ c muth from t l ~ c mortar to the target. Then convert. this ~ n n p(grid) nziniwtl~ into >I ~nountingnzifiring d~ltiil ~ n s been piwiously recorded, it will preclude tlic ndjustmtnt nu targets irlrcndy enmuth and send it. to tlic mortar position (fig. G G ) . gaged. There is the possibility that 11unit mny be b. When :I compass is used, orient the map or photo \\.it11 thc co~npnss. Pliire tho line of sight of relieved an linc. In such n cnse., the relieving unit. the compnss along tlie MORT-'I'GT linc d r n w will 11ave n record of d l tnrgets in their scctor of on the mnp or photo. Then rend .the azimutli indifire. cntcd by the compnss index. This is the mngnctic IL. Maintain Ammunition Record. Tlic FDC azimut,Ir from the mortnr to t l ~ otarget tlint is should be n\vare of the amount of a~nninnition tlie sent to the mortnr position ns thc mounting section l ~ n s hnnd so that it cnn determine how on trzimutl~ (fig. 67). mnny cnrtridges to usc in engaging n target. When c. When no north-south line hns bcen placed it is evident to the chief computer or conipnter on nn nerinl plrotogmplr, dotennine this lino by that t,Im nmmunition supply is low, a cnn first locnting your position accurntoly on the bo made for resupply. pl~oto.Then pick out solno prominent terrnin fen194. Determining Mounting Azimuth and tura which can bc locatcd on both the ground and Firing Data tho photo. Dmw n linc on tho photo from your location to the terrnin fenture. By use of a compnss a. Qeneral. The following information is or nn niming circle, read the mngnetic azimuth noeded iu the preparntion of initial firing dntn: to the terrain feature. With the index of the pro(1) hfounting azinrotli, All nzimutl~s uscd in trnctor on tlrc point wlliclr indicntes your location mortar gunnery nre normally grid nzion the photo, rotate the protractor nround its index mutlrs. The use of grid azimuths fnciliuntil the azimuth of the. line of your position-tcrtntcs tho exchange of i n f o I. m n t i o n rain fcnture is indicntcd by its proper rending on between indirect fire units. the protrnctor scnle. Without moving the protrnc(2) Referred deflection. tor, draw a line d o n g the straiglrtedgo of thc (3) Initial deflection. protractor. This line is tlic magnetic north-south (4) Initial rnngc. line of the nerinl photo. b. D e t e ~ n ~ i n iMounting flzin~zdh. o protect w~ T tho crew, the mortnr is located in defilade. From 196. Azimuth Method this locntion, the gunner is not nble to lay the The Icnder uscs.this inctlrod \vlicn ire cannot see
vertical lino of the sight tlircct.ly on thc target. tho mortnr position fmm Iris wntngc point 01.
Consequently, it becomes neccssnry to cdnblisli nn obscrvation post on or n m r the MORT-TGT line.
niming point to lny the mortnr(s). T h e method H o intlieiitcs thr mortnr position nnd mores to his
selectcd to cstnblislr this ;liming point depends on vantagc point or obscrvation post. Hc is acconl-
whether the lender v h o determines tlrc mounting
3

'

panied by n msscngcl.. 'Thc lcndcr plncrr; himself npproxi~nntelyon tile MORT-TGT 1 i n r (to aid in establishing this line, he sclects n lnndmarlr nt or near tho lnortnr position before moving to his observntion post) and rends the mngnctic nzin111th in mils to the tnrgct (fig. 68). H c then scnds tho messenger bnck to tho mortnr position with n written notntion of tho nzinn~th. Tllc gunncr drivcs 11 stnltc to support thc compass, lnys off the rcrnrclcd nzimuth, and directs Ko. 2 to plncc nn niming post, on thc line of sight of the instrun~cnt. During thc opcmtion, the mortnr nnd mount. nro removed nt least 10 incters from tho colupnss la reduce impnetic disturbnncc. TlrCcompass support. stnltc cnn then bo uscd ns a bnseplntc stnlm to nlinc the bnseplnto for direction.

see the target, p l n ~ w hi~nsrlf(m tlw MOR'T-TGT line, and positions thc MI0 ai~ningpost O I L this line. IIc turns tho iilitli~druntil it for~ns:I c~,osspiccc on t l ~ c aiming post. nnd tightens the wingnut. 1.18 sights :dong tho nlidndc, nlining the strnigl~tedge on tho tnrgct (fig, 69). Withont. tlistrlrhing the position uf the inlidnrle, Ire niovcs irround the niming pmt, &11ts I ) ; ~ r l inlong the s:in~estrnigl~tcilge to tho mortnr position. iunrl directs thnt the Imscplrcto srqlco be driven ~ I this liw to innrlc the I locntion of the bnseplntc. Tlrc giinne~tll.ives tho bnseplatc sti~lce,No. 3 itlincs the sighting line of thc bnsoplnte on the line, bnscplntr stnltc-:~i~ning post.

198. Plotting Board Method

Tha mounting nzi~nuth cnn bc deterniinecl grnphicnlly using the plotting Ironrd 11s indicnted in pn~*ngrnpln 205.

197. Direct Alinement

Tlre lender indicntes tho epproximnte mortnr position, moves forwnrtl to n point whore he can

1.

LOOKING FROM OP
TOWARD TARGET

2. LOOKING FROM OP TOWARD MORTAR POSITION

I. SIGHTING TO TARGET

2. SIGHTING BACK

FROM OP

TO MORTAR POSITION
FROM OP

PLprc 09. Dtrect alhccnloflt (almi.nopost) motbod.

199. Determining Initial Deflection When Mortar is Mounbd n. Wlien mortars nre nlrendy mounted nnd niming posts plncod out, initial deflection to new tnrrefergets is determined ns n deflection in l n i l s ~ ~ i t l ~ ence to the niming post,s estnblislml. b. Wlien n plotting board is being used to control the fires of the mortars, target-grid methods of fire control), the deflection to the new tnrget is detennined with reference to the niming posts thnt have been placed out by the mortar crews in a direction specified by thc FDC.

(1) Estimation by eye. (2) P lotting bonrd (para 235).

(3) Mnp, photomap, or rer rial photog~vrph.

200. Determining Initial Range

a Several methotls of determining initinl rnnge . are possible, with the choice of method to be used left to the lendor determining the initial rnnge. No matter wlint mctliods arc used initii~lly,it is usnnlly necessary to detennino the exnct rnnge by adjustment before firing for effect. 6. Initial rnngernny be determined by-

Place the stmightedge along the grnphical scale of the nnip or photo and rend the distance between tho mnrks (between t,hemortar nnd the target). (4) Field glasses nncl mil formula. ( a ) Select at the s:me rnnge as the tnrget nn object the width of which (in mcters) is ltnown or iipproximately known. ( b ) Read the width of the object. in mils with tho field glasses. (6) Knowing the width of the object in meters W ,and tho width of the object in mils If, solve the mil for~nllla f o B , TIE rcscllt is in tl~ousnndsof ~ meters. ( 5 ) Intersection (para '232). ( 6 ) acing. P

(7) T nping 01. nse of wire rnirrlr~~l with t.np or knotted nt 50- or 100-meter intciwds. Wotc. The lust two methods nrr uorrnnlly uscd to deterlnlne dlstnnccs such ns from the OP to the mortnr positions or from one lllortnr posi. tlon to nnother.

201. No Immediate Target When there is no tnrget to be cngngcd immcdintely, nn azimntl~from the mortnr position to a . rcgistrntion point or center of the unit sector is determined nnd the inortnrs nre inonnted on this azimuth. Firing dntn is then determined to wgister the mortnrs on the rcgistiwtion point. When rcgistrntion is complctc, both the FDC nnd forwnrd observer hnve 11 common point of reforonce. It, is possible to shift from the registration point (common point of reference) nnd cngnge other t n r p t s throud~out unit sector. the 202. Firing Data The information necessary to point (Iny) mortars is termed f i h g data nnd includes direction, distribution, and range, This dntn may be obtnined by computntion, estimation, or grnpliicnl means based on locntiona obtnined by observntion or by map or photopnpliic nnnlysis. The computer converts firing dntu to fire commnnds, which are tmnsmitted to the mortnrs, All numbers given in fire commnnds nnd FDC commnnds nre repented digitby-digit except when they are in even hundreds or thousnnds.

not prnctirnhlc, tclepl~onc, mdio, or arm-rind-11nnd signnls may hr. ~~sccl. The gnnners rcpcnt tho elements of every firc rommnnd 11s they ~eccivo them. 6. Typex. Fire roinmands : i ~ c of two typesInitial fire conavan?~dsnnd .xub.scquen.t fi7.c aomm n d s . The elerncnts of hotli follow 11 definite sequence. Howvcr, snbsequont connnnnds include such elements as :we chnngcd, c!xcept tlint. elevation is nlw.~ys announced.

205, Initial Fire Commands Initinl fire connn~nnds contnin the necessary dntn to lny the mortnrs nnd fire thc first round. The sequcnco for trnnsmission of the initial fire command isa. Mortnrs to follow commnnds. b. Cartridge nnd fuze. c. Mortnrs to fire. d. Method of fire. e. Deflection. f . Charge. g. Time setting.
IL. Elcvntion.

206. Elements of Initial Fire Commands a, Not~tat.sto Rollow Oom?nmds. This element serves two nurnoses-it alerts the firing unit, nnd it designntes those weapons of the firing unit which will execnte nll but the Ionding nnd firing instructions. An example of this elckmt is SECTION. The commnnd for n single mortar or n combination of mortars is NUMBER ONE or SECTION. 203. FDC Command This c l e m e ~ ~ t definitely establishes rnl~ichpieces Tho jire directim center command contains the of the firing unit will follow tho command. information, usually delivered infomnally by the 6. Cartridge m d Pme. The type of round is chief computer to the computer, which the comdetermined by the F D C with regnrd to the cnll puter must hnve to computo the firing dntn to be for fire from the F O nnd the amount and type placed on tho mo~+h.rs. of nmmunition nvnilnblo, ns HE QUICK, WP, or ILLUMINATING. 204. Fire Commands Note. Elevntions nnd charge8 used in this mnnunl are n. Origin. Fire commnnds originnte with the bawd on round, HE&. M40A2. computer nt the FDC, or when mortnrs nre emc. Nortuvs to Pire. This element dcsignntm the ployed without nn FDC, with the lencle~~ the nt spccific mortnr or mortnrs which will fire. The observntion post. These commnnds contnin the commnnd to fire n single mortnr is NUMBER technicnl instructions which ennble the gunners TWO, NUMBER ONE, ctc. This clement is omitto lny tho mortnrs for elevntion nnd direction. ted if the mortnr or ~nortnrs fire nro the same to b. T?*ansmimion.It is often desirable to issue e fire commnndsin frngmentnry form ns tl~eelemcnts m those nnnounced in tho fi~st lement (mortnrs tn follow). of the mmmand w e determined. When issued in d. Nethod of Five. Mortnrs designated to fire this mnnncr, the commnr~dcnn be cxecuted while nre notified ns to the number of rounds thnt will it is being issued. Whenever prncticnble, fire combe used and specinl instructions ns to nianipulntion mands are given ornlly. When voice commnnds nre

..

or control required by the FDC. Examples of methods of fire are(1) Volley firc, whcn each designated nlortar fires the specificd number of rounds as rapidly as consistent with accurncy without regard to other mortars; for example, F I V E ROUNDS or F I V E ROUNDS A T hlY COMMAND. (2) Section fire, when mortars are fired successively from a designated flank at regular intervals (normally 10 seconds) ; for cxamplc, SECTION RIGHT ( L E F T ) ONE ROUND. (3) Continuous firc, when a series of sections arc desired; for example, CONTINXJOUS F I R E FROM T H E RIGHT A T TWENTY SECONDS. (4) Searching firc, when a tnrget in depth is engaged; for exnmple, F I V E ROUNDS, SEARCH U P TWO TURNS. (5) Travening fire, mhen a target in width is o n g a g e d ; for cxnmple, FOUR ROUNDS, TRAVERSE RIGHT T H R E E TURNS, A T MY COMMAND. e, Deflection. The FDC designates direction by announcing the deflection to be plnccd on the sight; for example, DEFLECTION TWO E I G H T E I G H T ZERO. f . Charge. A chargc consistent with the required elevation is announced; for example, CHARGE TWO. g. Elevffition. he FDC announw tho elevation T to be plnced on the sight ns obtained from the firing table; for exnmple, ELEVATION ONE T W O T H R E E ONE. Note that the FDC does not announce a control olemcnt at tho end of the fire commnnd. The elevation element is the command to fire unless tho F D C specified otherwise in the method of @e element.

b. When tho scction is ready to firc, tho section lcnclcls notifies tho FDC thnt tho scction is IJP. Thc FDC then commnnds FIRE.

207. Examples of Initial Fire Commands a. For a section (bnse mortar conducting adjustment mhen rendy, section to fire for effect)SECTION I I E QUICK NUMBER TWO ONE ROUND DEFLECTION TWO SEVEN FOUR FIVE CHARGE T H R E E ELEVATION ONE ONE E I G H T SEVEN

208. Subsequent Fire Commands cr. G e n e d . Subscqucnt, fire con~mnndsinclude only sl~ch clcm~nts s nrc chnnged. l~xcept a that tho clcvntion is nl\rnys announced. 6. C o ~ w x t l ' o n ~ Deflection.. Corrections in dein flections nro given in mils-DEFLECTION TWO EIGIIT EIGFIT F I V E ; 1)EFLECTION TWO S I X FOUR ZERO! etc. When the deflection is correct, this elcment. is omitted in thc subsequent fire commnnd. Thc cxnct deflection to be plnecd on tho sight is nnnounccd each time the deflection clement is given. c. Cowoction,s in Eleuntiow.. This elcmcnt is nlways incl~~dctl the subsequent fire command. in The elcvatio~~ given in mils-ELEVATION is ONE TWO THREE ONE. Whcn tho clcvation clcment is nnchnnged, repent. the unnounced elcvntion. d . Ceme Pidng ctnd Suspeml Fdving. (1) CEASE FIRING is announced when a fire mission is completed. I t indicates thnt the mortnr crew will remain on tho alert and thnt ndditionnl instructions are to follow. Firing is r e n e ~ ~ e d nnuouncing by n new firc command. (2) SUSPEND FIRING indicatas a temporary cessation of firing nnd allows firing to be resumed with the same data by use of the commnnd RESUME FIRING, or by n snbsequent command. e . End of Alert. The end of the nlert is nnnounced as END O F MISSION. This nllows the mortar crew to relnx between fire missions. The glmner nntomnticnlly lnys on the center of sector with nn elevntion of 1100 mils or, in defensive situntions, lays with the deflection and elevation for the finnl protective fires.

209. Examples of Subsequent Fire Commands

a. For the adjusting m o ~ t a of a sectionr DEFLECTION TWO SEVEN S I X ZERO ELEVATION ONE ONE EIGHT TWO b. For a section (bnse mortnr hns completed adjustment and the FDC wnnts the section to fire for efiect whcn ready)SECTION
F I V E ROUNDS

FUC. ( 3 ) T h e fire commnuds announced to the firing mortnrs. 210. Repeating and Correcting Commands (4) Adjusted dntn. ( 6 ) Firingcorrections (if nny). a. Repeating Comn~nnds. When the gminer fnils (6) Dntn. for replot (npplicnl~leonly \rllen to understnnd nny element of the fire commnnd, liring corrections hnve h e n dcterniined). lie mny request n repetition of tllnt elemeut by (7) The amount of ammunition exl~cndcd. nnnou~icing S A Y AGAIN T H E D E F L E C T I O N : b. When no firing corrections Imve been deter( E L E V A T I O N ) , When nny crewmember asks mined, the firing correction uid dntn for rcplot is thnt nny element be repented, 11iia11iderstn11di11g nvoided by prefncing the repented element \\.it11 nro disregarded on the DA Form 2399-R. M71~en no firing correction 11ns been determined, tllc ndthe phmse T H E COMMAND WAS--. justed dntn and dntn for replot nre the snme. T h e b. Corrections. computer uses one DA Form 2399-R for ench now ( 1) Tnitial f b e comvumd. When tlie computer fire mission. H e mny destroy this form nfter comhns issued his initinl fire commnnd t o the pleting 'the fire mission, tmnsferring the pertinent, gunners and fiuds thnt he has mnde nn dntn to tho firing c h n ~nnd the D A Form 2188-R. l emor in one of the elements, 11s sends c. The compute^^ records the firing dntn on n CORRECTION, followed only by the inDA Form 2188-R for the tnrgets thnt hnvc heen formntion pertnining to the entin? elefired on. 1 uses it. in coujunction with the plot% ment in error. The remnining elements of ting bonrd so thnt. he does not hnve to include the the initial fire commnnd need not be detniled informntion for each tnrget on the plotreissued. ting bonrd. After n mission l~nsbeen fired, he (2) Subsequent fi.6 comnnands. When the lrecords the following on the DA Form 2188-R: computer issues erroneous dntn in the subtnrget number (or finnl protective fire number), sequent commnnds, lie covrects i t by snying CORRECTION, followed by t l ~ c MORT-TGT range, MORT-TGT nzirnutli, doscription, totnl deflection from registmtion point, entire corrected commnnd. The word direction '(deflection nnd niming point), elevntion "correction" in this c w cnncels the entire nnd cl~n.rge, firing corrections determined nfter nnd subsequent fire commnnd. reregistrntion. For prenrl-nnged fires, he includes 21 1. Firing Data Records tlie mortnrz t o firo nnc! methods of fire. Firing dntn records nre mnintnined by the com212. Operation of FDC for Larger Indirect puter and consist of the computer's sheet (DA Fire Weapons Form 2399-R) (fig. 53, F M 23-90) nnd D A Form F o r a study of the operntion of FDCs of tlie 2188-R (Firing Dntn Sheet) (fig. 70) which will largcr indirect firo wenpolls, to include 4.2-inch bo reproduced locnlly on 10vz by 8 inch pnper. mortnrs nnd large caliber nrtillery, see F M 23-90, n. T h e DA Form 2390-R is used to recordF M 23-92, and F M 6 4 0 . (1) T h e cull for fire or the F D C wmmnnd.

D E F L E C T I O N T W O S E V E N FOlJR ZERO E L E V A T I O N ONE O N E E I G H T T W O

(2) Snbsequcnt. rorrections reported to the

A Farm

2188-R,

1 NOV 58

WLACES DA A M , FORM R-5656. 1 M R 51 A

Blgure 70. Btiggcsledflrtng dota albeel.

Section II. MI0 AND M17 PLOTTING BOARDS

213. General
The MI0 nnd MI7 plotting bonrds nro fire.com trol instruments designed to l~elp ope~ator tho in computing nnd plotting firing dnt;r. They consist of n tmnspnrcnt, rotntnble disk nttncl~edt o n Ant base (fig. 71). They are sturdy, simple to opcmte, accurate, ;rnd ensily ndnpted to use in the field. They nre carried in a doruble cnnvns case. a. Base. (1) The bwo (lig. 72) is sqniirc OII one side tmd semicircular on the other. Printed on the, base iuid directly under the tlislc is 1% circnli~r tire11 ~niirlcetl wit11 I revtiuigolnr grid printed in red (green with tho MI$). Kate the md biise k h li?w w i t h tla riwoto. This index line is grndunted ootnnrd from the center (pivol point) from 0 to 2.0 in 11~11dreds meters. of

These n u ~ n b e irre spnced at every second ~s liorizontnl line line. Each s~nnll grid squnro is, tlicrefore, 5 0 meters on n side.'h the left of the index line ore figtires giving double vslnes for tho grid squares. At this scnle, ench small grid scale is 100 meteis on 11side. Hon.ever, rmy rnlzte o ~ u ~ y be assigned to the small grirl sqtiot,c ~ohich best suits the pwAlem. at hand. (2) The red arrow of the bnsa index line points to a red "0" nnd it fine red line \ \ k h extends to the edge of the plottillfi board (thi*ouglithe center of the remiel. scide). This line red line is tho iwn't.~! ~ ~ ~ aonl the bnse at icl~irhd l d~flertiun.~ r c 01, traimuth,q are I W U ~ .The base is oriented w l m the 7cd nwoti: of the index linc is at the top (pointing nwny from tho oper-

ntor) and the squnre side is to thr. operator's right. The pivot point, designnted by the lette~s OF, represents the locntion of the observntion post, or of n tiring position, ns desired. (8) Besides the grid scnles, tl~erc printed are on the bnsc three scnles for ~ ~ ~ e a s u rnndg in n vernier scnle for grenter nccurncy ~ I I using the mil scale on the dislr. These scales are(a) A t the bottom of tho base is n t?i?~le m a p scale in yards (meters with the M17) with its legend above it, with representntive fractious of 1/50,000: 1/25,000; nnd 1/5,000. T110su representative fractions refer respectively to the top, middle, rind lower scnles. IJso these scnlcs to transfer data to or from n mnp or firing chart which hns one of these scnles. (6) At tho right side is n scale of inci~c~ in l o t h , numbered from 0 to 7 inches and having an extension divided into helpful in rending neimuths nccurntely 20th~. to one mil, when tbe ides7 on the bnsc ( 0 ) t the top is n scnle in centimetevs, diA is not directly under one of the gr~tduvided into millimeters, nnd numbered ations on the mil scnle. from 1 to 9. b. Plotting D i d . The disk (fig. 78) is mnde of ( d ) Opposite the red nrrow of the index s plnstic mnterinl which is roughened on the upper line is n vernier scnlt! for use wit11 the surface to receive pencil marks. Four scales nnd IL mil scale on tho dislr. This scale is fine blnck line nro printed on the disk ns follows: (1) A complcte mil scnle (referred to later as the mil scnle) is printed i n black, running nround the outer edge in n clockwise direction to conform to the compass for plotting oaimuth nngles. This scale is divided in 10-mil incremznts nnd numbered in l~undredsof mils from 0 to 6400. (2) A supplementnry scnle (the midcile scnlc) is printed in red, running counterclocltwise from 0 to $200 nnd $200 to 500. This middle scnle is umbered in hundreds of mils. It is used ill computing angles of site for wenpons other thnn mortnrs. ( 3 ) A second sopplementnry mil sciile (the inner scnle) is printed in hlnclc nnd runs clockmise. Tho 0 of this scnle nppears under the 5200 on the mil nrrrle. This scnle is numbered ill hu~~dreds mils from 0 of to 3201). It is nsed in computing angles of site for weapons other tlrnn mortnrs. t.'iytiro 71. AIlO plottiny board
128

(4) A line blncli line, referred to 11sthe center-

CENTER LINE

line, is p~,inlrd wross the di;~met.er thr of disk fro111 to :Pi00 on the mil scnle. I'lus 0 ;rnd minus signs nrc priutetl in red nt. both ends of this contorline for use iu computing nngles of site for wenpons other thnn inortnrs.

214, Care and Preservation

a. I n hiu~dling plotting bo~rrd, r:weful to the be twoid bending, scratching, or chipping i ~ Do not . use peucils l~nrder than 2H or gritty wnsers on the trnnspnreut. plotting surface. B. To clenn the dislc or bnse, wipe n.ith lens tissue pnper (or soft cloth) ~noistcncdwith lensclcnning liquid sonp. Wl~cnclean, dry rnrefully by gently rubbing wit11 leus tissue paper (or soft cloth). Do not clenn the disk ov tkr Bow with

~ f 0 1 1 rYS, Rotatablo plottho diak. o

g m o l i ? ~dr?lcleuning solvent, nlcohol. (rcrtone, 01. , otkev soluents.

Section Ill. Ml6 PLOTTING BOARD 2 Genewl

The MI6 plotting bonrd is n fire control instrument designed to nssist the operntor in computing firing dntn by providing tho rnnge nnd direction from the lnortnr position to the tnrget. I t is sturdy, cnsy to opornte, nccurnto, nnd soitnble for use in tho field under ndversc atmospheric conditions. It is carried in n durnble nylon cnsc (fig. 74). Througl~outt.his cl~npter,the M1G plotting bonrd may be referred to as n "firing chnrt" or a LLbonrd." f ~ 0 to ~6,000 iuclnsivc. Tliis axle focilitntcs m I.S mugc dcter~niuntioumhen the I I I O ~ ~ ~:ire plotted Ilelow the pivot point. (1) The red nrrow of the base iudex line points to n fine blnck linc extending through the ce.nter of tho vernier scnle to tho edge of the plotting bonrd. This line is the index on the bnse nt ?uhich dejlecfims 07- aairnuths 7iuzy Be m u l . The opernting position of the bonrd is with the ?,ed awom of thc index linc nt the top of the bonrd nud the straight side of thc b11se to the operntor's ri&t. The pivot point rcprcaents the loc:~tion tho liring of position m11c11using tho rnnge twm. (2) In nddition to the grid pnttcrn, n vernier scnle is pri~rtedou the bnsc. It. is used to obtain grenter ncrurncy \vhen rendi~ig the mil scnle on the disk. Tho ve~mierscnlc permits the operntor to rend azimnths nccurntcly to the nenrest 1 mile wllcn the iudex mark is between one of the 10-mil grnduntions on the scnlc of the dislc. ( 3 ) On .the strnigl~tedge the bnse, n double of mnp scnle in meters with representntiw frnctinns of 1 : 50,000 and 1 : 25,000 is i~r:~ilnl)le rlsc in tfiu~sferrinp for tlntn to :rind from n mnp that has one of these scnles.
129

216. Description of Ml6 Plotting Board

The plotting bonrd consists of n pivoted disk of trnuspnrent plnstic nnd n removnble rnnge nrln nttnched to n flnt bnse. a. Base. The bnse is n white plnstic sheet securely bonded to IL mnguesiutn nlloy bnclting (fig. 75). On the bnsc is n rectnngulnr grid printed iu red, nt n scnle of 1 : 12,500. Note the red bnse indea, lim with tlw awmu. This index line is grndunied nnd numbered outward from the center (pivot point) from 0 to 31 in hundreds of meters. Tho numbers nre spnced every second fine horizontnl h e . Each s~nnll grid square represents 50 meters on n side. T o the left of the index line nre figures giving the same 1: 12,500-meter scnle numbered from the bottom of tho bnsr! ench 500 meters

b, l'~~~mrnpuwnt Plotting Disk.Tllc rotntnblo of disk is ~ n ~ l t l c pl~lstic.It is roughcncd on the 11plrc~ l ~ t h c o . t oeceive pencil mnrlts, h scnle on s r Ille outer edge (!nil scnle) 1.1111s~ l o r k \ v i to cons~ form to tllc azirnutl~scltle of :I compass nntl is used for plotting azinlutlls u l d angles. Tho scale is cliritlctl into 10- nil inrucnlcnts fro111 to (i400 and 0 tllc is nil~nlrwedill 100 mils. I n i~ddition, dislc llns two 11l11clc li11rsr r f c ~ w d ns cc~n.f~di~lcs. arc to They :ccross the centel. of the dislc from 0 to:P200 p~~inlctl ~tnd from 1CIOt) to -1800 mils. 'rlley scrvls.no purpose irlinortar g111ln~1.yt h - tlltln to nssist in orienting o the disk. c. Range 117~11.. 'rile rnnge :lrm is used \vIlcn the 111ort11lnr e l o ~ ~ t t e81t tllc pirot point. I t is i tl m i ~ d of plxstic 81nd WII Ire pluggrtl into thr pivot r p o i ~ ~On t h I I ~ I I I I I ~ S11 ~ : I I I ~ (sci~le,1111 i~lclcx, t, ! scale. Tlrc nsln cli~nil~ntcs nced the ;mil n vemie~, for rntnting the disk ; I \ V I I ~from the OT azimoth to read dcflcctions.

Riu~rrc75. M16 p l o t l l w board.

of the plotting bonrd. Cleaning solvents or pnint thinner lnny be used on tlie metal surfnces.

2'18. Determining Firing Data from the MI6

Plotting Board
Firing data can be determined with the M1G plotting b o ; d us outlined in pnrngrnpll 227. The addi.tion of the rnnge arm, however, eliminates the necessity of rotnting tlie plot to the index line.

(L. Determining IZange W t the Range Awn.

ih Rotate the mnge nrln until the index line of the
range arm is directly over the number two plot.
Tho mnge is then determined to the nearest 25
Ineters (fig. 76). b. Dete~mining Ilefieetion With the Range Awn. Deflection is determined using the index and vernier scnle on the range arm. Tlie index of the runge arm frills between deflection 2670 nnd 2GSO.

The vernier
llen,.cst
vernier

srale

swlc 11ntions oil the

t o read the deflection to lnil, sP\.PIIt~l P,.i,~~lllltiOll tile :~lii~es dirwtlj wit11 oilc of t h e g r a d -

is used

,rllc

tleflectioti sc:~lr.rllo dcfle(.tiotr ' p l o t n ~ ~ t n b t w o is n i c t e r s (fig. .i?). er

for

Notc. T h e diffrrmrc between the deflection determined ~ I t i tiw 1110 i ~ l o t t i ~board nnd tile SIlO plottillfi board i w is in the i.t-;,dllle: of tile rernicr smlt,. The All0 plotting "enrest ; ,,lil by i,ltClllol,ltioll, i I,onnl ,\.ns rei,rl t o ,,.il,.,,ns the all(; is rend to tile net~rrstI mil 11y the use of thr vernier scnle.

Section IV. OPERATIONS WITH PLO'TVING BOARD

219. General The theory of operation of the plotting honrd is busicnlly simple, 2nd. the uccurncy nf the rcsults obtuincd is limitcd by the exactness of thc opemtor, The plotting bonrd is used to plot nccurately the ~elativc positions of tho mortals, registmtion points, and targets, nnd to determine the direction and distance between these points. Since the size of the dots placed on the boavd affects t l a accurncy of the data determined, dots must be made as small as possible. To male it ensier to locate these small dots, they may be rwirclcd. I n computing the data, be cnrefnl 1 0 use the dot and not the circle. a. Any arbitrary point on the disk mny bo sclcctcd as the mortnr position or the obsorvntion post Whenever possible, the center (pivot point) of the bonrd is used to represent the mortar position. b. To plot a point. with a given azimuth and distance from another point, proceed as follows: (1) Select an arbitrary point on the disk ns location of the first point and place n pencil dot. (If the pivot point is selected as the arbitrary point, it is not possible to make a pencil dot.) (2) R otate the disk until tho stated azimuth is indicated over the index. ( 8 ) To determine the distnnce on the plotting board from the first point to tho socond point, divide the stated distance by 50 or 100, depending on which scale on the base is used. The result is the number of squares on the base between the two points. Count off tho number of squares or fractions of squares thus determined from the first point towa7.d the t o p o f the plotting board, and plot tho second point. (The second point mny bc platted also by measuring off tho stated distance from the first point toward the top of the plotting board using the rangc scales on the base.) c. When two or more points have been placed on the plotting bonrd in this manner, it is possible to determine the distnncc bctweon any two given points and tho neimuth from one point to the other. d. T o detcrniine the azimuth between two plotted points, the operator must remember that all pnmllel lines have the snmc azimuth. Therefore, when n particular azimuth is rotated over

the index, cvcry verticd line on thc grid is pointing along that same nzimuth. This means also that the nzimuth of any of the vcrticnl lines of the grid is road at, tho index mark. T find the azimuth of o u givcn point with rospcct to nnother, rotate Lhe disk until the two pcncil dots lio dong one of tho vertical lines on thc grid bwc or until they arc thc same distnnce from the snmc vertical line with tho given dot (targct) toward the top of the plotting board. The azimuth may then be rend on the mil scale at the index on the bnsc. e. Determine tho rnnge between thc dots in meters by counting tho number of small grid gmdnations sepnmting them when in this posit.ion and mnltiplying this numbcr by 50 or 100, dcpending on which scale on the base is used. The wnge can also be determined by measuring the distance, using one of the range scales on thc base.

220. Sample Problems a. Determining the azimuth and rnngc from u new mort,ar firing position to the tnrgct.
( 1 ) Giuen: Mortar position

at tho center (pivot point) of the disk. Mortar position Azimuth 4150 to new mortnr mils; disposition : tance 550 meters. Mortar position Azimuth 9750 to target: mils; diastance 1,500 meters.
(2) 'mcedure. I

To determine the nzimuth and rangc from the new mortnr position to the tnrgct, using the range scale along the index line (where the smallest grid graduation represents 50 meters), proceed as folloms: ( a ) Rotate tho disk until 4150 mils is read over the index on the base. Mark the disk with n pencil dot over the index line tit the 550-meter grnduntion. This dot represents the location of the now mortar position. ( b ) Rolate the disk until 5750 mils is r e d over tlw index on the huse. Mark the disk with a pencil dot over the index

line nt tlic 1,500-meter grnduntion. This dot represents the locntion of the tnrget. Rotnte tlie disk m t i l nn imngin:rry line connectirg the two pencil dots becomes pnrnllel wit11 tlie index line. Rotnte it in such n direction thnt the dot ~ 9 e p w nmting the locntion of tlm t m y e t (TGT) i.u townrd the top of the honrtl. The eziniutli MOI<'P-TCrT is then rend nt the index mnrlc on the base es G l l O mils. The totnl number of meters between the pencil dots when in this pnrnllel position (1,400 meters nbove the I~orizontnl i d line pnssing through p the pivot plus 200 metets below) is the rnnge MORT-TGT, 1,600 meters. b. Problem involving the solving of survey notes. (1) G;uen. h mortnr section is plnced in position by sqund, each sqond in n different locntion. The first sqund is plotted nt the pivot point of the plotting bonrd. The second sqund is locnted (surveyed) with reference to the first squad by compass and pacing. A trnver8e of two legs is made to the second sqund from the first sqund as follows: First leg-nzimuth 4800, distnnce 200 meters. Second leg-nzimuth 5400, distnnce 250 meters. (2) P,voeedwe. To plot the locntion of the second sqund with reference to t l ~ o first sqund, proceed ns follows: (a) Use the rnnge scnlo along the index line. (I) Rotnte the disk until nzimuth 4800 is nt the index. Count up 200 meters nlong the red index line nnd mnlte n pencil dot. Rotnte the disk until neimuth 5400 is at tho index. From the pencil dot just plotted, count up 250 meters and mnke n pencil dot. This is tlie locntion of the second sqnnd. (The snme procedure would be used t o locate the third sqund.) Note. To determine the nzlmutl! nnd direction from thc first srlllnd to tile secolid squad,
rotnte t h e disk until the plotted locntion of tlie second 5q11nd is tomnrd the top of the plotting bonrd nnd is on tile snmevcrtlcnl line or thc snmc distnnce from tlie snme vertical

221. Other Uses for Plotting Board

I n nddition to the exnn~plesillustrntocl :hove, tho plotting b01u.d cnn he nsed to compitp nngles of site, to rnnke simple sltetchc~ u~liic~11 require naimuths nnd pncinp, to follow nzimutlis for vnrious pnced distnnces, to iudicnte the friendly fsontline, nnd ns n firing rlinrt to compr~to firing dntn for ono or mom indirect fire weapons.

222. Observed Firing Chart (Plotting Beurdl n. Tho plotting honrd is used nt tlie FDC ns nn observed firing elin~ton which the locntions of the registrntion points nrc plotted in relntion to the firiug position from dnte ohtnined by registrntion firing (fire ndjustment). b. The pivot point of the plotting bonrd is nrhitmrily selected ns tlic locntion of tho bnscmortnr (usunlly the No. 2 mortnr) in tlie firing position. The registmtion dntn (MORT-TGT rnngc nnd corrected lnngnetic nzimuth) cletermined by ndjusting on the registrntion point nre then used to plot the locntion of the registrntion point with respect to the firing position. New tnrgets reported by PO'S nre plotted on tho firing chnrt with respect to the registrntion points or other reference points (such ns numbered tnrgets previously ndjusted npon, mnrking roiulds, or FO locntions) whoso cl~nrt locntions nre ltnown nt the FDC. An observed firing chnrt permits nccurnte firing at night os under conditions of poor visibility on nny tnrget whose chnrt locntion is known nt the FDC. c. The observed firing chnrt is used t o (1) Plot the locntion of the registrntion point with respect. to the firing position (bnse mortar.). (2) Plot the locntiou of forwnrd observe15 when their locntion is lmown or desired. (8) Plot new tnrgets reported by PO'S with respect, to reference points (such ns reference points, numbered tnrpets, or mnrlcing rounds) whose chart locntions nre known nt the FDC. (4) Plot new tnrgets by polar coordinates when the observer's locntion is lcnown nt the FDC. (5) lot now tnrgrts bygsid coordin:~teswhen P the ohserrer lins n mnp. (6) Determine tlie MORT-TGl rnnpe and

direction (deNcction) for enell I-nrfridgc fired dnrinp n n indjuslment. ( 7 ) netermi~lc special wrrections for each mortnr to A t n tnrget of spccinl shape. (8) Mass fires of the unit on :xny 1:lr.e'e.t wl~osr vli:~rtlowtion is l<no\vn at the FDC. ( a ) 1% the locntioi~of friendly f o r w r d rlrments (frontline troops). (I. Prrqwntly the F O does not hnve :L mnp to determine coordinntcs. IIis t:irgct dcsignntion is nsunlly mntle wit11 reference to a point \dlose clinrt location is Iinown nt the FDC. \Vl~en 1 new 1 target. is reportetl with reference to :t tnrget prcviously fired upon rund plo~tetlon the firing chart, I I l i t (rnngc nnd direction) is detcrmined with the plotting i~onrdfor cndl cartridge Arcd during tllc ndjust~ncnt iind fire for ~ll'crt. Wlicn tlie lire niissio~~ completed, the tnrget, is is reploltcd using the iidjusted fire (111ln (dntn for replot). Ilon.cver, if too ninny twgets nrc plotted on the plotting l)onrd, the clinrt (plotting board) becomcs so cluttered wit11 detnil thnt i t hnmpers tlie condnct of su1)sequent fire ndjustmcnts. Tliorefore, it is desilnlAc to plot on the p l o t t i n ~ board only those t;~rgetswl~ichare liltcly to be nscd by FO's ns refcrcnm points f o r reporting the locntion of new tmgcts. e. If a new ttrrget is reported with refcrcncc to a previous target whose c l ~ n r tlocntion is known nt the FDC nnd whoso plot 11nsbeen removed froln tlw plotting bonrd, the lntter tnrget (refcrcncc point.) is replotted on the plotting board for this pnrticnlnr firc mission. The data for replotting t,his tnrget (reference point) on the plotting 1)onrd is obtnined from tlie firingdatnsl~eet. f . Mnps ;ind pl~oto~nnps be used to plot tnl,may gets on t l ~ e firing d n ~ r twhich :we located :ind re. portccl by mnp or photomnp coordin:ites. q. Firing data (rnnge nnd (leflection) is detcrmined on the plotting h a r d wit11 respect. to thc previously plotted point. A protrnctor and rnlcr or cooidint~te swle nre nsed in dctcrmininp initinl f I*ing ditta from IL map.

223. Preparation of Plowing Board for Initial Registration

a. Whenever possil)le, select tho pivot, point of the plotting bonrd 11s tlie Iocntion of tlic (iring position. Actually, tlie pivot point represents tlic basc mortar.

b . Rotntc the <lisL tinti1 the : ~ z i n i ~ rend~over ~tl 011 the II:IS(~ is tht? snnic :IS ~ I I Cn%imnth on whirli t110 morti~rsiuv lnitl (initinl nzinn~th to I I W registratinn p i n t or i n h ~ i l t of ccnlt'r of Swl~ tor tl(,/r~~,~~rinrrl , I I ~ Y I I W ~ n ~ i l n ) . f o ilw 50 r . Sine[. it is impossible for the gunntv to plttcc 1111 u i n ~ i ~ r r i~ d i i ~on 1110 s i g l ~ f tlm c ~ m p n f c r tl ~ g , nlust. convert ;wimull~s drHcctio~:s.I l e 11ot.sthis to by supe~~imposiingd r f l r ~ ~ l iscnlc llvel- tile npp1w 11 ol~ SIXIP, printe positio~lon tllc i~~~imnt11 'I'l~c ~'cferl~ed (leflertion used to plnce out tlw h i n g stnltcs is 1110 deflection n ~ ~ u ~ l tuntlc~~ne;ltl~ ~nountctl ed tlw ; x ~ i m o t l For cs:~niplr,if ~ ~ i m i n g n1.0 plnced ~. posts ont on IL ~,efrrrcd ~leflcrtion 2800 nlils, tlw comof puter 38, representing 2800 mils, nndcrncntll tho ccntrr of ncctor nainiuth. Sinre deflcctinn incrcnses in :I ~~o~~ntc.rrloclz\vise direction (to tho loft.), the rcnininde~~f the tlcflectio~~ o sr:~le is mnrltetl 1)elow 111cszilnulli scnle with increasing 100-mil tlcflertions to the left of 2800 mils : ~ n d dc~ w n s i n g100-lnil deflections to tlie right of 2800 mils, sp:~rctl(!very 100 mils (fig. 78). As mnny 100mil deflections lnny bc ~nnrltedns needed, depeuding on t l ~ sector of lire of the inortnr unit,. c d. As soon 11s the o1)server's (wll for firc is received, the computer n ~ n ~ l c s nn OP symbol with ( A ) (lie graduation on the mil scnlc of tho plotting hoard which corresponds to tile OT nzininth reported by tho observer in his r~rllfor fire. F o r oxnnlple, the FDC r.eccivcs thc following cnll for fire from an oL)serveis:O P NUMBER ONE, FIRE MISSION, MARK C E N T E R O F SECTOR, DIR E C T I O N N I N E FnJNDRIRED, R E G I S T R A T I O N , A D J U S T F I R E . I-Ic marks the 000-mil grnclnntion on the mil s c ~ ~with nn O P symbol to lc inilicntc fhnt it is 1.11~ T naimutll (fig. 7 0 ) . O c. Tho direction in wl~icllthe cnrtridpe is to be fired is tho nzinn~thto the center of tile scctor (determined by 111:lpto 11r 1120 mils, ronndcd off to 1 100 inils). TIic rtuige is srlectcd to insure thnt the round will rlcnr tlw friendly f o r \ v a ~ d 1)nttle nrcn iind burst. in an aren v l ~ e r e ol~servrr see it. tllc can When tho location of friendly f o r w ~ r d troops llns 1)ecn obtnined, the computer d r a w :L line on thr plotting bonrd to rcprescnt the lorntion. The tompnter plots llle wrtridge on the plotting bnnrd as wit11 the tlinvtior~m d r i ~ r ~ g e determined nbovc (fig.80). I~Ic determines nnd issues the fire command to the fi ring position.
t l i v indrx

A 2 ll0,O MILS

.... .,.. .,.

, , . ,
' I ! '

.,.,

AZIMUTH TO CENTER O F SECTOR 1120 MILS. MORTARS MOUNTED ON A Z I M U T H 1100 A N D AIMING STAKES PLACED OUT ON A REFERRED DEFLECTiON O F 2800 MILS

224. Orientation of Plotting Board on QT Azimuth

Before informntion reported to t l ~ r FDC by the

FO is plotted, the plotting b o ~ r dis oriented by

rotnting the disk nntil the a z i m r ~ t lrend over the ~ index on the base is the s;une as the OT azimutl~ reported by the obsclwr i i ~ cnll for fire. his

If the i n h is o w r I I I I I ~ W I I ~( 75 mils) to tlw next sti~ltc.(Ietermi~~e (Ieflwthn to tl~tlt ~ntlditio~~nl the stilite. L ' ~ I I I I ~ I tP G I I T 50 F I R S T 1,KIW S ' ~ A I < I L / I; I)eflcctions inre dt~terniinetlto the nwresr 5 mils.

225. Plotting Observer's Subsequent Corrections on Plotting Beard After orienting the plotting l~ot~rtl the O T on nzimutli, the compntrr plots sr~l)seqnent co~wctions reported by the F O by moving right or left. so much from the previous plot nlong 11 grid line perpendicolnr to the index line on the h s e (tnrget grid) nnd ndding 01, dropping so much nlong the index line or one of the grid lines pnrnllel to it. Figure 81 shows the computer's plot of the observer's sobsequent correction, R I G H T OWE HUNI)RED, D R O P TWO HUNDIIICI). 111 this manner, the initinl tnrget (or repistmtion point) locntion is plotted with respect to the O T line by shifting from the initinl plot (initinl r o ~ u ~ d mnrlcing centel- of sector). Subsequent corrections throughout 1111 ndjustment are plotted i n n similar e mnnncr for ench r o ~ n ~volley, or snlvo to b tired, d, moving from the locntion of the previously plotted point. (tnrget. locntion).

227. Determining Firing Data from

Plotting Board After plotting the f o r w r d ol~scrvrr'srorreclions, the computer roti~tes clislt of tlw p l o t t i ~ ~ g tho honrd nntil tlw prncil dot representing the Inst correction from the ol)scrwr is dirertly ove19 the index line on t l ~ o bnsr. I'he direction (tleflection) to bo nnnonnced to the adjusting morrnr is then rend nt. the index on the brsc. 'I'he riuige int which the round is tired is tleterminrtl by referring to the range srnle nlonp the index line (lig. % 3 ) .

228. Preparation of Observed Firing Chart

The An.J (registrntion point) plot mnde on the plotting honrd during the repistrntion becomes the permnnent plot nntl is Inbeled. plots mnde doring The OF syni1)ol nnd nll othe~1110 rcgistrntion two ~ernoved.T h t n determined from this finnl registrntion point, plot (ndjusted MORT-TGT range nnd corrected grid nai~nuth) nre recorded on the tiring dntn sheet. The compnter then directs the observer to idjust, n piunllel shenf of tlie unit on the rcgistrntion point.

226. Use of Plotting Board with M4 Sight

a. The plotting h n r d is opernted in the snme mnmler with the M4 sight ns with tho M84A2 sight unit. In prepering the plotting bonrd for firing, the M4 sight deflection scnle replnces tlie niming stnlce system used wit11 the MX4.42 sight unit. 6. The computer prepares the piotting bonrd in the following mnnner: The plotting bonrd dislc is rotntetl until the naimuth rend over the index on the bnse is tho snme as tlie nzimntli on whicl~ the mortnrs nre h i d . The deflection nt vhicli the niming stnkes nre plnced out is mtulied on the plotting bonrd opposite the nzimuth on which the mortnre nre Inid. The deflection scnle is continaed on the plotting bonrd every 1.50 mils, corrc. sponding to tlie deflection scnle of the M4 sight (fig. 82). c. T o determine the deflection, shift from the nearest aiming stake. If the index is less than halfway (75 mils) to the ndditionnl stnlce from the

229. Plotting New Targets on Observed Firing Chart n. A f t e r orienting the plotting bnnrd on the O'P'
nzirnnth, the computw plots the initinl target locntio~igiven i l l the obserrer's cnll for, fire, moving right or left. so mnch from tlw reference poin.1 (vegint~,atio~~ 01, ~~zc?tz.bemd point tcrryet) nlong II grid line perpendicular to the index line on the bnse, nnd ndding 01-dropping so much nlong tlie index line 01- one of the grid lines pnrnllel to it (fig. 84). 6. Subsequent corrections throughout nn ndjustment are plotted in n similnr manner (bonrd oriented on O T nzimnth) for each round, volley, or snlvo to he fired, moving from the locntion of the pre.~iousIy plotted point (target locntion). The computer determines tlie firing dntn by rotnting the dislc until tho plotted cor~tctionis

FIRING DATA FOR MARK CENTER OF SECTOR ROUND.

DIRECTION-DEFLECTION 2780
RANGE-1500 YARDS

Figarc 80. Dclciw~iniirupiing d a t a fw a m a r k center of sector round.

SUBSEQUENT CORRECTION FROM OBSERVER: "RIGHT ONE HUNbRED. DROP TWO HUNDRED." COMPUTER MOVES FROM INITIAL PLOTTED POINT ( # I ) RIGHT 2 SMALL GRID GRADUATIONS ( 100 YARDS): DOWN 4 SMALL GRID GRADUATIONS ( 2 0 0 YARDS), AND MARKS INITIAL REGISTRATION POINT LOCATION WITH A PENCIL DOT ( # 2 ) .

AZ 1100 MILS

AZIMUTH TO CENTER O F SECTOR 1120 MILS. MORTARS MOUNTED ON AZIMUTH 1100 AND BASE STAKE MARKED ON THIS AZIMUTH. FOUR ADDITIONAL AIMING STAKES ARE PLACED OUT.
Fignrc 82. Proparation of p l o t l i t y board f o r initial l.cuislratim (M4'siulrt).

100 meters nnd cnch lnrgc squnre 1,000 mcters (tho slsc of cneh grld squnrc on tlm mnp).

(2) Number the gvid coortlinntes on tho plot-

over tho index line. After fire for effect, when the observer informs the PDC thnt the mission is nccomplishetl, the computer rcmoves the O P symbol nnd the plots for nll the observer's corrections except the linnl one. 'rhis, he lnbels ns tnrget, 750 11un1be~AB (or A n 751, ete.).

238. Plotting New Target on Observed

Firing ChaH by Map Coordinates n. When the FDC is controlling the fives of the mortnr unit with the plotting bonrd, tnrgets locnted by mnp coordi~~ntes be trnnsferred to cnn the plotling bonrd when tho registrntion point or numbered tnrget. (\vhicli hns been identified on tho mnp) is plotted on the bonrd. With the mnp, tho computer determines the azimuth nnd distnnce from the registrntion point or numbered tnrgets to the tnrget. The computer rotntes the disk until this grid nzimuth nppenrs over the index nnd, marking off the pmper distnnce, plots the locntion of the tnrget. The computer cnn no\\. determine tho firing dntn to this tnrget from the mortnr position. Before fire for effect is delivered on the tnrget, the latest correction fnctors nre npplied to the firing dntn. 71. In fnst moving situntions, the obove methods of locnting targets by mnp coordinntcs mny be too slow rind i~nccurnte deliveriug lire on sclected for tnrgets. This \vould he especinlly true for moving tnrgets or troops digging in, when fire for effect musL be plnced on the tnrget ns quickly as possible. An n l b r ~ n t methotl is RS follows (fig.85). e (1) Orient the plotting bonrd so tlint the nzimuth 0 (Grid North) is nt the index. Notc. In this exnlnplc, the lnnp ncnie is 1/28,000 meterti. Each smnll squnre mens~lrcs

tiug bonrd. (When plncing the grid system on the bonrd, mnlco surc thnt the mortms position will fnll below tho pivot point when oricuted on the mounted nzimuth. This insures thnt 1111 expected tnrgets can be plotted on the board for range and tl1n.t the entire company sector mill be covered.) (3) Plot the locntion of the mortnr position (by grid coordinntes). Coordinntes of mortnr position 21505135. (4) Plnce in the deflection scnle. (Mortnw are mounted on grid nzimuth 1200 m. (5) When tnrgets nra cnlled iu by grid coordinntes, ,the compute^, cnn plot the tnrget locntion on the plotting bonrd, just ns he would on a mnp. After the tnrget hns been plotted, the computer detormines the firing dntn by rotnting the disk so thnt the mortnr position nud tho tnrget plot nre nlong the snme verticnl line (pnndlel line principle), with the mortnr position townrd .the bottom of the bonrd. The computer rends the deflection to the tnrget nt the index mnrlc nnd detet7mines the rnuge using the mnge scnle. He completes the fire command nnd fire is then plnced on the tnrget.
Note. Correct1011 fnctorfi are npplled when neccssary (para 249).

231. Plotting Location of Observer on Firing Chart a. B y Rcseotion. The computer directs the ubserver to give the ~ z i m u t h from his O P to two peforence points whose locntions are plotted on the plotting llonrd. The computer ,then orients tho honrd on the nzininth to one reference point. H e dmws n line from this rcfe~*ence point nlong n vorticnl grid line or pnrnllel to the nenrest vertical grid line tosvnrd the bottom of the bonrd. He does the snme for the other reference point. The point of intersection of the two lines is the locntion of the observer. For greater nccurncy, the nngle of intersection should be between 500 and 2700 mils. b. B y Pacing FzvonbMarta,. Position. If the CP J is close enough to the mortnr position, .the locn143

FIRING DATA DETERMINED FROM LAST CORRECTION B Y 06SERVER ( # 2 ) : DEFLECTION-2675 RANGE-1325 YARDS
P i g w c BY. Dctcrnrlaiau firilly data
frOtll

plottilm board.

INITIAL TARGET C A L L FROM AN OBSERVER TO ENGAGE A NEW TARGET. "OP ONE. FIRE MISSION FROM REGISTRATION POINT. DIRECTION ONE THREE HUNDRED. RIGHT ONE HUNDRED, ADD THREE HUNDRED STRONG POINT ADJUST FIRE ' ' COMPUTER COUNTS FROM REGISTRATION POINT RIGHT 2 SMALL GRID GRADUATIONS (100 YARDS), U P 6 SMALL GRID GRADUATIONS (300 YARDS), AND MARKS THE INITIAL TARGET LOCATION WITH A PENCIL DOT ( # I ) .

Fig~~ro Locatitw target8 b y mal) 88.

(grid)

coordinalca (placing grid susleea on plotling board).

(3) Orient the plotting bonrtl
011 the nort tarOP : I Z ~ I I I I I ~detcr~ni~ied (1) h o v e , ~I it1 count up the index line tlle 11um1icrof meters determined i n (2) ;hove, ilnd plot tho locntion of the O P at illis point.

ti011 of tho OP for the pul'pose of plotting inny be determi~ied ninlti~ign rough survey ns folloms: by (1) Tnlcc t i grid naimutlt rending from the No. .2 mortn~. osition to the OP. p ( 2 ) Pacc (or tttpe) on' the distnncc f ~ v m the No. 2 mortar to the O P .

ncxtrorrectio~~ RIGHT of (plot 2 ) . Thr ol~scrvw's 232. Blotting New Target on Observed OXIC I I I ~ X I ~ l < E I ) indic:~tcs thnt. tho rcported O r ' Firing Chart by Intersection ui111nt11 i n errm*. '1'110 coinpntcr mows 1ig11t is JVhen .the Incntion of two 01)serrcrs is ~ ~ 1 1 0 ~ 1 11110 meters ( 2 smnll g~,itl grndnntions) f roni plot 2 ~ ~ nplotted 011 the plotting bonrtl, the computcr tl nnrl n~nrlts vith n ]~rncil (plot. 3) Lhc position dot. mny plot the initi:tl lo~tntionof II nerv target by of the ~wwtrnctcdline shot on the firing c h n ~ t intersection, 'I'hc procetl~~rc n s follow: is (plotting hoiud). If this rormd (tl~rtnfrom plot, n. The (-11ief(.ompnter plots tho Io('nti011 two of 3 ) hnrsts on the OT linc (ohscrrcr's corlection for o h s c r \ ~ r wilh rcsl~ertlo the mortnr position, iuld s tho cnrtritlge is DItOIJ ONIC HlJNI)I<ICD) thc then d i r ~ c t seach ol~scrverto rend the naimuth computcl9rotates tho dislc until IIII imaginnry linc from his 01' to the ncw tirrget. and to report. the connecting plots 1 nnd:l is pnrnllel to the index line ~uimnthrend. or nny grid line pnrnllel to the index linc. 'I'hc plntb. The computer rotntes tho disk to tho nziting bo:vd is now oricntcd correctly on thc O T nzimuth reed 11y o m ohserver. He t l r n n line from ~ muth nntl the corrected 01' naimnth is rend ovor this ohserver's lorntion nlong one of thc rcrticnl tho index on the h s e . The OP mnrli on tho mil grid lines or pnrnllcl to the nenrest vwticnl gsid scnlc is moved to the corrected OT nsimut.l~ gmdline tomnrd tho top of thc plotting bonrd. nation. Tho plot, for tho next round (DROP ONE c. Ile follows the snme ~)rocednrc for the nziHUNDRICI)) is mndo with the disk oriented on muth reported by the other o b s e ~ ~ e r . tho corrected O T nzimnth. rl. The point. of intersection of the , t . w ~lines 235. Determining Initial by Use is tho locntion of the tnrget. For grentest. nccnrncy, the nngle of intersection shonltl he between 500 of Plotting Board nnd 2700 mils. a. This method of determining initinl data (mounting nzimuth nnd mnge for MCS round) 233. Plotting New Target on Observed will normnlly be used when the plntoon lcndcr or Firing Chart by Polar Coordinates tho F O cnn sec both tho tnrget (wntcr of sector) When the chnrt locntion of nn F O is lcnomn nnd tho mortnr position from the OP, nnd mapa nnd plobted on .the firing chnrt, the initinl lacntion are not uvnilable. of n ncw tnrgct mny be plotted by polnv coordiEoan~ple:From his locntion nt tho OP, the nntes. This method is pnsticulnrly desirnble in the plntoon lender picks n tormin fenture to use as cnso of lnrge lnternl shifts nnd short, oherving n rcgistrntion point in or ns nenr ns possible to (OT) distu~ces. compntcr plots tho new tnl'get Tho tho center of the scctor. He rends thc nzimuth on the wimutl~nnd nt t,ho distnnce from the ob(compnss or n.iming circle) to tho tnrge.t ns 4000 server's plotted locntion as ~eportedby the obmils nnd esbimntes thc observer-target rnngc to server in his cnll for fire (fig. 80). be 1,500 meto1.s. Looking buck to the mortar position (or to n terrnin fenture which he lmows to 234. Correcting Misorientation of Plotting h locntcd at or new tho mostnr position), he rends Board (Target Grid) the nzimnth to be 500 mils nnd estimntcs tho range The observer may send the FDC nn O T nzifrom the O P to the mortnr position to bo 400 mut.11 \vhich is in error. The resulting error in meters. oriontntion of tho plotting bonrd (tnrget-grid) on b. The plntoon lendcr sends this informntion to tho O T nzi~nuthshonld be co1'r6+d if it is lnrgc tho chief computer nnd instructs him to have the onough to cnnso the observev dificnlt,y in mortars mounted. I n determining tho initinl data, ndjustment. tho chief computer locates tho O P at tho pivot Eomnple: Tho observer's first correction results point. He sotntes the dislc so tlmt nn nzimuth of in n bnrst. which is short and on the O T line (plot 4900 mils is nt the index. This is tho O T nzimuth. Ho thcn goes up tho index linc to n nmgc of 1,500 No. 1) (fig. 87). His next correction is ADD TWO HUNDRED. The computer moves 200 mctcrs ( 4 meters and plnces in n dot., which locntcs the tnrget on the plot,ting bonrd. smnll grid gmduntions) np to the O T line (index c. Hc rotntas tho disk so thnt an nzimuth of 500 line or grid linc pnrnllel ,to it which passcs through mils is nt tho index. He locntw tho mortnr position t.he the target plot) from plot 1 nnd n ~ n r l ~ s corby going up tho index line n distnnco of 400 meters rected locntion wit11 a pencil dot (plot 2). A ronnd nnnd plncing a cross (mortarsymbol). is fired \vitlr the dntn obtnined from this plot

OBSERVER AT OP 1 REPORTS THE AZIMUTH FROM HIS OP TO THE REGISTRATION POINT AS 900 MILS AND THE ESTIMATED DISTANCE AS 1000 YARDS. COMPUTER ORIENTS PLOTTING BOARD ON AZIMUTH 900. BACK PLOTS 1000 YARDS, PLACES A DOT AN0 LABELS I T "OP 1." CALL FOR FlRE I S RECEIVED FROM OP1: "OP ONE, FlRE MISSION, OIR SIX HUNDRED. OT DISTANCE SEVEN HUNDRED. MACHINE GUNS. ADJUST FIRE." COMPUTER ORIENTS PLOTTING BOARD ON AZIMUTH 600, PLOTS 700 YARDS (14 SMALL GRlD GRADUATIONS) FROM OP1 TOWARD THE TOPOFTHEPLOTTINGBOARDON A L l N E P A R A L L E L T O THE NEAREST VERTICAL GRlD LINES. HE THEN MARKS THE INIT I A L TARGET LOCATION WITH A PENCIL DOT( $1).
Pfgrrrc 86,I'loltixg l , c w tavgcl w~ l ~ l o l t i n ! ,boorrl b11 po211l' coordinalcs.

d. The chief computer rotntes tho disk until n lino botween tho dot rej)resen.ting tho tnvgct nnd tho cross mpresenting tho nlortnr position is pnrnllo1 to tho index line. Ilo rends tho nzi~nutha t thc index to bo 4670 mils. Tho chiof compotcr wonld order tho inortnrs 'to bc mounted on nil nzimuth of 40b0 mils, since mortnrs nro m o ~ ~ n t cto the d lLonrest 60-mil tuimoth for easier rending of tlw deflection scnlc. Note. I n performing t h l u apxntlon, the cross represent1116 the I I I O T ~ ~ I~ I' I X ~ I I bc kept a t the b o t t o ~ nof tile bonrtl. Tllc conlputer desires to rend the llaimllth fr.0111 the 111ort1lr lo tllc tnrget nt the index. e. T o obtnin tho mngc from tho moitnr position to t,ho t;nrget., tile computer col~nts h ?grid sqnnms t botwwn tho cross mld tho dot (c:lcl~squnro 60

n motors), nnd dctcls~nincs mngc of 1,700 meters bet\vcc.n tlm mortnr position ;und tho target.. This then is tho mngc to fire the mnrlc center of sector cnrtridge. f . When IIC hns detcrmincd the initial dntn by this neth hod, tho chief computer ernses t,hesc plots on tlio plotting board so t11nb 110 cnli now prcpnrc it f o use US n firing cl~nvt. ~

236. Targets Less Than 100 Meters Wide

Targcts Icss t11a11 100 ~netcrswide nrc cngngcd with 1 or 2 mortars, depending on the \\.idtl~.To cng~~ge point lnrgotsl one mortnr is nsni111y sulti01cient. Co~lverging opening the shcnf of the section is nr~t norm:rlly cxccoted l~ccnuscit. slo\vs tho dolivcry of fire for cll'ect by ncressitating individ-

unl corrcctions for cnch inortnr ~ ' n t l ~ c rh i fi1411g t nll mortnrs with the snme data (pnmllcl slreaf).

shcnf if ntmssnry. FVlirl~II pnllnllcl sl~enfis obtninctl, tllc rolrlpuler notifies thr gynncrs to rcfor d l inortin sights to n co~n~rron dcflcc.tion nnd to 237. Adjustment of Parallel Sheaf realillu a i ~ r r i ~posts. This C ~ O ~ I V I I O Idcflcction is ~g I tho dcllcctio~~ t l ~ c for 1)iisc inortnr to hit thc rcgis11. After the rt$strntion by ,tho bnsc rr~ortnris trntion o t Tho c : o ~ n p ~ ~ t r r tlisrcgnrds s~nall completed, tho computer dirccts tho obscrvcr to rmgo C~IY)I's ~ cg \VIICII ~ ~ t l j u s t til~ ~sl~cnl!.ITlm rnnge i ~ l j n s tthe sheaf. A l t h o ~ ~ gthe mortnrs irrc laid li t l e t c r n ~ i ~ ~ c dthc l)ilse 1110rti1r is IISCCIh j n11 norfor piwnllcl with a colnpnss, the sheaf prodnccd on the t w s in thesection. ground in tho t n ~ g e t nrcn is usunlly not exactly pn~~nllel. This is cansed by 11u1nnnerror in using b. T o ndjust. thc! s11c;if pirr;~llrl,t l ~ s t ~ t i o ~ ~ r lircs ;I section right. wit11 all 111ort;11,s using the liring tho compnss, inability to cnlibrnta tho 1\14 sights wit11 tho mortar bnrrels, iind tho din'erences in the tlntn determinetl by the bi~sc. ~ ~ o r tiin~thc initinl i r settling of thc h:lscplntcs of tho individual rcgistrntiou, 11 tleflection of 2850 ( ; ~ i ~ n i n g posts mortnrs. hnvo h e n plncetl out 1111 11 ~d'crrrtlileflectio~~ of 2800 mils), :und n 1nnge of l;?oO n~cte.rs. h e obb. There nrc two methods used in adjusting tho T sheaf. The mcthod used dcpcnds on tho locntion of server's cwrrertions arctho observer with respect to the niortnr positinnNITMI%ER ONE, IJCPT 'L'HRICR ZNRO E N D O F RIISSION rogistrntion point line (wl~ether nngle T is more or less thnn 500 mils). (Angle T is cqunl to the differSI-IRAF ,\D,JIXTI~CI) ence between tho uzilnuth, bnse morhr-rogistrn(1) Morlnrs No. 2 (bnsc mortar) nntl No. tion point, nnd the nzimntl~,observer-registmtio~~ :3-Si1ico no correction wns reported by point.) the observer for these inortnrs, they nro c. Whenevoi- possible, the computer selects nn corwct in the sl~enf. 'rhe computer observer locnted ncnr the ~nortnr position-registmdetermines tho correct deflection for tion point line (nnglo T less thnn 500 mils). I f both lnortnr No. 1 11sin (9) bclo\v. organic, observe~snro locnted so thnt, n~igloT is (2) Mortar No, l-'L'l~o ohserwr's dovintion less thnn 500 mils, the one closer to that line is c o r ~ w t i o n Id'CIV THIRICE ZICIRO (in of selected. Adjustment of the shenf wl~onthe obmeters) is q u n l to left 25 mils nt, n mngc server is well off the ~nortnrposition-rcgistmtion of 1,200 meters (nsiug the deflection conpoint line (angle T more thnn 600 mils) is diffivc~sion tnblc or tho mil relntio~~ foi'111111n). cult, time consuming, nnd expends n lnrgo amount Tho left 'J5 mils ntlded to the deflectio~~ of ammunition. I t is nvoided wlanover possible. setting of 2850 becomes 2875 ~nils.The computer i s s ~ ~ the commnnd NlThIBER es 238. Adjustment of Parallel Sheaf When ONE, DO NOT PIRIC, DEFIJCCTION Observer Is Near Mortar PositionT W O E I G H T S E V E N F I V E , ELEVARegistration Point Line (Angel "T" ?s T I O N O N E TWO O N E SIX. Tho gnnner of mortnr No. 1 lnys his mortnr wit11 Less Than 500 Mils) thc ~unnouncecldeflectiol~. l ~ c n morW the n. Tho computer issues a fire colnmn~ndt o tho t a r is Inid, the computer issues the followsection to fire n section right (or lcft; wit11 the ing coni~nnnd : sn~nondjusted deflection and rnnge obtnined by SECTION the brim mortnr. Tho observer scnds bnclc individD O NOT FIIiI.: nnl dcvintion corrcctions in lnetcrs for nny burst T)EFLI!HTION TWO F J G H T thnt needs correcting to plncc it in the proper posiFIVE ZERO tion i n the shenf. Using the mil for~nuln ELEVATION O N E TWO O N E SIX tho cornpukr cl~nngesthese corrections in meters into mils. These corrcctions nre then applicd (LARS) to the deflection on the mortnrs. The l n o r t n ~ snre relnid \\.it11 this deflection. Another section right (or lcft) mny be fired to rechcck thc
r 7

Iht! ~ I I I I I ~ Wf r n o ~ t s rSo. 1 refers his o sight to ;I dcflectiot~ of 2R50 mils wnd ~ directs thr No. :l IIMI i n his S ~ I I ; Ito renlina tho ;aiming posts. All ~nortnrs nrc

then lnid p;mnllel with a cornn~ondeflection c : "50 mils. 'I'lwrenftrr. to lire IL pnrnllel sllenf on nny target, e1nc11~ n o r t n r of the section is given the snmc tlrflcctioll, the deflection &termincd for the bnse mortnr.

( b ) T h c computer plots on the plolting

239. Adjustment of Parallel Sheaf When Observer i s Well Off Mortar PositionRegistration Point Line (Angle "T" is More Than 500 Mils)
Tho procedure nsetl ~ ~ n d e r condition is this described in F M 23-00.

240. Attacking Wide Targets

Tnrgets tlnnt nre \vidcr t l ~ n ntho ctiectivo front of tho section pnrnllel sllenf (00 meters) lire not normnlly inssigned to the mortnr section becnw they reqniro lnrgc ~unonnts nmmunition. I-10,:of ever, tnrgets ns wide 11s300 meters can l;e engngc,: When it is necessary to engnge tnrgets thnt ni wider thnn the etiective front of a section pnrnllel shenf, one of the following methocls is used:

n. Tho pnrnllel slnenf of the section is shifted s~lccessively to engnge portions of the tnrget (shifting Rre). b. T h e shenf is opened nnd t l ~ c individunl mortars cover tho tnrget by tmversing.
( 1 ) Shifting f i e .

( a ) Shifting fire is nccomplished by dividing tlm tnrget into segments of npproxin~ntely100 meters nnd plncing fire on ench segment, ono nt n time. Shifting the fire of tho section normnlly sl~ould no: be done more thnn twice in engnging nny one tnrget. Overlnpping firo on enc11 segment is desirnble. Tlnerofore, tnrgets between 100 nnd 200 meters wide cnn be engnged by shifting fire.

boinrd tho point i n thc ttuget. n1.w to wlnich tho OT nzimotln \\xs rend. :\djustmo~lon this point. is m~nde\villn ono mortnr to tleternnino tile correct rango nnd dcf1ection to tho point. J V l m the FIX' plans to engage IL tnrget by slnifling fire, oftrn 11 Iliunk mortnr is nsetl to :idjusl. 111 such cinses, the point, of ndj~~slmcnt. bc t l ~ n v n t e o r one mily ~ r flnnlc of tho tnrget. (111 connputing firing dntn for. o t l w tl1n11 t l ~ eNo. 2 mortnr, tho compnter rotates tho disk until tho plot for ench corsect.ion nnd tho position of t l ~ cpnrticdnr mortnr concerned arc along, or the s:une distance from, t l ~ csnme vcrticnl line.) After this ~ t d j r ~ s t ~ n e t!m, computer nt indicntes the limits of the tnrget on the plotting bonrtl by orienting tho bonrd on the O T nzimuth nnd drnwing n linc from tho Ann1 ~ n d j ~ ~ splot to the right ted nnd left limits of the tnrget (fig. 88). O n this line representing the entire width of the tnrget, he mnrks t l ~ divida ing point bct\voen segment3. The compntor determines tho firing dntn for tho section to engnge endl s c g m e ~ oft tho ~ tnvget by nsing tho dntn obtninetl for t,l~e adjusting mortnr to enell segn~ent. After fire for effect is delivered on the first scgme".t, the slnenf of the section is shifted to the second segment nnd fire for effect is delivered on thnt segment. Tho amount of shift to tho second segment is determined f ~ u m the plotting bonrd or by the mil formuln nnd mny be given ns totnl deflections; or, to speed delirory of fire for effect on tlle second segment, it mny be given in number of t n ~ n sof the trnversing hnndmheel.

or six

tllrllx

(one turll

of

tile trarcrslng

l~nntlmllcci10

11111~1~

Sofr. This flaurr s l ~ n n 'tile scttlng to olrtn111 tl~r ~ dntn l o ~':iliilgethis right IIIIIP of tllc tnrcct.

'(2) T P / I J V ~ . Yi;~ v . f ~I~ ( a ) Trnversing fire is ; ~ r r o ~ n l ~ l i s lbyc d ~ dividing t l ~ cwidtl~of the targct into equal segments for e:icl~ mortn:.. Tlw I C shenf is ol)c~lcrl I I I ~ IICII niortnr is Inid on the left (right) of its segnent nnd all segments nr' rovcrcd by trnvcrsing thc individr~nl ~nortnrs to the right. (left). Trnvcrsi~ig by 11section cnn lisc bo ~lsedto engnge targets 1)etwcn 100 ::nd 300 lncters nidc. ( b ) Tho computer plots on the plotting bonrd the point in the tnrgct nscn to wliicl~the O T n a i ~ n o t lwns rend. Ad~ justment is inndc with t11c base inortns to determino tho corsrrt rnngo nnnd deflection of the point. T l ~ con~potcrhen c t inclicntcs tlm limits of the target on tlic plotting board by orienting tho bonrd on t l ~ c naimutl~ OT nnd tlrnwing n linc fro111tho find itcljusted plot. to t,lio right nnd left, limits of the tnrgot. On this line representing tho cntiro width of

I g e t I I r n i l 11111rl<s to l s i l 1 o i i o 1 1 of l l ~ e I.rpresenl I hs (fig, 89). i~iiti:~l s t . frmn enrh 111or1;ir I 11esp.III:IS~[S pll~ced llrr oppositu :IIT on side of each sepncwt fro1111 1 1 ~ .d csirtd direction of tritversn (to the lcft of cnrl~s c p n c ~ ~ ft tho desired dircrtion i of t n ~ v c l w right.). IIe docs this by is dividing the wi(Il11 of Ilw t:~rgct.into IL nu~nber f scgtncilis equnl to llir n n n o bar of niortnrs to fire for cllcct, on tlic tnrgcl. H e nu~nbcrstllesp i n : ~ r l ~1, 2, s innd 3 to correspond with tho inorti~rs in the scction firing position. T o oljtnin the firing dntn for endl rnostns, tlic con~pntcr rolntcs tho disk until tho mnrk representing t l ~ c esired lor. t '1011 d II of the initinl 1,urst. of tile pnrtirolnr mortnr nnd tho position of that inortnr am dong, or the snmc distnncc from, tho s n m verticnl line. ' r l ~ ctldlcclion is rend nt. tho index. H e drtcr~nincs tho range for ench ~ ~ i o r t by scfcrring to ns tho rnngo scnle or by isounting the squnres between the i n o ~ ~ t n r position tund t l ~ e plot of the desired loration of the burst. If the, rnnge diflesrnce betwocn flnnlc inortnrs is less t11n11 25 ~nctcrs,ho colnpltter lisps t l ~ c t wngc iol3 I l ~ c nsc mortar o r 1111 inortors. If tinw L pcrmits nnd :urnnunition is i~rnilnble, tho rolnpntcr inay lire :I srrtion 1.ig11i. (left,) to cl~cclc t l ~ os l w n :IS opc~icrl.

..

A'olv. (fix, 89)

Tnrget Xo. 1 mnn ndjllstcd upon by t h e hnsc mortnl' (No. 2 ) OII d(4lertio11S M O rind n t II I , ~ I I C PI I I.&jO ~ n e t ( w ~ '1'11~ C d i w v i ~ ~ g1 1 1 ~ for lirv is r w d v c d 111 tiw V I X : 01' Sn ~ I ~ I ~ I I Y I I I I1111 ItIh e t111,fiet is (Iiwire11 11)-I l l ?
0 1 ~ 1 n ' e r . (~ ~ : I ,n o ~ o X 1 I l: l ' 1 , I 'I'lw r n l ~ l p l l t ~ ~ l ~
t o llre fnur v;lrtriO~oxfor effect det,idw 111GIW OSIC i l l ' S i ) I l l ~ ~ 1 > . TIOX 1~;IGWr1 l ~ ~ S l ~ l l l < l ) , I)ILO1' TWO 1II:SUIlBI). 1'11001's I S O P E S IZSr SC with (VI(.II ~ w u t a nntl to I ~ J I Y C ~ I ~ f t . TRSI)ISG 111~111'( ISEII1'Si)IlRI) .\XI) I.l~:R"l"'T\VO ' ~ I I vcolnlnitrr i,lots lllc t n r w t on i l l r b ~ r l o t t i wI~oilrd. t l i v i d ~ s i t Into three segments, nnd llllots t h e desired I~LXl)nlCL> 31WrERS, Flllb: 1WIl 1WI~'NCT.

locntlon of t h e i n l t l n l rnrtrillgc from mch lnortnr. IIc detcrl~,lnes the firing d i ~ t uby P I ) I L ~ I I I .the t l i ~ ku ~ ~ t i l I~ the d e ~ i r r dlacntlon of I h r i n l t l n l mrtrldgc f o r the ~lnrtirnlnr mortnr I I I I ~the inortnr position nrL. nlong, or tllc rauw distance fnm, the snn~r verticnl liar. Tile colnl~otrrdctermlnca the n \ ~ n > b u of t ~ ~ r n x
r I~etwcen cnrtrldees for e n c i ~n~ortnr.

kIc issues the following lire oon~rnnnd :

m QUICK S1!310DR 0911. 1)Dl~'Ll'rCTIONl V O N I N E ONE n'I\'IC SIJJIREB 'l'\YO. I)EI~'I,I4C.l'IOS TWO N I N E S I X ZERO SUI\IBDB TIIRIOE. 1)IWLECTION THREIC ZBRO ONIC ZBRO FOUR ROIlS1)S. l'IIA\'ERSI~>.I.EW TWO TURNS. A T A l l ' COAIXAND
cHARGl0 TIIRE14
ELEVATION OXB ON14 ISIOHTT\VO

241. Attack of Targets 100 Meters in Depth

a. A section laid pnr~~llel a GO-meter frontwith nge, firing 3 cnrt.ridges from ex11 Inortnr, cnn be expected to cover nn tirea npproxi~nntely meters 75

RECTION

wide by 25 1netcr.r deep with cnsunlty-producing frngnients. 13y liring live or more c~utridges from ench mortar, this doptl~ be expected to increase cnn to 50 n~etersdue to gtSentcr dispersion. Tnrgets t,hnt are more thnn 100 meters deep nre not nor~nnlly nssigned. 6. Tnrgets 100 to 800 meters wide thnt tire 100 nieters deep may be covered by opening the slienf nnd nssigniiig et:ch mortnr one-third of tho tnrget ICncli inortnr then engages its po~,tion the tnrget of by(1) A series of trnversing lives with 25 to 50 meters difie1,ence in rnngo bet~vetmencl~ line of traverse. i (2) . series of senrching (ires wit11 :)[)-meter intervnls betwen encli line of senrcl~.

niortnrs to displnw in ordci~ estal~lislitlia sec,to tion I'M' in tlir.nc\v liringposition. 5. \lr1ien I11e ~nortnrsnrc locntcd i n n section firing position bnt Imve been nssigncd tliffcrent. sectors of fire, the chief coniputer co~nputcs liring tlntn for one n~ortnr, tlrc two comp~itcrs and determino liring dntn forthe otlms. c. When the mortnrs nrc locntetl in threo sepnrnte (iring positions but lmvc the snn~c sector of firc, or \ h e n a p o r t i o ~of the sector of firo of ~ encli orerlnps, the chief computer rontrols the fire of 1111 Inortnrs. When more tl1a11 one lire mission is requested, tho chief compnter tlctonnincs t11o priorit,y of missions. When two or tl~rcc misfirc ?ions nro of cqunl importnnce, 11e nssigns n Are ~nission e11c11 to n~o~,tnr. IJsing n plotting honrd, he t l ~ e conq)ntes tho firing dnt~i one mortnr, nnd ~i for the comp~~tcrs determine the firing dntn for tho otl~ers. (1. When the mortnrs nre locnted in different. firing positions but nre under sectioir control, one firing position mny be plotted nt tho pivot point of tho plotting b o d . Tho other mortnrs nrc plotted on the board using the firing tlntn required to hit the registrntion point (or illy other concentrmtion nlrcndy plotted), or using the survey dntn (nzimutli nnd distnnce) from tlie first. mortnr nlrendy plotted on die plottingbonrd.

243. Plotting Mortar Location by Survey (Azimuth and Distance) n. When tlio nzimutli nnd distnnce from n mortnY nlrcndy plotted on the plotting bonrd to nnot,hor ~nortnr known, t l ~ c is lorntion of t11nt ~nortnr cnn be plotted. Tho comp~rterrotntes the disk until tho nzimuth from tlio mortar plotted on the plotting bonrd to tho other mortar is a t the index. H e plots tllc locntion of this ~nortnrby counting up the mnge scale nlong tho index line the distance detcrminccl betwoon tho mortars, nnd placing n dot nt thnt point. Emample: I n fignro 00 tho magnetic azimuth from tho No, 2 mortar (plottcd nt the pivot point) t o tho No. 1 mortar is 2800 mils nnd tho distnncc is 600 meters. The computer rotntes the plotting bonrd until the nzimuth 2800 is over the index, counts up G 0 meters from tho pivot point, nlong O thc index line, and plots the position of the No. 1 mortnr (fig. 01). He then pencils in the deflection scnlc for tdlis mortar (in this case, n~ountcdon n m;lgnetio a7,imuth of 750 mils).

242. Split Section Fire

(1. When the mortnrs nro opert~tingindepcnd. cntly or displncing (locnted in scpnrute liring positions), rr computer nccompanies ench mortnr nnd operntes nn FDC for ,tl~nt mortnr. The sect,ion mrSy be locnted in three dilfcrent inortnr positions or in two positions (two inortnrs in one position wen). In cnsw wlrerc the section is displncing, tho chief co~nputei,should nccompnny the first

F l g s r c 01. Plottitlg locattoll o f target.

b. When thc. finnl ndjustcd doflcction rind rnngc for tho No. 1 mortilr to hit, the rcgistr;rt,ion point is not tho snlne as \ v ~ tlatclrrninecl from the plots ting h n r d , t l ~ c cornputcr rcplots the No. 1 ininSt;lr firing position 11si11g finnl ndjnstcd dntn. tho

244, Alternate and Supplementary Positions

n. When time ; ~ n d situtition permit, tho basc the ~ n o r t t ~ r 2) is movctl to l d t the ~dtcrnnto (No. rind supplomentnry positions nntl is ndjustcd on the rcgistrntion point, finnl protectivc fircs (in the defense), nnd 11s miiny targets ns possiblc. b. When timc or tho situ~ltiondocs not permit. suc11 registri~tion, the nlte~mtoand snpplemcntary positions nre surwycd in, with rospect to the loct~tion the h s e mortnr nt tho primary position. of by pncing on it compnss (aiming circle) neimutl~. The nlternnto rind s i ~ p p l e n ~ c n t ~ r y positions arc then pl@ttcdon the plottingbonrcl, c. Piring dnt:r cnn he dctcrmil~odfrom these positions to thc rcgistmtion point nnd tnrgets rr41icl1 acro fired I I ~ ~ by tho unit while in tlrc I I primary position. This is done 11y rotnting the disk until the alternate (or supplenw~ltnry)position t ~ n d tnrgct to bc cng~lgctl on t,Im snmc tile nrc vorticd line (or tho snme distnncc fronl tho snmc verticnl line) on the bnsc of the plotting bonrd.

Inortar is rcitdy to firc. on this firo mission. TIIO largct. ;it all ti~ncsimtl fil'w t.110 fin~tlprotmtivu firo on sign:il or riill from tile firc di~cction ccntcr. Nortnnlly, :L f i ~ ~ u l protective firc is fired at. near rilles ~ n n x i m ~ ~ n ~ for as long as rcqicirctl. A find pmtcctivc fire may 1)c ropcntcd OII call as nftcn its rcquircd. c. Turgcts nrc plnn~md forwnrd of tho bnttlc position to cngnge tho cnenly during his :tppronch ttnd ~tttnck, wtd within tlrc bnttlr position to limit. pwctrrntions ~rndto support. cnunternttncks. T l ~ c scction normally fircs tnrgcts, nltl~ongl~ sqund n (ono mortnr) may fire them. (2. Firo is ndjt~sted the registrntion point nnd on tho finnl protective firo wens w l m friendly troops nro not situsted in or dangeroosly nenr those tnrgets. When timo is ~ivnilablc,firc is nlso ndjustcd on tho tnrgcts.

247. Methods of Preparing Data in Defense

(1. Firing dntn is prepnrcd for ench nssig~~cd scctor of fire. When the section is cnmploycd as n unit, cnch s q n ~ d g i ~ r the ~ is c ~ dntn to fire on its nssignod find prntcctivo firc ns soon as this dntn is prcpnrcd by t l ~ c FDC. Dntn is ~ ~ o r o ~ obtnincd initinlly dly by range estimntion nnd by the use of the 'ompnss nt tho obscrvntion posts. I n some cnses, initinl dntn mny be obtnincd from 11map of ncrinl photograph. Upon occnsion, it is prncticnl to dctcnnine dntn mny be obtnincd from n mnp or nerinl photoon tho groond. Rnngcs nnd i~zirnotl~s obtnincd are from mnps ~und ncrinl photogrnphs nftcr nccurntoly plotting tho n~ortnr position nad the vnrious tnrgcts. Initinl dntn is confirmed by firing, if possible. If firing is for any renson restricted, adjustnlm~ts ro mndo in this scqucncc: registrntion point n ndjost~ncnt;finnl proleclivo fire ndjustment; nnd tnrgct ndjustments. When ndjustment is limited to tho registrntion point, corrections obtnincd from tho rcgistmtion point ndjustment nro applicd to dntn for the find protective fircs nnd tnrgets. Within mngc ~unddeflection limitntions, nll mortars nre prcpnred to firo on nny of the fi11n1 pl'otccns tivo fircs. Fnrthermo~~e, time is mnde ~~vnilable t,hoy nrc. prcpnred to nngngc nng t~irgetwithin rilngc. b. When possiblc, using thc DA Form 2188-R
(fig. 70). tho prcparcd datn is verificd by firing.
r. Immedic~tcly upon nssignmcnt of targct nrens
and 11scctor of fire, tile FDC (or the sqund lcnders,
c\eprnding on \v11n is controlling the lire) propnrcs
t . 1 I):\ Ponns 'LIHH-R. Since the I);\ Forms 2188-
~

245. Prearranged Fires

Pronrrnnged fires nrc fires fnr which dotnilod 1inc1ox~rct tl~itn prepnrccl bcforctl~ci~, ero cx(!c~~t.ion. They nro used in tho support of nn nttnclc or dofcnso nnd f o firing during periods of poor visibil~ ity nr dnrkncss. Pmn~wtngedfires mny IN unol~scrvod fircs. I n the nttncl;, espccinlly in it fnstmoving ita anti on, tho mortnr scction is limited in the s m o t ~ i oft prepnrnt.ion 1v11icI1 bc inndr to ~ cnn engtigo tnrgcts cffcctivcly. I n tho dcfensc, ho\vcvcr, det~~ilccl preparations cnn be mnde for the cffectivc delivcry of fire.

246. Target Areas in Defense

N. Tnrgct nrrns :~ru nssigncd ornlly (by ground dcsignntion) or by overlity, mnp, pl~oto~nnp; ov :torin1 photogrnph. Thesc tnrgcts two known as fi111i1 prntect,ivo fircs nud tinrgcts. 1Cxiul1plesof sucl~ tnrgcts nrc smnll itrcns not itdcquntely covered by tho final protective lires of ot11or w q o n s , dofiladed nrcns of dcpnrtwc for smdl i~nits,iund itvenues of appronch or ron~nrunicntion. b. Norm:illy, car11 mortnr is :issigned onc find
protective fir(! (35 mctws wide I)J : 5 nmte~s eup).
I d Tl~zt. final protrrtive firr is thc sqund's principnl

b. 'I'l~isliring cor~.cctionis <lrtermincdl)y lirinp R form n part of tho record turned over to tlro point. on t l ~ c r g i s l ~ x t i n ~ ~ (or otlwr Iargrls :~lrrntly r relieving mortnr crews 11nd itre considered n part. ; ~ d j n s t r dupon). I{oth ~ I I I I ~ 1111d ~ I I ~ I I c ( ~ I ~ o11r(! O II of the spccinl ordrrs lor 11mortar position, they 11re correctctl. 'I'l~n corwrlio~lf11ctol.s--rringc ilnd deprepared for ~~ltcrntctr supplcmoltnry posi11nd flwtion-:ire 11pp1icd WIIW liring on nny t ~ ~ r g c t s tions ns ~vcll for 1wim:ury positions. ax I \vl~ich11aw:~lrcntly11ecnlircd I I ~ O I :uld for w l ~ i c l ~ d. Whcn the scction is cmployetl 11s IL unit, d n t : ~~ n becn o b t ~ ~ i n cRr;~tljr~sl~nrnltlw rcgisl s d. on firing dntn is prepnrctl for d l tnrgets (inc111ding t ~ ~ n t poiut.~is medc sc\~c.ri~l io~ times wc11 kiy, ]xu.the fin111protcctiw fi re for cnch inort~rr)imtl rcc. t g , liculnrly t ~ f l e r: ~ n yw c i ~ ! l ~ cl~: ~ ~ ~to r drtrrmine cordcd on s singlo I)A Iiorrn 2188-R.. The bnsc t l ~ e i r i ~ ~n r r ~ cion fli~tors. f rg l mortnr is used to adjust on the rogktrat,ion poinl c. 'I'ccl~niquesf o r d c t c r n ~ i n i ~ ~ g r ~ p p l j i n g 1111d t11k tmd to confinn t11c tiring dnt:i for the ttlrgots. tlntt~ covered in IUl %I-!lo. nre 1Vlie11 possible, ct1c11 n ~ o r t ~ in the scction is ndir justcd on its find protective firc. Ench sqnnd is given tho tlntti to firc its assigncd fin1111)rntcct.i~~ 250. FDC Procedure in Use of Smoke, Time Fire, and Illumination firo ns soon 11s the &itti is prepsretl by tho FDC. Wllcn a mission is not, being fired, ettcl~ mortnr is A l t l ~ o ~ ~ g l ~ u ~ ~ d ~ u n r principles of thc the f ~~tnl Inid on its nssigned find protwtive firc. This is tn~yct-gridmetl~nrlof firc e o ~ ~ t r o~ n dthe (iring il cspccinlly true nt night o r when visibility is poor. '11:u.t remnin nncl~nngctl,crrtnin atlditionnl conr . IYII~II e:lch s r p ~ d given n s e ~ t ( n fire, the is of sidcri~tions ust hc givcu to the rontlucl of smoltc, m conqn~tcr ncco~npsnying the m o r l ~ ~ r , s c l ~ ~ ~ t dtimo lire, ond i l l ~ ~ m i n n t i o l ~ or inissio~~s. lender, prepiilrs tllc I)A 1"ornl 2188-R for I ~ i s rr. Uw of Smoke. mortilr. T o simplify l l ~ enumbering of tnrgcts, (1) If tho cnll for firo for the screening misc11c11computer p~~ecwles ttwget nnml)ers 1)y Ihc his sion indicntcs tl~nt. ndjustment is nccestin mnnhcr of his 111ort:ir.F o r esnmple, No. 1 niorti~r snry to locntc one flnnlc of the screen ncnscs numbcw 11, 12, 13, etc.: No. h n o r t n r nscs cunrtcly, tl~nt, ndjustmont is conducted. ~ u ~ m b c 21, "2, %I, cte. A copy of the rompletctl rs T l ~ ohonf is then opcnetl on tho plotting s 1111 Form 2188-I< for c:tch mortar is pivcn by tile bonrd as rcqnestcd by tho forwnrd obc o m p ~ ~ t cto the plntoon leader or the chief r server. T o nccomplisl~this, tllo computer indicntes tho limits of the tnrgct on tho c~olnputer. plotting bonrd by orienting tllc bonrd t o 248. Procedure After Preparing Firing Data tho O T m i ~ n ~l ~ n d ~ t ldrnwing a lint from tho linnl ndjnsted plot, to tllo right o r left I k ~ m ii~formnt OII the D h I"olms 21H8-H, tllc~ ion limit of tllo t:~rgct. t~rcn,ns indicated by t.ho FDC propsres :L sltetch (or over-lny w l ~ e n11 tho observer correction. On this line, repw p is used) sl~owing l ~ e t prcnrrn~~ped of t l ~ r lives resenting the entire \virIt11 of the tnrget, nnit. Tho overlay or slwtcl~includes t l ~ ! Iocl~tion he plnccs p(~.ncilm:irks to indicnte tho of tho primary, inlternntr, ilnd S I I ~ ) ~ ) ~ C I I p ~ I - ~ : I I ' ~ I siI desired location of tile initinl burst from tions, the sector of lirc, tlli! linnl protective lirrs, clicl~ mortnv. Nor~nnlly, the t w o f n n k nntl tnrgets (fig. !U).he FDC retains :I ropy of T mortms nro desig~~ntedo firc :at the t t h slcelcl~ orerlity iind scntls 11 copy to tho comor flnnlts of 1.1~1 tnrget. wl~ilo tho ~ r m n i n i n g p n y ~ ~ o m m ~ i nWe~ e n overlny is usctl, t l ~ e d ~ ~ .1111 mortnr spnces tho fire 1111 eq11111distt~ncc :~ctn;rl 1oc;ition of illr tnrgcts (rn)ssro:~ds,~ ~ v i n c s , r Snnn the fl:u~lts. Firing dntn for e:lc11 etc.) nru plotted on :I mnp, \ritlloul rrgii:d to tilt. mortnr is then o b t i ~ i ~ ~ e d pi~ri~llcling by ttdjusted firing d t ~ t i : ~ n dt l ~ r nt r ~ ~ ~ ~ s f ctor the ~, r cd cnch mortar position plot wit11 its rcovcrlny. spective tnrget plot. (2) T I I u F D Cmay cnuscn section right (left) 249. Correction of Adjusted Data to be fired to allow the obscrver lo ttdjust. n, Althoogh 11 ttlrget hns b c c ~:idjustctl upou ~ the roul~ds the ;wea to be screened nnd on dill'crent firing once, it mny bc ilccwsnrj to ~ I I I C C to confirm tho wind direction IIIICIwlocti t l a h on tlw mortnr to hit the sitme t~lrgct: ~ t it,y. Tho F D C infor~nsthe observer of Inlc~.dnte. 'l'l~isis c:ulsetl l)y c l ~ ; ~ n in t \rc:~tl~er g ~~ tho ~ n c t l ~ o d enw"ing the Inrget SO t.11nt of C: ' m d mntoricl. 110 will IIILVC1 I):ISIS 1 for rorsections. From
159

P R E P A R E D FIRES MORT SEC CO A 1 4 1 0 0 0 JAN 67 S P E C I A L M A P 12 G A R V E R I S T LT

LEGEND
PRIMARY POSITION ALTERNATE POSITION

:a11111Iircc1io11:)I tllc 1)oint. nf 1>111,stI ~ I S I II IN: u ~ ~ ~ s i ~ l r r c d . ( 3 ) .\ l'lcr t11c; I?])(! , I e t ( ~ r r ~ ~I IiI ~, ~ c s C (lirwliot~ :III(I K I I I ~ C ~ t\vhi141lo ~ I I : I W Il:irv, f i ~ v > , Iiw ing l a l ~ h lWl,--2 is I I S 1~0 ~li11~1llc n p t l ~ r o l n % ~141:1rge, I I I I ~I~ICY:II~OI:. tv : ) Tlvo or I c ~ ~ r t r i d g ~ ~ to
h r s l set s si111111tiunco11sly
s11o11ltlirr :~scdwlwn 01)serrntio~ribontlitio~rs~ r r oor I)r(::u~sr : p of rnnge. Sl1c.11 II pnir of wrlridgcs fired from sepnretc mnrttus 1 ) r m i t lrrltcr obs e r v i ~ t i ollln11 tn.o cnrl ridgcts I'rom thr! ~~ s:lmc ~ n o r t n r1)ursting at t11r S ~ I I I I P positinn. ' I i l l u n ~ i ~ ~ n t r r g r :\ma, m r . 1 h : tridycs propwly locnlrd tn w r r r t 1 1 ~are:l s l ~ o n l d e fired s i l n ~ ~ l t n ~ ~ c o u s l y . b (fi) I rnte of Iirc fo13 idc:~l r o ~ ~ t i n l ~ o u s illt~~ninntion 1 rertritlgc 11".' 1 0 s r c o ~ ~ d s . is T h i s proridcs one ro11!1(11111rsti11g, I W O I~nlf\vny tlo\v11 luntl o l ~ .just Imrning nut. h rntc of 1 ~ n r t r i d g e r r 25 s c c o ~ ~ d s p ~wovides 1 rol~ntlImrslillg 11s thc p ~ , r for reding burns imt. ('onti1111011silllln~inalion lirt? rcquircs :I 1;wgr i ~ s l w ~ ~ d i tofr r u nrnmunition whir11 must l)a slorlwl prior to tho nrission. ( 6 ) 7V11cn t11c tnctical sitmtion rrquires, 11igl1I. d j ~ ~ s t ~ n of t11igl1 n rn rsl)losivo fire cnn I)c ncromplisl~i!dusing tilt? illunli~l:~llI'iI11 ing wrtridgcs to id d ~ s e r r : ~ t i r m . onc or inore mortars providiug (wntinunus illumination of tlm t ~ u g c tinrcn, n11 I P O t-nn ndjust. tila lira of o t l w Inortnrs 011 the target. (7) T h e illulninnting rartridgc 8110111d 11ot be. lired to Ilurst. ill rexr of o r nbovc fricndly es. fowes except. in r ~ ~ ~ c r g c n c iSuch flares :rid tile ( w w y i l l oI)servinq 011rpositions: in nd(lition, r ; ~ c lrnrtridgr cjccts p r t s ~ (,1111 \vl\icl~ product? casanltics throogll l'rec fall. ( A ) F o r :tdr:u~cerlt e c l l ~ ~ i q ~ ~ c s usr of iu the ~ A illnn~inntior~, I'M W l l : I I IF 1 20-00. see

APPENDIX B REFERENCES
AR 320-5 AR 320-50 AR 735-35 DA PAM 108-1 DA PAM 310-1 D A PAM 310-3 DA PAM 310-4 DA PAM 310-6 F M 5-25 P M 6-40 F M 7-1 1 F M 20-60 F M 21-5 P M 21-26 BM 23-90 F M 23-92 T C 6-1 T M 3-220 T M 9-1300-205 T M 9-1535 T M 9-1900 T M 9-3071-1 Diotionn~y United Stntcs Army Terms. of Antl~oriaed Abbrcvintions nnd Rrovity Codes. Snpply Procedures for TOE nncl TDA Units or Activities. Index of Army Films, Tr~mspnroncies.Gl'A Chnrts, nnd Recordings. Militnry Publicntions: Indox of Administmtivo Pnblicntiontr. Military Publications: Index of Doctrinnl, Trnining, and Organimtionnl Pnblicntions. Militnry Publicntions: Index of Tecl~nicnlMnnnnls, Technicnl Bulletins, Supply Mnnnnls, Supply Bulletins, Lubricntion Orders, nnd Modification Work Orders. Military Pnblicntions: Index of Supply Cntnlogs nnd Supply Mnnunlu. Explosives and Demolitions. Field Artillery Cannon Gunnery. Rifle Company, Infantry, Airborne, nnd Mecl~nnized. Battlefield Illurninntion. Military Training Mnnagernent. Mnp Reading. 81-mm Mortnr, M29. 4.2-inch Mortnr, M30. Field Artillery Observation. Chemical, Biological, and Rndiologic~d (CBR) Decontnminntion. Ammunition for Mortnrs. Ordnance Mnintennnce: Sights M4 and M6. Ammnnition General. Field Maintenance: GO-mm Mortnrs M2 and M19; 60-mm Mortnr Monnt M5; 60-nun Baseplate M I ; 81-rnm Mortnrs M1 nnd M29; nnd 81-mm Mortnr nnd Mounts M4, M23A1, M23A2, and M23A3.

APPENDIX 5

FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS

1. M2 Compass
'rim M 2 compnss (1, 2, wntl 3, fig. 93) is used
to mensure azimuths or :~ngles site. It measulw
of mngnetic azimutl~sor, when the instrument hns
11ecn decli~~atcd
the locnlity, grid nzirnatl~s. for
cover is closed, the mirgn'lir ~~rrtlltr n t ~ t o ~ ~ ~ n t i is cnlly lifted from its pivot ;uxl held firmly t ~ g i i i ~ ~ s t r he window of the colnp:iss. d. rlai~inctl~ A'cnl~~ I I ~ 4 r / j t t s / o ~ .' rlic i1zim111l1 U . scnlo is i i rircolnr dial geared to t11e nzi~nuth scnlc ttdj11ste1-. This permits tl:c inzim~~th( ' n l cto be ~ 18otnted npprosimntely 000 mils i l l c i t l w dirertion. Tho nzimuth index provitles ;I nlrnns of orienting the nzimuth scnlo nt 0 01, the tlerlinntion constnnt of tlm 1ocnlit.y.l'he i ~ z i m u lS ~ I I ~sC v : l d ~ ~ l~ i g ated f ~ w n to 6400 i l l 20-mil increme~~ts.u ~ l 0 : nnm1)ered 11t.200-mil intcrvnls. E. r 7 m t nnd Rew Sight. Tllc front sight is hinged to the comlmss cover 11nt1 n ~ n ybe folded into its bracltet \ v l ~ e ~ ~ ill use. Tllr reiw sight not is mndc in two pnrts: a renv sight : I I I ~it I~oltlcr. When tho compnss is not bring usrtl, the rcer sight nnd holder nre folded ncross the compnss body iund thecover is closed.

2. Description
Tho p14ncipnl pnrts of tho I\I2 compnss nreCo,~i,jvusx orly Asncn~.bly. If This nssembly consists of n circulnr gli~ss windo\\. ~vhichcovers nnd kecps dust nntl moisture from the i~rteriorof the instrument. This p~wtcctsthe compnss needle n ~ i d nnglc-of-site mechnnism. A hinge n s s e n ~ l holds ~l~ the compnss cover in position. A hole in the coverx coincides with n small oval \vindow in the mirror on the inside of tho cover. A sighting lim is etcl~etl incross the face of the 111ir1,or. 7,. Angle-of-Site Alechmaiwa. The tingle-of-site mechnnism is nttnohed to the bottonl of the compnss body. I t consists of tin nctunting (leveling) lever locntcd on the bnclc of the cornpnss, n loveling nssembly wit11 IL tubulnr elcvntion level, iu~tlr i circulnr level. The instrument is leveled with the circulnr level to rend nzimutlls, rind with tho elevntion level to rend tingles of site. The elevntion (angle-of-site) scale nnd t l ~ cfour points of the compnss, represented by three letters :lnd II star, inrc engriiwd on the inside 11otto1nof the compnss body. The elevntio~l scnle is grndunted in t \vo ilircctions. 111 cnclt direction i t is further graduated from 0 to 1200 mils in 20-mil i~~rrements, ~ d : u numbcred eve15y200 mils. c. Magnetic Needle rmd Liftitlq .I/cchnni.v~~r. The mngnetic i~eedle nsscmbly consists of n mngnetizled needle nnd a jewel 11oosi11g\vllicl~scrves :IS a pivot. Tho north-seeking end of thr ~ ~ c e d l e is wl~itc. some conlpasscs n thin piece of copper On wire is ~vrnppednro:111(1 the ncetllc for coontcrthr bnlnnce. A lifting pin projects sliglitly ;rl~ove top ~ i m the conipws hotly. Thc lower end of of tho pin engnges the needle-lifting levcr. When tlic
0..

3. Use of the M2 Compass

The compnss sl~ould held ns stcntlily ns pos11c sil)lo to obtain the most nccuri~te vendi~~gs. use TIN of n silting or prono positio~~,rest. for tho llnnds n or ell~ows, s solid nonn~etnllic or sopport will l ~ e l p to eliminate unint.cntio::nl morcmellt of thc instmmcnt. When being \~seilo mensurr wimuths, the t R2 rompnss mwnt r~otbe nenr metallic objects. I 11. T o mcnsnren m ~ ~ p r c tnzimutllic (1) Zero the azimuth scnle by t ~ ~ r n i nthe g senlo ntljustcr. 2 ) I'lnre the cover nt tun nngle of npproximntcly 4 T , O to the fnrc of the compass so the scnle rellcction wi,l IIC vie\ved in the ~nirro~,. ( 8 ) Adjust tho sights to the desired posi,tio~~. Sight the colnpnss by :my o l tl~cse mot i:ocls : ( a ) Rnise tlm rcnr sight holder ~ p p r o x i mntely perpc~~dicolnr the fnrn of the to vompnss. Sight on tho object tliroogll

CIRCULAR L E V E L MIRROR MAGNETIC NEEDLE ELEVATION LEVEL

AZIMUTH SCALE INDEX AZIMUTH SCALE

ATION SCALE INDEX ELEVATION SCALE

2. TOP VIEW
I l ' i g ~ ~ r 9%-Contin~~ed c

h. T o mmsurr a Krki :wim~~tli( 1 ) 111dcxI I W ~ I I I I I ~ ~II w I i ~ ~ n ~ Ii I~ m~ OII ~ I V O S ~ I I t11e i1zim11t11, : I ~ PI)J. 111rningI l ~ :cI ; : ~ I I : I I ~ ~ I s( srale adjustrr. ( 2 ) l Ir:~surc inzimutl~ tlew~ri1)ctl n ('(2) the :IS i t l ~ r o u g l( 5 ) nl~ove.'h 11zimi1t1i niens~ 11rct1 e grid :izirn~~tl~. is r. To mmsurr I I I I :i11~1cf sitr, or :I vertical o mgle from the I:orizo~~lnl(1) IToltl I l ~ wliqiass wit11 the Icft side down r ( ( ~ ~ v e t l ~ left) nnd fold t11c wnr sight to r r Ilolder O l l t pilrnI1e1 to the fllrc of tl1c C0111pasw".tl~ tho rcnr sight. perpc~dicul:~r to tlw l~oltlrr.Position the rover so you see tho elwntio~i vinl reflected in the mirror lvhrn loolting thrnugl~ l ~ c m r sig11t n~id t r i tlw i~pertnrc n the cover. 2 Sight on t l ~ rpoint whose I I I I ~ I Cof sitr is to he mensuretl. (8) Center the 1)11bl~le the r l c r n t i o ~ ~ in lcvcl vinl (reflected in t l ~ cmirror) wit11 the level lever. 4 Rend tllc nngle on the elerntion scnlo opposite the index mnrk. 'rlie scction of t l ~ c scnle gmtli~ntetl coicntcrclocltwise from 0 to 1200 mils mrnsares plus nngles of sitc. Tho section of the scnlc gmdui~ted clock\vise from 0 to 1200 mils inensures minus nngles of site.

rnortnr units is to mrnsurc nmgnctic nzi~ n u t l ~ s . ?:in bc used ILR :I ~nnrcl~infi It rwnpass.

4. Lensatie Compass 1 . Types. The let~sntir 1 compnss is stnndnrd for

use wit11 t11e DO-mm mortnr. Srvernl modcls of t.11is typo nre in serrice, nll of which nrc quite similn~.. Otl~ertypes il~rludcthe prismntic compnss nnd tl~c \vntcl~compnss. The wntch compnss is uns~tit:~l)loor 11% as n lire c-o11tro1 f i~~strument. b. Dc.wz'?~fio~r. type of Icnsntiv compnss is OIIC s11o\v11 figut'e 94. The c n r r y i ~ ~ g is mnde of ill rnso plnstir. Tlie l~ingcdeyepicce contnins n mngnifying lens nnd is slottctl on tltc end for sigi~tiug. The c30mpnwslinl, pivoted ill thc center, is clo~~bly gmdunted, the outer scnlc rending in mils, the : '1111er scnle in degrees. 'rlw compnss is filled \vitl~oil, w11icl1 dnmpens or slo\vs down the movement of tlic d i d , cnusing it to comc to rest. quickly. TII'. hinged cover is slotted ; u ~ rontnins 11. mirc for l sighting. This wirc is mnrltetl nt cnch c ~ i dby II lominous clot. Tlm crystnl is mov:rl.~leand 1i:is a l u m i n o ~ line for usc n t niglit. ~s c. U.9e. (1) The chief use of the lensntic compnss in

(2) T o tnkc rondings, plncc the cw,ipnss 011 n. level snrfnce, \vlicn possible, 01- on n flnt-:opped niming post. 133. using the holding ring for sopport, it cnn be rcnd wl~ilc hclti in the 11nnd. I-Iold tllc rompnss wit11 t l ~ cdial :is nearly level 11s possible to pcrmit the 11ccc1lcto swing frccly. (1. O p * a t i o n . ( 1) To o~ea.wwOIL min:lrt/r, misc theeyepiece iu~d cover; sight througl~the slot in the eyepiece rind the sighting wire oil tllc rover, Rotnte tile compnss until tlw line of sight. 1)isect.sthe object. Without nltcring the position of the caompnss, loolc t l ~ r o u g lthe cyopiecc lens, I I I I ~ ~ rend t l ~ c nzimutl~ tlic scnle. on f 2) 7'0 rlete?vninchac7c U ~ ~ I I I . IrendIthe miI~/ .: muth to the object. If the ;nzimutli is less tlrnn 3200 mils, ndd :3200 mils; if grcstor, sr1bt1xcl3200mils. (3) To defenrline flie iio~izontnlnnqle botween t.~oo7)mntx, rend the uimutll to onrli point nntl solst~~~wt.sninllcl. rcnilthe ing f ~ o m lnrger. T l ~ e the difference, is the

angle. In tlw cwnt mnguetic north lies tho I)cl\~cm~ two points, thc rrsulting difi'cl.rnceinust lmsul~trncted from fi4OO. 1 ' 1 1 ~ . dilFwrnce then will be tho tcnglr drsircd. 4 ) 7'0 in!/ of njr ~rc.i~~~rctl; ~ r n ight. plncc tho t (Aompwss under some type of slricld (rnincoat or shelter Ilnlf), i~nd n flnshliglit~ use or other light to illuminntc it. Then turn the compnss uutil the dcsiled rending on the dini is opposite the stntionnry index. Move tho luminous line on the crystnl to coincide with the north arrow on the compnss dinl. Tlicn, without wing n light, move to tho position from which tlic nzimuth is to be determined. I-Iold the compass level nncl votnte it until tlic north nrrom on the compnss dinl coincides with the luminous line on the crystnl. The statiounrv index nnd tho luminous sinht dots " on the hinged cover then poiut in the desired direction. e. Ca?*e and Pmsewatz'on, Altl~ough instruthe ment is strongly constructed, protect the needle pivot benring rind its jeweled support ngninst shoclts. T o loclc the necdlc, close the compnss cover. Alwnys close the covcr rnl~ontho compass is not in use.

wit11 n carrying 1trol1 nnd sho~~ldcr st.mp [ r o t c t t s tlrr instn~mcntwllrn it. is not i l l ,. IW. 1 Irl: i ~ ~ s t r ~ n n isnc;~~.rietl the c;~sc c l in wit11 t l w rycpircc up. WIWI ~~cplncing the I1inow111ri n tIw mse, tllc. dioplcr scnln setting nr.etl not IIC disturlwl h t . II1'1iingo mny nectl :tdjosting.

5. Binocular M13A1 a. Desc?iption. The M13Al is the stnndnrd

binoculn~used for observntiou nnd npproximnto mensurement of smnll nnglcs (fig. 05). It hns n six-power mngnificnt.ion nnd nn objective pupil dinmeter of SO-mm. It consists of two compnct prismatic telescopes pivoted nbout n hinge. This hinge permits the telescopes to be ndjnsted to the width between the observer's eyes. The left telescope contnins the reticle. (1) Tho 17eticle (fig. 9'6) hns n Eorizontnl mil scnle grndunted and numbered nt 10-mil intorvnls from 50 mils riglit to 50 mils left of tlic centcr of the field of vision. Above the horizontnl line nrc two series of reference mnrlcs. These mnrlts nre spnccrl fi mils npnrt for convenience in observing fire. The verticnl scnle l ~ n s npplicntion no to mortar fi~hg. (2) Tho neck stmp, secured to the strap loops of tho instrument, prevents nccidenlnl dropping nnd keeps the instrument within A ensy rcncl~. russet lenther cnrrying ease

7,. O/"""tiolr.
1 I ) ,s,,//;,,!,

;,,/,~,~/,,,/,;//!l,~!/ /l;.vl/ll:,~~. T o SPI

ll:e l>inom:li~:, o tl1;11IIIVt y ~ 1 ) i w ( ~ s tht' s !II.C S:II::U d i s l : ~ ~:11):1rl ;IS 1 1 1 IIIISW~I~I~'~ ~w ~ vycs, lil,sl. look t l l r u u g l ~ gl:rss : ~ SOIIIC f x i r l y tl:r t ~ l i s t ; ~ ~ 1 t1 j IIIVII O ~ I I o r ~IOSP. 1 ~ lhc gl:~ssw:~tl w 11i11gv t 11r1ti1 field 11r vision tl:~, W:IS~S 10 111s S~I:IVIIIV 01, o v e r I : ~ ~ q v i i - ~ g ~ r~ rlcs :t111l ~ n p p w r so l w OIIV s I l : ~ q ~ tl lyd i w d t
1.i r . 1 . 11 ~

( 2 ) I I I ; II . 111ro11gl1 o o
IIIPP ~ B ~ ) ~ P I . L ~ , l ~ n l l : y ~ s I ~ W:)I : 1';1irI? v I ~
I tlist:1111ol~jtvd. 1'11: ~ ~ II:I:I~ ~ 11:v frn111 o r OIIV t c l v I or v sl.01~ :IIIII w r r l v t11r l ' o r ~ ~ s 11111 o f t 1 1 ~ i~~g n t l : ~ i~ , 01, IIIII u111iI11:~ n o11,iwI is s l ~ : ~ r p l y d r ~ l i ~ l c tI<PI)F~I~ y ( I~ . l. f o r IIIP01111'1' ~ 'YCI r41cd< l l ~ r1iol)trr wrlr r c : d i n p on cad1 t i t i s is 1 1 l f 1 1 i~l::Icing ii iu s i l ~ ~ i lsetling 01; t l : ~ ~ P ~ ~ I VoP S
i~r C ' f ntller licld filnsses. I)<,IIIII ti111rl: :III). optivirl
surf;ll,l..

(:I) O l ~ s r ~ ~ ~ li lto lq l, the. \ ) i ~ ~ o c w i : ~r

t t l~~ 110th I ~ : u ~ t l ~ , ~ n1;1,css ~ I Ic y r
i r w s liphlly t o s t l Pp
the ryes
\I@
111

a v o i d tl;r:~smissioll o f 11ody

1 r~11:o:~r: t l w i n s t r ~ ~ n w n l .
II:III~S:IIII~ 10 TIIC

I W ~ ~ C tY I y ~ i e w IOICI-
;~Y~IIIN\ hy IIII~ i n g t l ~ t s . ~IIIV i : ~ IIVIIW 10 dimin:itc light. ~wning 11ct1vccw t l w c y p i c r e s and Illc ill eyes. WICII possible, usr :L rrst For the I1inu1:ulnr o r cll)o\vs.
(4) I1.w of ihc i*cliclr.Thc. m i l scelrs II~C srcn
s ~ : ~ w r i ~ r q ~ o ~tllc I OI)SP~\FCI
011 ~ c objer~s. 1 he h o r i m r t n l nnd w r t i r w l nnglrs IIN~ be
, ?

read f r o m tllc! m i l scnlos. r . m1.f n t ~ dZ';*ssei~r~ntio?~.. 'Slrr. I,inonllnr is l l l g g e d ill col~stl.r:rtiol~ u l d o not subje~:tit. to lr 1'0~gll Ilnndling, n o not d i s ~ ~ s n e ~o~ ~n l l~cr i c n t ct , ri b i but refer :ill repnirs i n v o l v i ~ ~~ ~ S B S S P I ~ ~ I I I ~ g 01% p ~ i i a t i n po o r h u m . T h e b i n o c ~ ~ l isrrrsist:r~lt.t o t n moisture. IIo\vcvrr, d ~ ~ r i n g \vc::tl~cr* c;ircfully !vet

Adjustment of pnrnlicl si~enf ............

Adjustment of pnnrllci nl~caf wllcn ob-

scrvcr is ncnr mortnr position-rcgistrntion point iinc (nngic T is lcss t l ~ n n 500miln) ........................... Adjust~ncnt siicnf ................... of Aiming post light ...................... Aiming posts .......................... Alternntc nnd suppIcn~cntnrypositions ... Ammunition : Authoriacd cartridges .............. Cnrc, hnndiing, nnd prcscrvntion .... Classification ..................... Firing tnblcs ...................... Iknctioning of t l ~ c M525A1 nnd M525 fumcn..................... Idcntificntion ..................... landing ignition cnrtridgcs ......... Lot nunlbcr ...................... M40A2 high explosivc c n r t r i d g ~ ..... M60A2 nrncticc cnrtriduc .......... M05 nnd M06Al timo fumca ........ MOO trnining enrtridgc ............. M83A3, M83A2. M83A1 illuminnting cnrtridgc ....................... M302 smoke cnrtridge ............. M525A1 or M625 faze. ............ Prcpnmtioa for firing .............. Propciling cbnrgcs ................. Removing oxpondcd ignition cnrtridycs ......................... Safcty fcnturca of thc MG25A1 or Assembling tho firing mechnnism ........ Attnck of tnrgcts 100 meters in depth . . .. Attncking widc tnrgcts ................. Authorized cnrtridgcs ................. Azimuth mcthod of dctcrminina initinl dntn ............................. 130, 190 80, 110 Dnllistica ............................. 06-08
Bnrrcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 4
Bnac enp ............................. 4 Bnscplntc............................. 0, 7 Dinoculnr M l 3 R I .................. 5, npp I3 Bipod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 5 Brneketing method of irdjustmcnt ....... 157 Cnlibrntina t h c M4 sight for dcflaction . " using t h r aiming circic method ........ Calibrntion of tiic M4 sight for cicvntion using the gunner's quadrnnt ..........

37
30

21
20

borcsight ..........................
Cali for fire ..........................
Cnrc rind clcnoinp;: After firinc .......................
. Clclming equipment ...............
Dccontnminntion ..................
During gns nttnck .................
Hot, dry climntcs ..................
In cold climntcs ...................
I n s ~ c c t i o ........................
n I n tropical climntcs ................
Lubricnnts. cleaninn nrents. nnd rust
. . . prcvcntntivcs ...................
On tllc rnngc or in thc ficld .........
Pninting ..........................
I'rcpnmtion for storngc..............
Prcpnrntory to firing ...............
Rcccivcd from atorngc .............
Whcn no firing is donc .............
Cnrc nnd prcecrvntion of tile h14 sight ...
Cnrc, I~nndiing,nnd prcscrvntion of sun-
.. tnunltlon ...........................
Chnrnctcrintics nnd gcncrnl dntn .........
Checking for mnsk clcnrnncc nnd ovcr-
11cnd intcrfcrcncc ....................
Checking seat of sight a n d corrcct rcmovnl
............. proccdurc . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cinmp ...............................
Clnsaifiontion of nmmunition. ...........
Cleaning cqoipmcnt ................... Cienning proccdurc nftcr firing .......... Conditions nllccting thc nppcarnncc of ohjccta .............................
Conduct of firc ndjustmcnt:
Adjustnicnt of sl~cnf ...............
13rnckcting.......................
Ihvintion corrcctiona ..............
Firc ndinstmcnt ...................
FO priccdurc in ndjustmcnt of illu.
minntion .......................
FO procedure in use of smoke .......
Pnrnlicl shenf .....................
Specini shcnvcs ....................
Spotting..........................
Correcting crrors in cnll for fire..........
Corrccting miaoricntation of plotting h a r d (target grid) .................. Carrcction of ndjustcd dntn ............. Corrections in firing dntn ............... Crceping mcthod of ndjustmcnt ......... Cross-lcvcling .........................

170 158 81

111

93
35

11 70

Porngrnph

Pnmqmpl.

Description. ~iomcncinturc. nnd functioning:

6.7
Bnscpintc .......................... 6
Bipod ............................ Clinrnctcristic~ . ................ 3
I~unctioning .................... . R
O c ~ ~ c r dstn .......................
ni 3
Mortnr bnrrcl nssmbly . . . . . . . . . . . % Ihscription of t n r p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i73 I)cntruction of o r ~ n u l ~ ! clnritcricl ill cvcnt of immincnt cnpturc:
71
Ammunition ...................... 70
Bnrrcl ............................ 75
Cnpturctl cncmy mntcrici ........... Pirc-control cquipmcat ............ 71
Gcnerni principlcs ................. GU
Pnckcd nmmunition .............. 73
Unpnckcd n m m u n i t i o ~ ~ ............ 72
Dctcrmining: Firin8 dntn from thc M I 0 plotting I, onrd .......................... 218
Initinl dntn by usc of plotting boar11. 235
Initinl dcflcction wiicn mortar ia
100
mounted ................. Initial rnngc ...................... 200
Mounting nzimutll nnd firing dntn .. 104
Ucvintion corrcctions- ................. I83 Dircct nlincmcnt methods of dctcrmini~% initial dntn ....................... 134, I07 Dircct hying method of determining . . data ......................... 135
inlt~nl Diansscmbling, nsscmbiing, mounting nod
dismounting :
Assembling tho firing mccl~anianl .... 10
!I
Disnsscmi~ling firing mcci~nnisn tho .. Dismounting tlic mortnr ............ 14
Punctioning of tlm firing mcchnniam .. 11
13
Mounting t h c mortnr .............. Rcplncing n brokcn firing pin ....... 12
Diansscmbling tho firing mechnnism .... O
Dismounting tho mortnr ................ 1.1
102
Distributed firc ....................... Elcmcnts of indirect firo: Communicntion ................... Emplnccmcnt of nlortnrs ........... Pnctore nnccting trnjcctorics of mortnr cartridges ...................
Tnrgets: Attack ....................... Fira for cffcct ................. Sources ...................... Typicnl tnrgcts nnd mctliods of nttnck ..................... Elements of initial fir0 commands . . . . . . Elcvnting mechnnism nsscn~bly ..........

Exnmplcs :
Arm-nnd-ilnnd qignnis ... ......... 153
Cnll fov fircn ........ ...... . . 17ti
Initiirl firc cornmnnd~ ......... . 1.18. 207 HX.
Subscrillcnt fin: commnnds ...... 151.20!1 88. 1';xerciscs ill rnllpc cntinlstion ........ 1.11
~

P D C comnrnnd ...... .. ..... . . . . . .. 203

F U C proccdurc in !lee of nmokr. Limc firr.
.,rr O
nnd iiiuniinntion ............ Fire ncljustmcnt ... . . ............. I5ti 1x1 !lo. Fira eommnndn: Exnmplca:
.. 153
Arm-nnrl-linnd aignnia ... Initini firc conln~nnrls ..... 148
Subscqucnt firc commnnda .... 1511
Initinl ............................ 1.17
Modificrl ......................... 151
ilcpcnting nnd correcting ......... 154
1.1!1
Subncguont ...................... Pirc control instruments:
Dinocular M13Al ............ 6 npp I3
Imimtio compnns ........ ..... .1. npp 13
M2 conipnas. . . . . . ..... .. . I . npp 13
Mil scnlc nlidndc ...... ........ 0. npp B
Firc for cffcot ........................ lo0
Firing:
202
Dntn ........................... ............. - ... .... 211
Dntn r c c o r d ~ 4
Mcchnnisni ....................... 'I'nblcs .......................... 05
Fixcdfirc ............................. 101
P O proccdurc in ndjustmcnt of iliumina-
100
tion ...-........................... Forwnrd oi~scrvation: Ol~scrvcrmorc t i m i LOO nictcrs from t l ~ c ortnr position .............. m I45 Obvorvor within 100 nictcrv of the 1.14 mortnr position ................. Spotting .......................... I43 Porwnrtl obscrvcr procedure: hdvnntngcn of tnrgct-grid mothod of 106
ndjustment ..................... Cnli for firc....................... 1G0
177
Corrcctiiig errors .................. 170
Corrcctionti ....................... I h c r i p t i o n of tnrgct ............... 173
Exnmplcs of clrlis for firc ........... 170
Idcntificntion of observer ....... - . . 170
100
In ndjuatmcnt of illominntion ....... Infornlntion sent obscrvcr .......... 178
...... ... . . .: 180
I n usc of smokc ...Method of cngngcmcot ........... 174
Mcthod of firc nnd control . . . .- . ... 175
1GR
Mctiiods of locnting 1nrgct.n...... 105
Tnrgct-grid method of ndjustmcnt .. 171
Wnrriing order ...................
~ ~

..

Functioning ....................... Ccncrni dntn ............. . . ......... . Gunncr drill: Chcchiop, for mnsli eicamncc trnd ovcrl~cndintcrfrrcncc ............ Cl~ccking m n t of sight and corrcet rcmovnl proccdurr ............ Cross.ievcling .................... Lnying f o ~ nircction .................... Direction by nsimut11 .......... Elcvntion ..................... Mnniijulntion lor: Scnrching fire .................. Trnvcrsing lire ................ Night liriog ....................... Plncing additionni niming posts ..... Proccdurc for inying for inrgo dcflcctlon shifts ................... I'roccdurc for hying motnr ......... l?cfcrring sight ................... Gunner's cxnminntion: Examinntion nuhjccta .............. Exnmining bonrds-nppointmerit, composition, nnd dutics ...... Gcncrnl rules governing cxnmining boards ......................... Grndcs nnd bnsis of qunlificntion .... Mcthod of instruction .............. Prior tmining ..................... Qunlifieation course: S t c p I-Mounting tilo mortnr . . . Stcp II-Lnying tilc mortnr with initial firc dntn .............. 3tcp III-Rclnying tho mortnr for ci~nngos firing dntn . . . in .. Stcp IV-Mnrking bnsc dcflcction ........................ Stcp V-Laying mortnr on ndditionnl niming atnkc .......... Stop \ I-Mnnipulntion of t l ~ c mortar for trnvcrsing firc..... Idcntilicntion of nmmnnition ............ Identification of obscrvcr. .............. Information ncnt obacrvcr .............. Initini fire commands ................ 147, 205
Inspection ........................... 30
150
Lnddcr mothod of ndjustmcnt ........... Lnying for:
80
Direction ......................... Direction by nzimuth .............. 82
70
Eicvntion ......................... ! npp D
: Lcnsntio oompnss .................. Loading ignition cnrtridgca ............. 5G
Iacntion of tnrgct ..................... 172
Lubricnnts, clcnning ngcntn, nod rust pro-
vcntivcs ............................ 10
M 2 compass ........................ 1, npp I3
31
M4 sight .............................

M I 0 nnd M I 7 plot tin^ bonrrlr M I 6 plotting bonrd: Cnrc nnd prcscrvntion .............. Dcscription.. .................... Dctcrrniniug firing dntn ........... M34 n ~ M53 aight units ............... ~ d M37 instrnmcnt light ................. M42 instr~lmcnt. light ................ M49A2 l ~ i g cxplosivo cnrtridga . . . . . . .
i~ M50A2 practicc c n r l r i d ~.............
r M 5 2 f u r c...........................
MGD training enrtridgc ...............
M83A1 iilumlnnting cnrtrblgo.........
M302 amokc cartridge.. ..............
M527 fuze wries ......................
Mnintc~inncc f t l ~ c sight ...........
o M4 Mnnipuintion lor:
Scnrcl~ingfirc .....................
Trnvcrsing fir@ ....................
Mnp mcthod of dctcrmining m o u n t i ~ ~ g
n ~ i m u t............................
i~
Mcthod o f : Icngngcmcnt ...................... Pirc a n d control ................... Mctl~ods of: Dcstrovine t l ~ c . . bnrrcl.............. Locating tnrgcts ...................
Prcnnrine dntn in defcnsc...........
Mil rcintion ...........................
Mil scnlc nlidadc ................... G. i ~ p pI3
Misfires.. ............................ 08
Modificd firc commnnds................
Mortnr bnrrol nsscmhly ................
Mounting tllc mortnr ..................
Night firing...........................
Obscrvcd firing ohnrt (plotting hoard) . . .. Oporntion of tho M 4 night .............. Opomtionn wit11 plotting bonrd: Adjustment of pnrnilcl si~cnf ........ A d j u s t m ~ n t of pnrnilcl shcnf whcn obscrvcr is ncnr mortnr positlonrcgiatrntion point iinc (nnglc T is lcvs timn 500 mils) ............... Aitcrnntc nnd suppicmontnry p s i tion8 ........................... Attnck of tnrgets 100 m c t c r ~ depth . in Attacking wido t a r ~ e t............. s Correcting misoriontntion of plotting bonrd (target grid) .............. Determining firing dntn from piotting board... ....................... Dctcrmining initinl dntn ............ P D C proccdurc in usc of amokc, timc firc, nnd iiluminntion ............. Gcncml .......................... Obscrvcd firing c l ~ n r t (plotting bonrd) ......................... Oticntntion of plotting i, onrd a n OT naimnti~....................... .

Plotting l o c n t i o ~ ~ of oibscrvcr 011 firing chart ................... 231 Plotting ncw tnrgct on obscrvcd firing cin~rt ...................... 220 Plotting ucw tnrgct on obscrvcd firing ohart by intcrmctiou ........ 232 Plotting new tnrgct on o i ~ s c r ~ c d firing chnrt by mnp cuordinatcs ... 230 Plotting I I C ~ tnrgct on ol)scrv~!d . firing chnrt by polar coordinntcn . . 233 Plottillg obscrvcr'n s~li~scquent cor$25 rcctionn on plotting ibonrd ........ 1'ropm.ntion of obscrvcd firing chnrt .. 228 Prcpnrntion of plot tin^ lbonrd for ................ 223 initinl vcgintrntio~t Snmplc prol~icn~s .................. 220 242 Split scetion firc................... Usc of plotting bonrd witii R14 sight .. 220 nnd Orgnniet~tio~l function of P D C : Determining initinl dcllcction wllcll rnortnr is I I I O U I I ~ C ............... 100 C~ I)ctcrmi~~ing initial mngc ........... 200 Dctcrmining mounting azimuth nnd liring dntn ...................... 104 Dctcrmining ~ n o ~ ~ n t~ n g~ i m u t l ~ :
i~ 100
Aaimuth mcthorl .............. Dircct slincmcnt mcthod ....... I07
105
Mnp method ................. Plotting i~onrd method ....... 108, 236
Elcmcnts of initinl firo commnnds .... Exlrmplcs of initinl firc commnnds ... Examples of nubscqucnt fire commnnds ......................... P D C commnnd ................... Firo oommnndn .................... Firing dntn ....................... Firing dntn rccords.. .............. Gcucrnl duties of pcrsonncl ......... Initinl firc commnnda .............. No immcdintc tnrgct ................ Orgnoiantion ...................... Rcpcnting and corrccting commnndn . Subscqucnt firc c o m m ~ n ~..........
ds Oricntntion of piotting bonrrl on 0 ' 1 nzimuti~........................... . Pnrallcl altcnf .......................... 187
Placing ~ d d i t i o n n niming posts ........ l $8
Placing llnndhcld mortnr in notion:
102
Placing mortnr in notion ............ Snfety checks ..................... 103
Plotting: Bonrd method of dctcrmininp: mounting azimuth ................... 108. 236 Locntion of observer on Aring chnrt .. 231 Mortnr locntion by aurvcy (nzimutl~ nnd distnncc) ................... 243 Ncw targets on observed firing chart . 220

l~n.~,Wz~,l, I'iol 1 ill*-.-I :cmtin!wd Nnw targuts on olmrvcd firing ciuvt

by:

I n t ~ r s ~ c t i ................... on h1np coordinntcs ............... ......... ... l'oinr eoorriin~rtcs Obncrvcr's nubscqucnt cowectio~w011 plotting I~onrd .................. . I'rl!nrrrurgcd fircn . ................. .... I'rcpnmtion for firing .. ...... Prepnrntion of o l ~ s c r v d firing L. hnrt ... . Prrpnrntion of p l o t t i ~ ~I~oard for initid g rcgistrntioll ... . ................ r o r t pc:ri~~g I ! : . I Proccdurr for i:~ying for lnrgc dl.ilrction ~ l l i f.........................
t~ Procedure far hying mortnr ............ I'ropclling chnrgcs ........... .........

232 230 203 225 2.15

5s

"2s
$?:I 24s

X 4
S:i

5!I

llnngc dctcrminatioo ...........- . . . . 137 Rnngc cutimntioo: Couditions nllceting thc appcnranev of o c c t : ......... . - .. 1.10 13acrciscn......................... 1.11 Unit-of-mcasorc mcthod ........... 139 npp A Rcfercncea...................... Rcfcrring sight .................. - .... S7 Rcnlovin~ cxpcndcd ignition cnrtridgc s . . . 57 Hcpcnting nnd correcting c o m n ~ w d... I 5 4 210 s ltcplncing n brokcn firing pin ........... Snfcty chccks ......................... Snfcty fcnturcs of M525A1 or M525 fuecs. Section drill: Escrciscs without n P D C ........... Lnying the acction pnrnllcl .......... Shook iibsorbcrs ....................... Sight c x t c ~ ~ s i........................
on Sighting cquipmcnt, spnrc pnrts :tnd ncccssorics: Aiming post light... ............... Aiming posts ...................... Cnlibrnting t h c hI4 sight for dcflcction using t i ~ niming circlc mctlmd . c Cnlibrntion of t i ~ ch14 sight for clcvntion using the g~mncr'n qnttdrant. Cniibrntion of tho b14 sigllt 11sinu thv M45 borcsigilt .................. Cnrc nnd prcscrvntion of tllc b14 siaht .......................... A14 s i g h ......................... M34A2 nnd A153 sight noits ....... .
h137 instrument light. .............
Mointcnnncc of M4 sight ..........
Opcrntion of b14 night .............
Sight cxtcnsion ....................
Spnrc pnrts 2nd ncccssorics... ......
Spccinl shcnvcs........................
Split scction firc.................... . 242
Spotting........................... 143. IS2

Porniirnnll

Sqomd conduct of firc: Brnckctinu: method of fire sdiustment ........................... 157

Crccping method of adjustment.. ... 158
Distributcd firc.. ................. 102
Firc ndjustmcnt.. ................. 150
Piro for cffcct..................... 160
P ~ x c d ......................... firc 161
Ladder method of ndjuatmcnt ....... 15!l
Sqund d r U l :
Exercises in aqund drill without FDC. 100
08
Misfircs.......................... Movcmcnts for thc aqund nnd indi-
viduals .................... 04
00
Out of notion ..................... 05
Plncing t h c mortnr in nction. ....... Safety chocks ..................... 00
T o fire thc mortnr.. ............... 07
. 02
Training with mortnr cquipmcnt.. . Usc of pnckhonrds ................. 03
Storngc of nmmunition ................. 49
Subscqucnt firc commnnds............ 149,208
Tnrget nrens in dcfcnsc ................. Tnrgctgtid mcthod of ndjustmcnt.. ..... Tocrhniquo of firc without n fire direction
center: Detcrmlnntlon of initinl datn:
Azimuth mcthod.. ............ Dircct nlincmcnt methods.. .... Direct hying method. ......... Rnngc determination ........... Firc commands:
..... Arm-and-hnnd signnls . . . . . .......... Exnmplcs. . . . . . . . . . . Exnmplea of initinl fire oom-
mnnda ..................... 240
165

.laci~niqurof firc, ctc.-Contin~lcd .

Fire commands-Contim~cd

I~nhlllmpll

Initini........................ Modified ..................... Rcpcnting nnd correcting.. ..... Subscqucnt ................... Porwnrd obacrvntion:
Obscrver nlorc thnn 100 mcter!!
from thc mortnr position.. .... Observer within 100 mctern of
thc mortnr po3ition. ........ Spotting...................... Mii rclntion ....................... ltnngc cstimntiol~:
Conditions nliccting thc nppcnrnncc of objccts .............. Exercises ..................... Unit-of-mcnasrc mctbod ........ Sqund conduct of firc:
Brnckcting method of ndjust-
ment ....................... Crocping mcthod of adjustment. Distributed fire.-. ............ Fire ndjustmcnt ............... Firc for cffcct ................. .......... Pixcd fire. . . . . . . . . . . Laddcr mcthod of ndjustmcnt..

147
I51
154
I49
145
144
14a
132
140
141
130
157
158
162
156
160
101
159

136
134
135
137
153
152
148

Tcchniquc of firing handheld mortnr.. . 103, 104

Trnveraing mcchnniam nssembiy ......... 5
Unit-of-mcnsure mcthod of rnngc cstin~n-
tion ................................ 139
Usc of pnckbonrds..................... 03
226
.. . Use of plotting bonrd wit11 M4 eight.. Warning ordcr-. ...................... 171

By Order of tho Socretnry of the Army: HAROLD I<. JOHNSON, General, United States A m y , Cl~iefof S t a f .

OffioiaI :
KENNETH G. WICRHAM,
Na.jov GenmaZ, United States A m y ,
TI&Adjutant Cenerd.

Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-11 requirements for GO-mm Mortar, MIS.